English Essentials

SECOND EDITION
SHORT VERSION
English
ESSENTIALS
What everyone needs to know about grammar, punctuation, and
usage
John Langan
A QUICK GUIDE To THE BOOK

To the Instructor v
To the Student 1
PART ONE Fourteen Basic Skills
1 Subjects and Verbs 3
2 Irregular Verbs 9
3 Subject- Verb Agreement 15
4 Sentence Types 21
5 Fragments I 27
6 Fragments II 33
7 Run-Ons and Comma Splices I 39
8 Run-Ons and Comma Splices II 45
9 Commas 51
10 Apostrophes 57
11 Quotation Marks 63
12 Homonyms 69
13 Capital Letters 75
14 Parallelism 81
PART TWO Extending the skills
15 Preparing a Paper 87
16 Punctuation Marks 89
17 Pronoun Forms 96
18 Pronoun Problems 105
19 Adjectives and Adverbs 115
20 Misplaced and Dangling Modifiers 125
21 Word Choice 132
Numbers and Abbreviations 138
23 More about Subjects and Verbs 143
24 More about Subject-Verb Agreement 153
25 More about Verbs: Tenses 160
26 Even More about Verbs 171
27 More about Run-Ons and Comma Splices 179
28 More about Commas 183
29 More about Apostrophes 189
30 More about Quotation Marks 195
31 More about Homonyms 200
32 More about Capital Letters 207
PART THREE Writing and Proofreading

33 The Basics of Writing 211
34 Writing Assignments 225
35 Proofreading Techniques 233
36 Ten Proofreading Tests 241
PART FOUR For Reference
37 Parts of Speech 251
38 Dictionary Use 263
39 Spelling Tips 269
To the Instructor
About the Book
Several features make this book different from other grammar texts
on the market:
1. Ease of use.
 Part One focuses on fourteen grammar and punctuation skills that
students most need to write well. Once students master the
basics, they can go on to Part Two, which includes secondary
information about a number of skills. The materials in Part Three
and Four may be introduced at any time during the course.
It is better to learn a step at a time than to risk confusion by
trying to learn everything at once, for example, dependent-word
fragments are the subject of one chapters; other common types of
fragments appear in a second chapter. The most common
homonyms are covered in Part One; other homonyms follow in a
"More about Homonyms' section in Part Two.
 Each skill is explained in a one-page review that students can
read and understand fairly quickly. Once they have grasped this
basic material, they can go on to learn more about the skill and
practice using the skill.
 Explanations are written in simple, familiar language, with a real
emphasis on clarity and a minimum of grammatical terminology.
 The book is written in a friendly and helpful tone of voice-one
that never condescends to students, but instead treats them as
adults.
2. Abundant practice. The book is based on the assumption that
students learn best when clear explanations are followed by
abundant practice. For each chapter in Part One, there is a practice
activity followed by four full-page tests. The last two tests are
designed to resemble standardized tests and permit easy grading.
3. Engaging materials. Lively and engaging examples and practice
materials will help maintain student interest throughout the book.
4. Reasonable price. The low cost of the book makes it an attractive
consumable. It can be given outright to students for marking up,
writing answers, testing out pages, and the like. Teachers will no
longer have to spend valuable time preparing handouts for use in
class.
5. Helpful Supplements. The following supplements are available
at no charge to instructors adopting the book:
 A combined Instructor's manual and test bank that includes
teaching hints, diagnostic and achievement tests, a full answer
key, and a bank of additional mastery tests.
 Online exercises for each chapter in Part One. Users of the book
can access these exercises by visiting the Townsend Press
website and clicking on "Learning Center."
In short, English Essentials is designed as a core worktext that
will both engage the interest of today's students and help them
truly master the skills they need for writing well.
Changes in the Second Edition
A new Part Three. This section begins with a chapter on the basics
of writing, followed by twenty writing assignments, some with
sample student paragraphs. It also includes a chapter on
proofreading techniques as well as ten proofreading tests.
An expanded Part Four. This section now contains material on
spelling tips along with dictionary use and parts of speech.
Revised and updated practice sentences and tests. Content
throughout Parts One and Two of the book has been refreshed,
including more than one hundred new practice items.
Acknowledgments
I am grateful to several colleagues who helped me with the revision
of English Essentials, Short Version. Maggie Sliker looked
thousands of photographs before finding just the right ones for the
cover of the book At Townsend Press, Barbara Solot has once again
cheerfully accepted a design challenge; her clear and inviting full-
color design makes the book appealing to both instructors and
students. And finally, I would like to thank my long-time editor,
Janet Goldstein, for her help with every phase of work on this
second edition. A baseball fan, Janet knows what it takes to provide
a strong finish to a game. She always delivers.
John Langan
To the student
As the title of the book suggests, it is about English essentials-
meaning the most important and most needed writing skills. This
book will help you quickly master skills that you'll use every day.
How quickly? Glance at one of the one-page reviews that open each
of the chapters in Part One of the book. That page will contain basic
information about a particular skill. Once you understand the basics,
you can turn to the pages that follow to practice that skill. In some
cases, you can also refer to Part Two to learn other useful
information about the skill.
Here what is covered in the book:
PART ONE: Fourteen Basic Skills.

Look at the table of contents on page iii for a list of the fourteen
grammar and punctuation skills presented in Part One. These are the
most basic skills that you need to write well.
Then turn to the first page of "Subjects and Verbs". You will notice
that the basic information about subjects and verbs is presented on
one page. Ideally, in just a minute, you should be able to review the
basic information about subjects and verbs.
Now turn to the other five pages in the chapter. You'll see they are
made up of a practice activity followed by four tests. The last two
tests are designed to resemble standardized tests, and you or your
teacher can easily grade them.
PART TWO: Extending the skills.

Look again at the table of contents on pages iii and iv. Part Two
presents some topics not included in Part One. It also includes
additional information about many of the topics presented in Part
One. For example, one section presents "More about Commas,"
adding to the basic comma rules presented in Part One.
PART THREE: Writing and Proofreading.

In this part, you'll find a detailed explanation of the writing process,
including everything from prewriting to revising and editing. This
section also includes twenty writing topics, proofreading suggestions
and practice, and ten proofreading tests.
PART FOUR: For Reference.

For reference purposes, this part of the book provides a complete
and handy guide to parts of speech as well as spelling tips and
guidelines for dictionary use.
A FINAL WORD
English Essentials has been designed to benefit you as much as
possible. Its format is inviting, its explanations are clear, and its
practice material and tests will help you learn through doing. It is a
book that has been created to reward effort, and if you provide that
effort, you can help yourself master the basic rules of English. I wish
you success.
John Langan
PART ONE: Fourteen Basic Skills
1 Subjects and Verbs
Basics about subjects and Verbs
Every complete sentence contains a subject and a verb.
SUBJECTS
The subject of a sentence is the person, place, thing, or idea that the
sentence is about. The subject can be called the "who or what" word.
To find the subject, ask yourself, "Who or what is this sentence
about?" or "Who or what is doing something in this sentence?"
For example, look at the following two sentences:
 People applauded.
 Gloria wrote the answers on the board.
People is what the first sentence is about; they are the ones who
applauded. So people is the subject of the first sentence. The second
sentence answers the question, "Who is doing something in the
sentence?" The answer is Gloria. She is the person who wrote the
answers on the board. So Gloria is the subject of the second
sentence.
A subject will always be a noun or a pronoun. A noun is the name of
a person, place, thing. Or idea, a pronoun is a word-such as I, you,
he, she, it, we, or they-that stands for a noun.
VERBS
Many verbs express action; they tell what thee subject is doing. You
can find an action verb by asking, "What did the subject do?" Look
again at these sentences:
 People applauded.
 Gloria wrote the answers on the board.
You remember that people is the subject of the first sentence. What
did they do? They applauded. Applauded is the verb in the first
sentence. Gloria is the subject in the second sentence. What did
Gloria do? She wrote, so wrote is the verb in the second sentence.
Some verbs do not show action; they are called linking verbs.
Linking verbs like is, are, was, and were join (or link) the subject to
something that is said about the subject. For example, in the sentence
Gloria is a teacher, the linking verb is connects the subject Gloria
with what is said about her-that she is a teacher.
NOTES
1. Some verbs consist of more than one word- a helping verb plus
the main verb. Here are some examples of verbs containing more
than one word:
 Gloria has written the answers on the board.
The verb is has written.
 The balloons were drifting slowly to earth.
The verb is were drifting.
2. The verb of a sentence never begins with to. For example:
 Gloria is going to write the answers on the board.
The verb of the sentence is is going. It is not write or to write.
 The balloons seemed to hang in the air.
The verb of the sentence is seemed. It is not hang or to hang.
A Note on Prepositional Phrases
The subject of a sentence is never part of a prepositional phrase. A
prepositional phrase is a group of words that begins with a
preposition and ends with a noun. Common prepositions are about,
after, as, at, before, between, by, during, for, from, in, into, like, of,
on, outside, over, through, to towards, with, and without. As you
look for the subject of a sentence, it may help to cross out any
prepositional phrases that you find. Here are examples:
The coffee from the leaking pot stained the carpet.
One of my classmates fell asleep during class.
The woman on the motorcycle has no helmet.
The cracks and booms during the thunderstorm were terrifying.
A Note on Helping Verbs

As already mentioned, many verbs consists of a main verb plus one
or more helping verbs. Helping verbs are shown below:
Forms of be: be, am, are, was, were, being, been
Forms of have: have, has, had
Forms of do: do, does, did
Special verbs: can, could, may, might, must, ought (to), shall,
should, will, would
Subjects and Verbs: PRACTICE:

In each sentence below, cross out the prepositional phrases, then
underline the subject of each sentence once and the verb of each
sentence twice.
1. Dogs at the animal shelter wait for a good home.
2. The frozen fish on the counter defrosted quickly.
3. My computer's screen went blank without warning.
4. The kitchen in my parents' house smells like vanilla and
cinnamon.
5. A very large truck stalled on the bridge.
6. The orange in the refrigerator has purple spots.
7. Everyone cried at one point during the movie.
8. Several sad-looking puppies huddled in the small cage.
9. Two young boys from the neighborhood were playing catch in the
alley.
10. By the end of the day, we had sold between 350 and 400 tickets.
SUBJECTS AND VERBS
Name … Section … Date …
Score: (Number right) … X 10 = … %
Subjects and Verbs: TEST 1
For each sentence, cross out any prepositional phrase, then underline
the subject once and the verb twice. Remember to include any
helping verb (s).
NOTE: To help in your review of subjects and verbs, explanations
are given for the first three sentences.
1. A family of ducks waddled toward the pond.
Of ducks and toward the pond are prepositional phrases. The
sentence is about a family (of ducks); what they did was waddled.
2. Ramona loves to post messages on her friends' Facebook walls.
Since post has a to in front of it, it cannot be the verb of the
sentence.
3. Many park visitors have complained about the new regulations.
Have complained (complained plus the helping verb have) is what
the sentence says the park visitors did.
4. The pot of vegetable soup simmered gently on the stove.
5. Your digital camera takes very clear pictures in all kinds of
locations.
6. After the study session, we decided to go to an all-night dinner for
a late meal.
7. The summer concert was canceled with only one day's notice.
8. The coffee from the leaking pot left a stain on the white carpet.
9. A German shepherd was waiting patiently outside the drugstore.
10. The curious child stared silently at the man in the Santa Claus
suit.

For each sentence, cross out any prepositional phrase, then underline
the subject once and the verb twice. Remember to include any
helping verb (s).
1. The candles on the table smell like vanilla.
2. The people in my family speak two languages.
3. The clean clothes on the line were soaked in the sudden
thunderstorm.
4. Without a word, Hugh raced out of the house and into the front
yard.
5. Teams of cheerleaders yelled on opposite sides of the gym.
6. Sofia's boyfriend is good with cars.
7. I work at the computer lab between classes.
8. Huge mounds of dirt surround the construction site.
9. The tiles on the bathroom floor look gray in the dim light.
10. For more than fifty years, movies about dinosaurs have been
popular with audiences.

Read the sentences below. Then, in the space provided, write the
letter of the correct answer to each question.
 The movie audience shrieked with laughter during the hilarious
scene.
… 1. In the sentence above, the subject is
a. audience. b. laughter. c. scene.
… 2. In the sentence above, the verb is
a. shrieked b. laughter c. scene.
 A solution to the problem suddenly popped into my head.
a. problem. b. head. c. solution.
a. popped b. suddenly.c. head.
 During the long bus trip from Baltimore to Florida, many
passengers slept.
a. bus. b. many. c. passengers.
a. During. b. many. c. slept.
 For his birthday dinner, Will plans to have a pizza with
pepperoni, mushrooms, and onions.
a. dinner. b. birthday. c. Will.
a. plans. b. have.. c. to have.
 After my final exam, I can forget about school for a week.
a. exam. b. I. c. School.

Read the sentence below. Then, in the space provided, write the
letter of the correct answer to each question.
 During the hot, dry summer, the farmers worried about their
crops.
a. summer. b. crops. c. farmers.
a. During. b. about. c. worried.
 Drops of icy rain began to fall on the basketball players.
a. Drops. b. rain. c. players.
a. icy. b. began. c. fall.
 As a result of my father's illness, my family in the past two
months has lived a nightmare.
a. illness. b. result. c. family.
a. lived. b. has lived. c. has.
 To catch the bus to school, Maya awakens before sunrise.
a. Maya. b. bus. c. sunrise.
a. catch. b. to catch. c. awakens.
 Tracy has been sending romantic texts to her boyfriend during
computer lab.
a. Tracy. b. boyfriend. c. texts.
a. has. b. has been sending. c. sending.
2 Irregular Verbs
Basics about Irregular Verbs
Most English verbs are regular. That is, they form their past tense
and past participle by adding –ed or –d to the basic form, as shown
here:
Basic Form Past Tense Past Participle
ask asked asked
raise raised raised
Some English verbs are irregular. they do not form their past tense
and past participle by adding –ed or -d to the basic form of the verb.
Instead, their past tenses and past participles are formed in other
ways. Here are some of the most common irregular verbs.
become became become
begin began begun
break broke broken
bring brought brought
catch caught caught
choose chose chosen
come came come
do did done
drink drank drunk
drive drove driven
eat ate eaten
feel felt felt
find found found
forget forgot forgotten
get got got, gotten
give gave given

go went gone
grow grew grown
have had had
hide hid hidden
is was been
keep kept kept
know knew known
leave left left
read read read
see saw seen
shake shook shaken
spend spent spent
take took taken
tell told told
write wrote written
A word about helping verbs Sometimes the verb of a sentence

consists of more than one word. In these cases, the main verb will be
joined by one or more helping verbs. Look at the following
sentence:
I should have gone to bed earlier last night.
In this sentence, the main verb is gone. The helping verbs are should
and have. other common helping verbs include be, can, could, do,
has, may, must, will, and would.
(For a longer list of helping verbs, see page 4.)
When you use the above chart, keep these two points in mind:
1 if the verb in your sentence does not have a helping verb, choose
the past tense form.
I ate a bacon, lettuce, and tomato sandwich.
2 if the verb in your sentence does have a helping verb, choose the
past participle.
I had eaten a bacon, lettuce, and tomato sandwich.
NOTE If you think a verb is irregular, and it is not in the above list,
look it up in your dictionary. If it is irregular, the principal parts will
be listed. See "Dictionary Use, " page 267.
Irregular Verbs: PRACTICE

For each sentence below, fill in the correct form of the verb in the
space provided.
broke, broken 1. When I … my leg, my friends scribbled cheerful
messages on the cast.
spended, spent 2. Nathan … most of his teenage years dressed in
black and alone in his bedroom.
cateched, caught 3. The kindergarten teacher... chicken pox from
one of her students.
went, gone 4. The sign on the barbershop door said, "Closed! I have
… fishing."
wrote, writed 5. Before he was famous. The horror author Stephen
King taught high-school English and … short stories and novels at
night.
done, did 6. I … everything I could to keep my grandmother
comfortable when she was sick.
bringed, brought 7. Seven people … potato salad to the church
picnic, and only one person made a dessert.
chose, choosed 8. Although she was close to winning $100,00, the
game-show contestant lost it all when she … the wrong answer to
the final question.
shook, shaked 9. Rick made a huge mess when he … up a bottle of
ketchup without realizing that the cap was off.
eaten, ate 10. My friend stuck to his diet for six days. Then he … an
entire gallon of ice cream and a bag of Snickers in fifteen minutes.
A Note on Three Problem Verbs

Three common irregular verbs that confuse many writers are be, do,
and have. Here are the correct present tense and past tense forms of
these three verbs.
Be
Present Tense Past Tense
I am we are I was we were
You are you are you were you were
He, she, it is they are he, she, it was they were
Do
I do we do I did we did
You do you do you did you did
He, she, it does they do he, she, it did they did
Have
I have we have I had we had
You have you have you had you had
He, she, it has they have he, she, it had they had
Irregular Verbs: TEST 1
Each of the items below contains two errors in irregular verbs. Find
the errors and cross them out. Then, in the spaces provided, write the
correct forms of the verbs.
NOTE To help you master irregular verbs, explanations are given
for five of the sentences.
1. Once I seen a hawk dive from the top of a tall tree to capture a
field mouse. The bird catched the tiny creature in its claws and flew
back to its perch.
a. …
b. …
Use the past tense of the irregular verb see for the first correction
needed.
2. Our neighbors have always gave their little children household
chores. This month, their son sets the table, and their daughter does
some dusting. Last month, they both done some weeding in the
backyard.
a. …
b. …
Use the past participle of the irregular verb give for the first
correction needed.
My aunt be a big fan of Elvis Presley. Every time she hears "Love
Me Tender," she becomes misty-eyed. Last year, she and my uncle
gone on a trip to Graceland, Elvis's home. While there, she bought
"Elvis Lives" bumper stickers for herself and all her friends.
a. …
b. …
Use the past tense of the irregular verb go for the second correction
needed.
4. It is dangerous to shake a baby. Many babies who have been
shook have suffered brain injuries. The adults who done this seldom
meant to cause such harm.
a. …
b. …
Use the past tense of the irregular verb do for the second correction
needed.
5. I was determined not to forget anything I needed at the store. I sat
down writed and a long shopping list. Feeling proud of myself, I
went to the store. Then I realized I had forgotted the list.
a. …
b. …
Use the past participle of the irregular verb forget for the second
correction needed.

Each of the items below contains two errors in irregular verbs. Find
the errors and cross them out. Then, in the spaces provided, write the
correct forms of the verbs.
1. It really can be more fun to give than to receive. Yesterday I gived
my sister a ring of mine that she has always loved. When she saw
what I had gave her, her face lit up.
a. …
b. …
2. In the winter, I drink about a quart of orange juice a week. But last
week, when it was so hot, I drinked that much in a day. Once all the
orange juice was drank, I started in one ice water and cold soda.
a. …
b. …
3. I was angry that my friend taked the money that was lying on the
dresser. She didn't know it was mine, but she knowed it wasn't hers.
a. …
b. …
4. The teacher becomed impatient with the students who had
forgotten their homework. "I thought you had growed up by now,"
he complained.
a. …
b. …
5. Three people had saw the robbery take place, but no one be sure
what the robber looked like.
a. …
b. …

Read each sentence below. Then choose the correct verb, fill in the
blank, and write the letter of your choice in the space provided in the
margin.
… 1. Sandy has … to a counselor every week since her parents'
divorce.
a. went c. go
b. wented d. gone
… 2. My grandmother has … family history.
a. writed c. written
b. wrote d. write
… 3. Our neighbors… us crazy when they first moved in, but now
we're good friends.
a. drived c. driven
b. drove d. droved
… 4. How long have you and Stephanie… each other?
a. knew c. knowed
b. known d. knewd
… 5. The lucky woman who… the home run ball got it autographed
by the famous baseball player.
a. catched c. caught
b. catch d. caughted
… 6. In the middle of dinner, Stacy gasped, "I … I was supposed to
baby-sit tonight!"
a. forget c. forgotted
b. forgotten d. forgot
… 7. Trying to avoid catching a cold, everyone in the family… extra
vitamin C every day last winter.
a. take c. taked
b. took d. tooked
… 8. The kindergarten teacher was not thrilled when Keith … a live
worm to class.
a. bring c. brought
b. brang d. bringed
… 9. The boss … everyone to plan to work late Thursday night.
a. tell c. told
b. telled d. tolded
… 10. Only the people who had… the first movie understood the
sequel.
a. seen c. seed
b. saw d. sawed

margin.
… 1. Last July, Ivan … an American citizen.
a. become c. became
b. becomed d. becamed
… 2The tiny, cute puppy has… into a ninety-pound monster.
a. grow c. growed
b. grew d. grown
… 3. Last night, Natalie… nearly four hours on homework.
a. spent c. spended
b. spends d. spend
… 4. Most people who traveled to Alaska during the Gold Rush…
little or no gold.
a. finded c. find
b. founded d. found
… 5. My father has … everything he can to keep our car in good
shape.
a. did c. do
b. done d. doned
… 6. I had… to do the assignment.
a. forget c. forgot
b. forgotten d. forgotted
… 7. My family had … the whole pie before I got home.
a. eat c. eaten
b. ate d. eated
… 8. The millionaire businessman… all his money to charity.
a. left c. lefted
b. leave d. leaved
… 9. Juanita has… the color gray for her bridesmaids' dresses.
a. chose c. choose
b. choosed d. chosen
… 10. The story was about a man who foolishly … some money in
an old trash barrel.
a. hide c. hided
b. hid d. hidded
3 subject- Verb Agreement

Basics about subject-Verb Agreement
In a correctly written sentence, the subject verb agree (match) in
number. Singular subjects have singular verbs, and plural subjects
have plural verbs.
In simple sentences of a few words, it's not difficult to make the
subject verb agree:
 Our baby sleeps more than ten hours a day. Some babies sleep
even longer.
However, not all sentences are as straightforward as the above
examples. Here are two situations that can cause problems with
subject-verb agreement.
1. WORDS BETWEEN THE SUBJECT AND VERB
A verb often comes right after its subject, as in this example:
 The sealed boxes belong to my brother.
NOTE In the following examples, the subject is shown in italic type,
and the verb is shown in boldface type.
However, at times the subject and verb are separated by a
prepositional phrase. A prepositional phrase is a group of words
that begins with a preposition and ends up with a noun or pronoun.
By, for, from, in, of, on, and to are common prepositions. (A longer
list of prepositions is on page 144.) Look at the following sentences:
 A small bag of potato chips contains 440 calories.
In this sentence, the subject and verb are separated by the
prepositional phrase of potato chips. The verb must agree with
the singular subject bag-not with a word in the prepositional
phrase.
 The tomatoes in this salad are brown and mushy.
Because the subject, tomatoes, is plural, the verb must also be plural.
The prepositional phrase in this salad has no effect on subject and
verb agreement.
 Books about baseball fill my brother's room.
The plural subject books takes the plural verb fill. About baseball is
a prepositional phrase.
2. COMPUND SUBJECTS
A compound subject is made up of two nouns connected by a
joining word. Subjects joined by and generally take a plural verb.
 Running and lifting weights are good ways to keep in shape.
 Fear and ignorance have a lot to do with hatred.
Subject-verb Agreement: PRACTICE

For each sentence below, choose the correct form of the words in the
margin, and write it in the space provided.
taste, tastes
1. Bananas and peanut are … good together.
wait, waits
2. A basket of dirty clothes… at the top of the basement steps.
has, have
3. My counselor and my English teacher… agreed to write
recommendations for me.
look, looks
4. The old house at the corner of State Creek Roads … as if it's ready
to fall down.
see, sees
5. Shantell and Justin both … better with contact lenses than they
did with glasses.
eat, eats
6. Hawks and eagles… meat instead of seeds.
is, are
7. The jokes in that movie… not at all funny.
sleep, sleep
8. The cat and the dog… curled up together.
live, lives
9. Kara and her children… in a shelter.
do, does
10. What … it mean when the computer screen turns blue?
Subject-Verb Agreement: TEST 1

For each sentence, fill in the correct form of the missing verb.
NOTE To help you review subject-verb agreement, explanations are
given for the first two sentences.
belong, belongs
1. The bones in the backyard… to our neighbor's dog.
Bones, the subject, is a plural noun and so needs a plural verb. In the
backyard is a prepositional phrase. The subject is never in-or
affected by-a prepositional phrase.
is, are
2. Sunflower seeds and peanuts … the main ingredients in this bird-
food mix.
Seeds and peanuts is a compound subject requiring a plural verb.
draw, draws
3. Students in the art class … with a charcoal stick.
look, looks
4. The men sitting in the corner booth … unhappy with their food.
bakes, bakes
5. Darcy and her mother … cakes and cookies for a local restaurant.
Play, plays
6. The teenager in the apartment upstairs … a guitar late at night.
echo, echoes
7. The singing of the caged canaries … through the tiny pet shop.
seem, seems
8. The questions on this test … unfair to me.
is, are
9. E-mail and text messaging … the main ways that some people
communicate with each other.
attract, attracts
10. A colorful assortment of toys … shoppers to the mall store's
display window.

For each sentence, fill in the correct form of the missing verb.
have, has
1. The ice cubes in the punch bowl … melted.
is, are
2. The old telephones in my grandparents' home … still in working
order.
appear, appears
3. Garlic and onions… in almost everything my grandmother cooks.
wail, wails
4. The tired, cranky baby… while his mother tries to comfort him.
belong, belongs
5. The leather cap and jacket on the desk … to our teacher.
forget, forgets
6. Members of the audience sometimes … to turn off their cell
phones during a peerformance.
is, are
7. Goat and rabbit … two of the more unusual items on the
restaurant's menu.
greet, greets
8. Moans and groans … the teacher whenever she announces a pop
quiz.
show, shows
9. Dirt and grease … clearly on the windows when the sun shines
throng them.
do, does
10. Contrary to public opinion, cats and dogs … not really hate each
other.

margin.
… 1. Our friends in the country … rid of the insects in their yard
without using poisonous sprays- they keep chickens.
a. get b. gets
… 2. The chickens … most of the insects. In addition, our friends
get to enjoy fresh eggs.
a. eat b. eats
… 3. The children and their mother … disappointed in the frozen
dinners. The peas look winkled and dry.
a. is b. are
… 4. Also, mounds of soggy stuffing in the frozen dinners… a
small piece of meat.
a. cover b. covers
… 5. Our kitchen is anything but quiet. The microwave and
dishwasher … all kinds of noise.
a. produce b. produces
… 6. Furthermore, the refrigerator in the kitchen hums, and the
clock hanging over the cabinets … every hour.
a. chime b. chimes
… 7. The coins in the jar on my dresser… almost three pounds. I
wonder how much money is actually there.
a. weigh b. weighs
… 8. Unfortunately, pennies and nickels… up most of the total in
the jar.
a. make b. makes
… 9. The Bradleys have made their property much more attractive.
Flowers and an evergreen hedge now… the sidewalk.
a. line b. lines
… 10. Also, a birdbath near the front steps… robins, blue jays, and
other colorful birds.
a. attract b. attracts

margin.
… 1. Few people ever … seeing baby pigeons. The reason is
simple.
a. recalls b. recall
… 2. Baby pigeons in the nest … a huge amount of food each day.
Upon leaving the nest, they are nearly as large as their parents.
a. eat b. eats
… 3. The books in your book bag … a ton. How can you carry them
around all day?
a. weigh b. weighs
… 4. I'm afraid that book bag will hurt your back. The strain on
your muscles … enormous.
a. are b. is
… 5. Ricardo picks up his bowling ball. The pins at the end of the
lane ….. so defenseless. He almost feels sorry for them
a. looks b. look
… 6. But then Ricardo releases the ball. He and his friends … the
pins come crashing down.
a. watch b. watches
… 7. The presents under the Christmas tree … the children. They
want to squeeze, shake, and investigate every one.
a. tempt b. tempts
… 8. The adults … the children that they have to be patient.
a. tells b. tell
… 9. My friends and I … going to the movies.
a. enjoy b. enjoys
… 10. But some people in the theatre really … us. They talk as
loudly as if they were in their own living rooms.
a. irritate b. irritates
4 Sentence Types
Basics about Sentence Types
There are three basic kinds of sentences in English:
SIMPLE SENTENCES
A simple sentence has only one subject-verb combination and
express one complete thought.
 My brother cooked dinner tonight.
Brother is subject, and cooked is the verb.
A simple sentence may have more than one subject or more than one
verb:
 Shorts and T-shirts sway on the clothesline.
Shorts and T-shirts are the two subjects; sway is the verb.
 The children splashed and squealed in the swimming pool.
Children is the subject; splashed and squealed are the two verbs.
COMPOUND SENTENCES
A compound sentence is made up of two or more complete
thoughts. Following are two compete thoughts, joined to form a
compound sentence:
 Rose wants chili for dinner, but she forgot to buy beans.
By using a comma and a joining word such as but, we can combine
what would otherwise be two simple sentences (Rose wants chili for
dinner and she forgot to buy beans) into one compound sentence. In
addition to but, the words and so are the joining words most often
used to connect two complete thoughts. Here are examples of and so
as joining words:
 The driver failed to signal and he went through a stop sign.
 The meal was not hot, so we sent it back to the kitchen.
COMPLEX SENTENCES
A complex sentence is made up of one complete thought and another
thought that begins with a dependent word like after, although, as,
because, before, if, since, unless, until, when, where, and while.
NOTE A comma is placed after a dependent statement when it starts
a sentence.
 Although I had a free ticket to the game, I was too tired to go.
 I set my alarm for 5 a.m. because I wanted to finish a paper.
 After the test was over, we got something to eat.
When you write, try to make your sentences varied and interesting.
Using all three kinds of sentences will both help you express ore
complex thoughts and give your writing a lively style.
Sentence Types: PRACTICE

A. Use a comma and a logical joining word to combine the
following pairs of simple sentences into compound sentences.
Choose from and, but, or so. Place a comma before the joining
word.
HINT be sure to choose the logical joining word in each case. Keep
in mind that
and means in addition
but means however
so means as a result
1. Kwan is quite attractive. She sees herself as ugly.
…
2. Jared is good at math. He writes well, too.
…
3. I lost my watch. I don't know what time it is.
…
4. My sister doesn't usually eat candy. She ate a box of chocolates
yesterday.
…
5. The night air was chilly. I put on a sweater.
…
B. Use a suitable dependent word to combine the following pairs of

simple sentences into complex sentences. Choose from although,
because, since, and when. Place a comma after a dependent
statement when it starts a sentence.
6. Strawberries are expensive. I don't often buy them.
…
7. An elephant's skin is very thick. It is also very sensitive.
…
8. The city pools have been crowded. The weather turned hot.
…
9. I quickly called the police. I heard a scream outside.
…
10. Jessica seems unfriendly. She is really just shy.
…
Sentence Types: TEST 1

A. Use a comma and a suitable joining word to combine the
Choose from and (which means in addition), but (which means
however), or so (which means as a result).
NOTE To help you master sentence combining, hints are given for
the first two sentences.
1. The coffee is cold. It is also too strong.
Hint: Use the word that means "in addition".
…
2. Our car runs well. Its body is dented and rusty.
Hint: Use the word that means "however."
…
3. The book was very expensive. I didn't buy it.
…
4. Gene laughed throughout the movie. His date didn't laugh once.
…
5. The electricity was out. We had no candles.
…
6. The ball game was postponed. It began to rain heavily.
…
7. Sam practices his saxophone. The dog howls.
…
8. The house looks beautiful. It seems cold and unfriendly to me.
…
9. She doesn’t drive. Mia must walk or take the bus to work.
…
10. The beautiful fireworks exploded. The audience gasped and
applauded.
…

A. Use a comma and a suitable joining word to combine the
Choose from and, but, or so.
1. Eddie was tired of his appearance. He shaved all the hair off his
head.
…
2. Eddie bought new clothing in bright colors. He added an earring
as well.
…
3. Twenty students were enrolled in the class. Only eight were
present that stormy day.
…
4. Thirty percent of M&M's are brown. Twenty percent of them are
red.
…
5. The stain did not wash out of my white pants. I dyed the pants tan.
…
6. I need to improve my grades. I will start taking more notes in
class.
…
7. There used to be many small stores downtown. They are gone
now.
…
8. The bus came into sight. Connie shouted "Goodbye!" and rushed
out the door.
…
9. Mental illness is so little understood. It has always frightened
people.
…
10. I'm allergic to most animals. Siamese cats don't bother me.
…

In the space provided, write the letter of the combined sentence that
reads most smoothly, clearly, and logically.
… 1. a. Because my parents are both quite short, we kids are all on
the tall side.
b. My parents are both quite short, so we kids are all on the tall side.
c. Although my parents are both quite short, we kids are all on the
tall side.
… 2. a. My cousin was falling behind in algebra class, but he
decided to work with a tutor.
b. Because my cousin was falling behind in algebra class, he decided
to work with a tutor.
c. My cousin was falling behind in algebra class because he decided
to work with a tutor.
… 3. a. The thunderstorm rattled the windows, but the dog hid in the
closet.
b. Although the thunderstorm rattled the windows, the dog hid in the
closet.
c. While the thunderstorm rattled the windows, the dog hid in the
closet.
… 4. a. The movie turned out to be too scary, so they took their
children home.
b. The movie turned out to be too scary, but they took their children
home.
c. Although the movie turned out to be too scary, they took their
children home.
… 5. a. Although the baby goat was cute and fluffy, it had a vicious
temper.
b. The baby goat was cute and fluffy, and it had a vicious temper.
c. Because the baby goat was cute and fluffy, it had a vicious temper.
… 6. a. Nobody was very hungry Thanksgiving night, but we ate
cereal for dinner.
b. Nobody was very hungry Thanksgiving night, so we ate cereal for
dinner.
c. Nobody was very hungry Thanksgiving night because we ate
cereal for dinner.
…7. a. The mechanic called about our car, so he didn’t have good
news.
b. When the mechanic called about our car, he didn't have good
news.
c. Before the mechanic called about our car, he didn't have good
news.
… 8. a. Alan is limping badly because he twisted his ankle playing
basketball.
b. Because Alan is limping badly, he twisted his ankle playing
basketball.
c. Alan is limping badly, and he twisted his ankle playing basketball.
… 9. a. Before I met my new neighbor, I had never been friends with
a blind person.
b. I met my new neighbor, but I had never been friends with a blind
person.
c. I met my new neighbor, so I had never been friends with a blind
person.
… 10. a. You put masking tape around the windows and doors, but
I'll get the paint and brushes.
b. Although you put masking tape around the windows and doors, I'll
get the paint and brushes.
c. While you put masking tape around the windows and doors, I'll
get the paint and brushes.

In the space provided, write the letter of the combined sentence that
reads most smoothly, clearly, and logically.
…1. a. After I have a test in the morning, I'd better get to bed early.
b. Although I have a test in the morning, I'd better get to bed early.
c. I have a test in the morning, so I'd better get to bed early.
…2. a. Because these shoes are comfortable, their price is
reasonable.
b. These shoes are comfortable, but their price is reasonable.
c. These shoes are comfortable, and their price is reasonable.
…3. a. Although the clothes were being washed, we sat in the
laundromat reading magazines.
b. While the clothes were being washed, we sat in the laundromat
reading magazines.
c. The clothes were being washed, but we sat in the laundormat
reading magazines.
…4. a. I am afraid of heights, and flying in an airplane doesn't bother
me.
b. Although I am afraid of heights, flying in an airplane doesn't
bother me.
c. because I am afraid of heights, flying in an airplane doesn't bother
me.
…5. a. After rain began falling heavily, the umpires cancelled the
game.
b. Although rain began falling heavily, the umpires cancelled the
game.
c. Rain began falling heavily while the umpires cancelled the game.
…6. a. When I always hang up on telemarketers, they keep calling.
b. Because I always hang up on telemarketers, they keep calling.
c. Although I always hang up on telemarketers, they keep calling.
…7. a. When my mother was a young girl, she quit school to help
support her family.
b. Because my mother was a young girl, she quit school to help
support her family.
c. My mother was a young girl, so she quit school to help her
support her family.
…8. a. The towels look soft and fluffy, so they feel scratchy.
b. When the towels look soft and fluffy, they feel scratchy.
c. Although the towels look soft and fluffy, they feel scratchy.
…9. a. We studied in the library all evening when we went out for
pizza.
b. After we studied in the library all evening, we went out for pizza.
c. We studied in the library all evening, but we went out for pizza.
…10. a. The newlyweds are trying to save money, so they clip
coupons and buy items on sale.
b. Although the newlyweds are trying to save money, they clip
coupons and buy items on sale.
c. The newlyweds are trying to save money, but they clip coupons
and buy items on sale.
5 Fragments I
Basics about Fragments
To be a complete sentence, a group of words must contain a subject
and a verb. It must also express a complete though. If it lacks a
subject, a verb, or a complete thought, it is a fragment.
The most common kind of fragment is the dependent-word
fragment, which has a subject and verb but does not express a
complete thought. Here is an example:
 Because Laura was tired.
Although this word group contains a subject (Laura) and a verb
(was), it is an incomplete thought. The reader wants to know what
happened because Laura was tired. A word group that begins with
because or another dependent word cannot stand alone; another idea
is needed to complete the thought. For example, we could correct the
above fragment like this:
 Because Laura was tried, she took a nap.
The words she took a nap complete the thought.
Here are two more dependent-word fragments.
 When I saw the big spider on my leg.
 After I turned off the television set.
Each of these word groups begins with a dependent word (when,
after) and expresses an incomplete idea.
See if you can add words to each fragment that would
complete the thought.
 When I saw the big spider on my leg, … .
 … after I turned off the television set.
Here are some ways to complete the above fragments:
 When I saw the big spider on my leg, I jumped out of my chair.
 I picked up a book after I turned off the television set.
Punctuation note When a dependent-word group states a sentence,
follow it with a comma.
When you use a dependent word, take care that you complete the
thought in the same sentence.
Otherwise, a fragment may result. Here is a list of common
dependent words:
after even though unless wherever
although even when until whether
as if what which
because since when while
before that whenever who
even if though where
Note that very often the way to correct a dependent-word fragment
will be able to connect it to the sentence that comes before or after it:
Fragment I: PRACTICE
Underline the dependent-word fragment in each of the following
items. Then correct it in the space provided. Add a comma after a
dependent-word group that begins a sentence.
1. Because the movie was so violent. Some people left the theatre.
…
2. Everything was peaceful. Before Martha stormed into the room.
…
3. Even though I've never seen a ghost. I still believe ghosts exist.
…
4. The batter argued with the umpire. While the crowd booed.
…
5. When two guests began to argue. The hostess moved the party
outside.
…
6. There's always a big party. After the last day of school.
…
7. We jumped up from the sofa. When e heard the crash in the
kitchen.
…
8. Although the car was totaled. The passengers were unharmed.
…
9. Emily takes a quick walk at lunchtime. Because it keeps her from
getting sleepy at work.
…
10 Our neighbor is a quiet man. Who works as a nurse on the
night shift. …
Fragments I: TEST 1
Underline the depended-word fragment in each of the following
items. Then corner it in the space provided. Add a common after a
NOTE To help you correct fragments, directions are given for the
first two sentences.
1. Because we have smoke detectors. We survived the fire.
The first word group begins with the dependent word because.
Correct the fragment by adding it to the second word group.
…
2. The kitchen looked like new. After we painted it.
The second word group begins with the dependent word after.
Correct the fragment by adding it to the first word group.
…
3. My sister is always out of money. Although she has a good job.
…
4. Before the game even started. I could tell team morale was low.
…
5. I wouldn't date him again. If he begged me on his knees.
…
6. Our car is making a chugging noise. Which sounds ominous.
…
7. Young elephants stay with their mothers. Until they are about
sixteen years old.
…
8. After this rain stops. The children can play outside.
…
9. A crowd showed up to meet the author. Who had written a best-
selling novel at the age of nineteen.
…
10. Until the tornado warning ended. Everyone stayed in the
basement.
…
Fragments I: TEST 2
Underline the dependent-word fragment in each of the following
items. Then correct it in the space provided. Add a common after a
1. Although the sign said "No Parking." A rude driver parked there.
…
2. I'll never be ready for the test tomorrow. Even if I study all night.
…
3. Because pearls are quite soft. They are easily scratched.
…
4. I wasn't able to sleep. Until I found out how the book ended.
…
5. People at the pancake house gasped. When the movie star walked
in.
…
6. After running a block to catch his bus. Mack missed it by seconds.
…
7. My pet peeve is people laughing at my jokes. Before I get to the
punch line.
…
8. You won't enjoy dinner. Unless you like burned chicken and soggy
beans.
…
9. If the weather is bad tomorrow. We'll have to reschedule the
reunion.
…
10. When the huge dog rushed up to him. Troy almost stopped
breathing.
…
Fragments I: TEST 3
Read each group below. Then write the letter of the item that
contains a fragment.
… 1. a. Leon was very nervous. He had not studied for the exam. A
failing grade could result in his failing the course.
b. Leon was very nervous because he had not studied for the exam. A
failing grade could result in his failing the course.
c. Because Leon had not studied for the exam. He was very nervous.
A failing grade could result in his failing the course.
… 2. a. In 1969, the Oscar for Best Actor went to John Wayne. Who
had appeared in nearly 250 movies by then.
b. In 1969, the Oscar for Best Actor went to John Wayne. He had
appeared in nearly 250 movies by then.
c. In 1969, the Oscar for Best Actor went to John Wayne, who had
appeared in nearly 250 movies by then.
… 3. a. Before Tamika went to the party, she tried on six different
outfits. She finally chose the one she'd tried on first.
b. Before Tamika went to the party. She tried on six different outfits.
She finally chose the one she'd tried on first.
c. Tamika tried on six different outfits before she went to the party.
She finally chose the one she'd tried on first.
… 4. a. On our drive into the city, we came across an accident.
Which had close three of the four lanes of traffic. It added an extra
hour to our trip.
b. On our drive into the city, we came across an accident which had
closed three of the four lanes of traffic. It added an extra hour to our
trip.
c. On our drive into the city, we came across an accident. It had
closed three of the four lanes of traffic, and it added an extra hour to
our trip.
… 5. a. Unless you are ready to work hard. Don't even think of
enrolling in Mr. Reynold's class. He is a very demanding teacher.
b. Don't even think of enrolling in Mr. Reynold's class unless you are
ready to work hard. He is a very demanding teacher.
c. Unless you are ready to work hard, don't even think of enrolling in
Mr. Reynold's class. He is a very demanding teacher.
Fragments I: TEST 4
Read each group below. Then write the letter of the item that
contains a fragment.
… 1. a. When a flock of birds is resting in the trees. One seems to
act as the lookout. If it sees danger, it will alert the others to fly
away.
b. When a flock of birds is resting in the trees, one seems to act as
the lookout. If it sees danger, it will alert the others to fly away.
c. A flock of birds is resting in the trees, with one acting as the
lookout. If it sees danger, it will alert the others to fly away.
… 2. a. Karen hung a big mirror at the end of her living room
because it made the room look larger, she painted the dark walls a
light color for the same reason.
b. Karen hung a big mirror at the end of her living room. Because it
made the room look larger. She painted the dark walls a light color
for the same reason.
c. Because it made the room look larger, Karen hung a big mirror at
the end of her living room. She painted the dark walls a light color
for the same reason.
… 3. a. Our dog loves to retrieve sticks. He will beg you to throw
them for hours, Even if it is clear that he is exhausted.
b. Our dog loves to retrieve sticks. He will beg you to throw them
for hours even if it's clear that he is exhausted.
c. Our dog loves to retrieve sticks. Even if it's clear that he is
exhausted, he will beg you to throw them for hours.
… 4. a. Unless Nate apologizes, I am not going to speak to him
again. What he said was unforgivable.
b. I am not going to speak to Nate again unless he apologizes. What
he said unforgivable.
c. Unless Nate apologizes. I am not going to speak to him again
because what he said was unforgiveable.
… 5. a. The police believed the witness she picked the wrong person
out of a lineup. Then they began to have their doubts about her story.
b. Until the witness picked the wrong person out of a lineup, the
police believed her. Then they began to have their doubts about her
story.
c. The police believed the witness. Until she picked the wrong
person out of a lineup. Then they began to have their doubts about
her story.
6 Fragments II
More about Fragments
In addition to dependent-word fragments, there are three other
common types of fragments:
FRAGMENTS WITHOUT A SUBJECT

Fragment Joe Davis lowered himself from the van into his
wheelchair. And then rolled up the sidewalk ramp.
The second word group lacks a subject, so it is a fragment.
You can often fix such a fragment by adding it to the sentence that
comes before it.
Sentence Joe Davis lowered himself from the van into his
wheelchair and then rolled up the sidewalk ramp.
-ING AND TO FRAGMENTS

When –ing appears at or near the beginning of a word group, a
fragment may result.
Fragment Hoping to furnish their new home cheaply. The
newlyweds go to garage sales.
The first word group lacks both a subject and a verb, so it is
fragment.
A fragment may also result when a word group begins with to
followed by a verb.
Fragment Leo jogged through the park. To clear his mind before the
midterm.
The second word group is a fragment that lacks both a subject and a
complete verb. (A word that follows to cannot be the verb of a
sentence.)
You can often fix such fragments by attaching them to the sentence
that comes before or after.
Sentence Hoping to furnish their new home cheaply, the newlyweds
go to garage sales.
Sentence Leo jogged through the park o clear his mind before the
midterm.
Punctuation note when an –ing or to word group starts a sentence,
follow it with a comma.
EXAMPLE FRAGMENTS
Word groups that begin with words like including, such as
especially, and for example are sometimes fragments.
Fragment For class, we had to read several books. Including The
Diary of Anne Frank.
Fragment My grandfather has many interests. For example,
playing poker and watching old cowboy movies.
You can often fix such fragments by attaching them to the sentence
that comes before, or by adding a subject and a verb.
Sentence For class we had to read several books, including The
Diary of Anne Frank.
Sentence My grandfather has many interests. For example, he
plays poker and watches old cowboy movies.
Fragments II: Practice
Underline the fragment in each item that follows. Then rewrite
and correct the fragment in the space provided.
1. Jan is talking out loud in her bedroom. Practicing a speech for her
English class.
…
2. Puffing on a bed- smelling cigar. Mr. Bloom said, "You ought to
take better care of your health."
…
3. I enjoy reading scary books. Especially ones about vampires.
…
4. Ticking loudly. The clock reminded me how little time I had to get
ready.
…
5. We get 112 channels on our TV. But don't have anything we want
to watch.
…
6. Hank runs four miles every day after school. To get ready for
track season.
…
7. Staring at me with an icy look on her face. The clerk refused to
answer my question.
…
8. I eat only healthy snacks. Such as ice cream made with natural
ingredients.
…
9. John refused to help clean the garage. After finding several huge
spider webs and a dead snake there.
…
10. Some nursery rhymes tell unpleasant stories. One example,
"Three Blind Mice."
…
Fragments II: Test 1

Underline the fragment in each item that follows. Then correct the
fragment in the space provided.
Note To help you correct fragments, directions are given for the first
three sentences.
1. Glancing at his watch frequently. The man seemed anxious to
leave.
The first word group lacks a subject and verb. Connect it to the
complete statement that follows it.
…
2. There are many healthful desserts. Including sherbet and fruit
salad.
The second word group lacks a subject and verb. Connect it to the
complete statement that comes before it.
…
3. Our teacher sometimes loses her temper. However, always
apologizes afterward.
Add a subject to the second word group to make it a complete
thought.
…
4. To keep his bike from being stolen. Gilbert bought a padlock.
…
5. The small town is a beautiful place to visit. Especially in the
spring.
…
6. Tarik lost the key to the front door. As a result, had to call a
locksmith.
…
7. Certain dogs are well suited to be guide dogs. Including German
shepherds and golden retrievers.
…
8. To get to school on time. I keep the clock in my room set ten
minutes ahead.
…
9. Relaxing on the beach. Anna said, "I want to be a lifeguard."
…
10. Many towns in the United States have amusing names. Such as
Boring, Oregon, Peculiar, Missouri, and Okay, Oklahoma.
…
Fragments II: TEST 2

Underline the fragment in each item that follows. Then correct
the fragment in the space provided.
1. Walking is excellent exercise. Especially when you walk at a brisk
pace.
…
2. Diane sat down with her boyfriend. Then gently said, "I can't
marry you."
…
3. To get her brother's attention. Lydia stood up on the stands and
waved.
…
4. Sweating from the workout. Kyle grabbed his water bottle and
drank deeply.
…
5. Mother elephants devote much of their time to childcare. Nursing
their babies up to eight years.
…
6. Hamburgers come with your choice of cheese. Including Swiss,
cheddar, American, provolone, or mozzarella.
…
7. A mouse popped out from under our sofa. Then scurried back
quickly.
…
8. Sam was helpful to his mother all afternoon. Hoping to borrow
her car that night.
…
9. I look terrible in certain colors. Such as baby blue and pale
yellow.
…
10. We do what we can to save money. For example, renting a DVD
instead of going to the movie theater.
…
Read each group below. Then write the letter of the item in each
group that contains a fragment.
1.
a. Rolling slowly backward. The car had no driver. People nearby
began to jump out of the way.
b. Rolling slowly backward, The car had no driver. People nearby
began to jump out of the way.
c. The car that was rolling slowly backward had no driver. People
nearby began to jump out of the way.
2.
a. To keep squirrels off their birdfeeders, people have tried all kinds
of things. They have even smeared Vaseline on the pole on which the
feeder is mounted.
b. To keep squirrels off their birdfeeders. people have tried all kinds
of things. They have even smeared Vaseline on the pole on which the
feeder is mounted.
c. People have tried all kinds of things to keep squirrels off their
birdfeeders. They have even smeared Vaseline on the pole on which
the feeder is mounted.
3.
a. Cynthia has developed wrist pain from spending so many hours
using her computer. She is going to see her doctor about it.
b. Cynthia is going to see her doctor about her wrist pain. She
developed it from spending so many hours at her computer.
c. Spending so many hours using her computer. Cynthia has
developed wrist pain. She is going to see her doctor about it.
4.
a. Our speech teacher does not have a good fashion sense. He puts
together odd clothing combinations. Such as a red flowered shirt
with purple striped pants.
b. Our speech teacher does not have a good fashion sense. He puts
together odd clothing combinations, Such as a red flowered shirt
with purple striped pants.
c. Our speech teacher puts together odd clothing combinations, such
as a red flowered shirt with purple striped pants. He does not have a
good fashion sense.
5.
a. To try to hear the conversation going on in the room, Irina put her
ear to the keyhole. She was embarrassed when the door opened
suddenly.
b. Irina put her ear to the keyhole to try to hear the conversation
going on in the room. She was embarrassed when the door opened
suddenly.
c. Irina put her ear to the keyhole. To try to hear the conversation
going on in the room. She was embarrassed when the door opened
suddenly.
Read each group below. Then write the letter of the item in each
group that contains a fragment.
1.
a. Staring at the people standing outside, the tiger paced from one
end of its cage to the other. It looked hungry.
b. The tiger paced from one end of its cage to the other. Staring at
the people standing outside. It looked hungry.
c. The tiger paced from one end of its cage to the other, staring at the
people standing outside. It looked hungry.
2.
a. Calling every half hour, the man seemed extremely anxious to
reach my father. "I have to talk to him," he kept saying.
b. The man who called every half hour seemed extremely anxious to
c. Calling every half hour. The man seemed extremely anxious to
3.
a. Two outfielders raced toward the center-field wall. To try to catch
the long fly ball. It dropped between them and bounced into the
stands.
b. Two outfielders raced toward the center-field wall to try to catch
the long fly ball. It dropped between them and bounced into the
stands.
c. Trying to catch the long fly ball, two outfielders raced toward the
center-field wall. The ball dropped between them and bounced into
the stands.
4.
a. There's an item on the dessert menu that contains most of my
favorite ingredients. Such as chocolate, caramel. coconut, and nuts. I
wonder if it's low in calories.
b. There's an item on the dessert menu that contains most of my
favorite ingredients, such as chocolate, caramel, coconut, and nuts. I
c. There's an item on the dessert menu that contains chocolate,
caramel, coconut, and nuts, which are my favorite ingredients. I
5.
a. People who can't read well run into constant problems. For
example, they may have problems filling out a job application. They
are often too embarrassed to admit they can't read it.
b. People who can't read well run into constant problems. For
example, filling out a job application. They are often too
embarrassed to admit they can't read it.
c. People who can't read well run into constant problems. Filling out
a job application, for example, they are often too embarrassed to
admit they can't read it.
7. Run-ons and Comma Splices I
Basics about Run-ons and Comma Splices I
A run-on is made up of two complete thoughts that are incorrectly
run together without a connection between them. Here is an example
of a run-on:
- Dolphins have killed sharks they never attack humans.
The complete thoughts are dolphins have killed sharks and they
never attack humans.
A comma splice is made up of two complete thoughts that are
incorrectly joined (or spliced) together with only a comma. A comma
alone is not enough to connect two complete thoughts. Here's an
example of a comma splice:
- Dolphins have killed sharks, they never attack humans.
How to correct Run-ons and Comma splices
There are two common ways to correct run-ons and comma splices.
METHOD 1 Use a Period and a Capital Letter
Put each complete thought into its own sentence.
Run-on The computer hummed loudly the sound was annoying.
Comma splice The computer hummed loudly, the sound was
annoying.
Correct version The computer hummed loudly. The sound was
annoying.
Method 2 Use a Comma and a Joining Word
Connect two complete thoughts into one sentence with a comma and
a joining word. Perhaps the most common joining words are and,
but, and so.
Run-on Dolphins have killed sharks they never attack humans.
Comma splice Dolphins have killed sharks, they never attack
humans.
Correct version Dolphins have killed sharks, but they never attack
humans.
Run-on The garden is overgrown the fence is falling down.

Comma splice The garden is overgrown, the fence is falling down.
Correct version The garden is overgrown, and the fence is falling
down.
Run-on The little boy appeared to be lost several women stopped to

help him.
Comma splice The little boy appeared to be lost, several women
stopped to help him.
Correct version The little boy appeared to be lost, so several
women stopped to help him.
Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Practice

Draw a line (I) between the two complete thoughts in each of the
run-ons and comma splices that follow. Then rewrite each sentence.
Correct it in one of two ways:
1. Use a period and a capital letter to create two sentences.
2. Use a comma and a logical joining word to connect the two
complete thoughts. Choose from the following joining words:
And (which means in addition) but (which means however) so
(which means as a result)
Do not use the same correction technique for all the sentences.
1. Some people are morning people I'm not one of them.
…
2. I was out of jelly and butter I spread yogurt on my toast.
…
3. The dog walks on three legs its ear is chewed up.
…
4. My little sister won't eat broccoli, she says it looks too much like a
little tree.
…
5. Someone unplugged the freezer all the ice cream has melted.
…
6. I backed away from the growling dog, I also looked for its owner.
…
7. One side of the moon faces the sun, the other side is always dark.
…
8. My brother runs like the wind at track meets he moves like a turtle
at home.
…
9. Fast- food restaurants are changing they now offer healthier food
choices.
…
10. The button fell off the waist of my pants I fastened them with a
safety pin.
…
Run-ons and Comma splices I: Test 1

following run-ons or comma splices. Then rewrite the sentences,
using either 1) a period and a capital letter or 2) a comma and a
joining word (and, but, or so).
Note To help you correct run-ons, directions are given for the first
two sentences.
1. The sun was going down the air was growing chilly.
Use a logical joining word (and, but, or so) to connect the two
complete thoughts.
…
2. Rick is not a good babysitter he treats his little brother like an
insect.
Put each complete thought into its own sentence.
…
3. My throat is very sore a gallon of ice cream will relieve it.
…
4. The plumber repaired the water heater, now the family can shower
again.
…
5. Saturday is the worst day of the week to shop, people fill up many
of the stores.
…
6. The phone rang someone knocked on the door at the same time.
…
7. The TV commercial was much too loud I pressed the mute button
on the remote.
…
8. A burglar alarm went off three men raced from the store.
…
9. The bear looked at me hungrily, I decided not to photograph him.
…
10. We decided to leave the restaurant, we were tired of waiting in
line.
…
Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Test 2

using either 1) a period and a capital letter or 2) a comma and a
joining word (and, but, or so).
1. Omar started writing the paper at 9 p.m. he finished it at 4 a.m.
…
2. This coffee is several hours old it probably tastes like mud.
…
3. I called Kendra three times last night, she never answered.
…
4. We lost our electricity last night all the food in our freezer thawed.
…
5. Mia looked tired and miserable I asked her what was wrong.
…
6. Thousands of actors go to Hollywood, few ever become stars.
…
7. Coupons help shoppers save money, they also help stores sell
products.
…
8. The fortuneteller offered to read my palm I said, "No thanks."
…
9. I never eat the hamburgers in the cafeteria they taste like rubber
tires.
…
10. There was an accident on the bridge today, traffic was stopped
for an hour.
…

In each group below, one sentence is punctuated correctly. Write the
letter of that sentence in the space provided.
1.
a. The cat slept on the windowsill she was wrapped in warm
sunlight.
b. The cat slept on the windowsill, she was wrapped in warm
sunlight.
c. The cat slept on the windowsill. she was wrapped in warm
sunlight.
2.
a. The motorcycle wouldn't start, so the man called a taxi.
b. The motorcycle wouldn't start, the man called a taxi.
c. The motorcycle wouldn't start the man called a taxi.
3.
a. Mom is grumpy early in the morning, she is cheerful after
drinking her coffee.
b. Mom is grumpy early in the morning she is cheerful after drinking
her coffee.
c. Mom is grumpy early in the morning, but she is cheerful after
drinking her coffee.
4.
a. One remedy always works for my hiccups. I swallow a teaspoon
of white sugar.
b. One remedy always works for my hiccups, I swallow a teaspoon
of white sugar.
c. One remedy always works for my hiccups I swallow a teaspoon of
white sugar.
5.
a. The alarm clock fell on the floor, then it started to ring.
b. The alarm clock fell on the floor then it started to ring.
c. The alarm clock fell on the floor. Then it started to ring.
6.
a. Gina is allergic to animals she can't have a pet.
b. Gina is allergic to animals, so she can't have a pet.
c. Gina is allergic to animals, she can't have a pet.
7.
a. The flowers in that yard look wonderful, but the grass needs
cutting.
b. The flowers in that yard look wonderful, the grass needs cutting.
c. The flowers in that yard look wonderful the grass needs cutting.
8.
a. Mr. Dobbs is friendly with his customers, he is rude to his
workers.
b. Mr. Dobbs is friendly with his customers, but he is rude to his
workers.
c. Mr. Dobbs is friendly with his customers he is rude to his workers.
9.
a. My back itched in a hard-to-reach place I scratched it on the
doorpost.
b. My back itched in a hard-to-reach place, so I scratched it on the
doorpost.
c. My back itched in a hard-to-reach place, I scratched it on the
doorpost.
10.
a. June is a month of nice weather it is also the most popular month
for weddings.
b. June is a month of nice weather, it is also the most popular month
for weddings.
c. June is a month of nice weather. It is also the most popular month
for weddings.

1.
a. Raoul is colorblind, so his wife lays out his clothes every
morning.
b. Raoul is colorblind his wife lays out his clothes every morning.
c. Raoul is colorblind, his wife lays out his clothes every morning.
2.
a. The weatherman predicted a sunny day, it is cold and cloudy.
b. The weatherman predicted a sunny day it is cold and cloudy.
c. The weatherman predicted a sunny day, but it is cold and cloudy.
3.
a. The hammer and saw began to rust they had been left out in the
rain.
b. The hammer and saw began to rust. They had been left out in the
rain.
c. The hammer and saw began to rust, they had been left out in the
rain.
4.
a. My final exams are next week, I am very worried about passing.
b. My final exams are next week, and I am very worried about
passing.
c. My final exams are next week I am very worried about passing.
5.
a. I was sick a lot at the start of the semester, I was not able to keep
up with the work.
b. I was sick a lot at the start of the semester I was not able to keep
up with the work.
c. I was sick a lot at the start of the semester, so I was not able to
keep up with the work.
6.
a. I do not enjoy feeling stress I never intend to get so far behind in
class again.
b. I do not enjoy feeling stress, I never intend to get so far behind in
class again.
c. I do not enjoy feeling stress. I never intend to get so far behind in
class again.
7.
a. The children have been eating chocolate. It is smeared all over
their faces.
b. The children have been eating chocolate it is smeared all over
their faces.
c. The children have been eating chocolate, it is smeared all over
their faces.
8.
a. The air is very stale in the library, and the lighting is poor.
b. The air is very stale in the library the lighting is poor.
c. The air is very stale in the library, the lighting is poor.
9.
a. My ancestors came from Greece, they arrived in this country in
1912.
b. My ancestors came from Greece they arrived in this country in
1912.
c. My ancestors came from Greece. They arrived in this country in
1912.
10.
a. The magician locked his assistant in a box then he cut her in half
with a chainsaw.
b. The magician locked his assistant in a box, then he cut her in half
with a chainsaw.
c. The magician locked his assistant in a box. Then he cut her in half
with a chainsaw.
8. Run-ons and Comma Splices II
Another way to correct Run-ons and Comma Splices
The previous chapter described two ways to correct run-ons and
comma splices:
- Use a period and a capital letter, dividing the thoughts into two
sentences.
- Use a joining word (and, but, or so) to logically connect the two
complete thoughts.
A third way is to add a dependent word to one of the complete
thoughts. The sentence will then include one thought that depends
upon the remaining complete thought for its full meaning. Here are
some common dependent words:
After because since when
Although before unless where
As if, even if until while
For example, look at a run-on and comma splice considered in the
previous chapter.
Run-on Dolphins have killed sharks they never attack humans.
Comma splice Dolphins have killed sharks, they never attack
humans.
Using the dependent word although, the sentence can be corrected as
follows:
Although dolphins have killed sharks, they never attack humans.
Below are other run-ons or comma splices that have been corrected
by adding dependent words.
In each case, a dependent word that logically connects the two
thoughts has been chosen.
Punctuation note When a dependent thought begins a sentence, it is
followed by a comma.
Run-on The roads are covered with ice school has been canceled.
Corrected Because the roads are covered with ice, school has been
canceled.
Comma splice The water began to boil, I added ears of corn.

Corrected After the water began to boil, I added ears of corn.
Run-on The fish was served with its head on Carlo quickly lost
his appetite.
Corrected when the fish was served with its head on, Carlo
quickly lost his appetite.
Comma splice You'd better not store cereal in the basement, there
are mice there.
Corrected You'd better not store cereal in the basement since there
are mice there.
Run-ons and Comma Splices II: Practice

Correct each run-on or comma splice by adding the dependent word
shown to one of the complete thoughts. Include a comma if the
dependent thought starts the sentence.
1. (although) These boots are supposed to be waterproof my feet are
soaked.
…
2. (when) The driver jumped out quickly the car burst into flames.
…
3. (before) My family left for the restaurant I called to reserve a
table.
…
4. (if) You need to make a call you can borrow my cell phone.
…
5. (since) Ricardo was late to school, he had briefly lost his contact
lens.
…
6. (while) It was still raining, a beautiful rainbow appeared in the
west.
…
7. (until) The wet paint on the woodwork dries, you should not
touch it.
…
8. (after) The players looked depressed the team lost the game.
…
9. (as) The sky darkened bats began to appear in the air.
…
10. (because) That painkiller has serious side effects you should take
it only when needed.
…
Run-ons and Comma Splices II: Test 1

correcting each one by adding a logical dependent word to one of the
thoughts. Include a comma if the dependent thought start the
sentence. Choose from these words:
because, after, although, if, when.
Note to help you correct run-ons, directions are given for the first
three sentences.
1. Nuts are high in protein they are a healthier snack than chips.
…
Use because to begin the first complete thought.
2. Many people are afraid of spiders, most spiders are quite
harmless.
…
Use although to begin the second complete thought.
3. It starts to rain, bring in the clothes hanging on the line.
…
Use if to begin the first complete thought.
4. The dishes were done we relaxed by watching some TV.
…
5. Elaine laid down the sleeping baby, she tiptoed out of the room.
…
6. You will be late to the party, let the host know ahead of time.
…
7. I haven't spent much time outdoors, it has been very cold.
…
8. Geneva apologized for yelling at Evan, she felt better.
…
9. You win the contest, what will you do with the prize money?
…
10. I could not open the childproof bottle, I was following the
directions carefully.
…

Correct each run-on or comma splice by adding the dependent word
shown to one of the complete thoughts. Include a comma if the
dependent thought starts the sentences.
1. (because) Nobody answered the phone the whole family had gone
to bed early.
…
2. (after) Debbie took a self-defense course, she felt more strong and
confident.
…
3. (before) You start answering a multiple-choice question, read
every one of the possible answers.
…
4. (because) My brother was tired of worrying how his hair looked,
he shaved his head.
…
5. (although) Garlic may smell bad it tastes delicious.
…
6. (after) I finished watching the sad movie my eyes were red for
hours.
…
7. (although) Mrs. Hernandez is not an easy teacher her students love
her.
…
8. (because) I am more alert in the morning, early classes are better
for me.
…
9. (after) We had three hours of cleaning up to do, the party ended at
1 a.m.
…
10. (if) You want to be a famous rapper, you'd better have a second
career plan just in case.
…
Run-ons and Comma Splices II: TEST 3

1.
a. I locked all the doors and windows I still felt too nervous to sleep.
b. Although I locked all the doors and windows, I still felt too
nervous to sleep.
c. Although I locked all the doors and windows. I still felt too
nervous to sleep.
2.
a. Our local elementary school closed for three days because many
students had the flu.
b. Our local elementary school closed for three days. Because many
students had the flu.
C. Our local elementary school closed for three days, many students
had the flu.
3.
a. The engine has started to cool you can add more water to the
radiator.
b. when the engine has started to cool. You can add more water to
the radiator.
C. When the engine has started to cool, you can add more water to
the radiator.
4.
a. Nita played with every puppy before she picked out the one she
liked best.
b. Nita played with every puppy. Before she picked out the one she
liked best.
c. Nita played with every puppy she picked out the one she liked
best.
5.
a. Mr. Bradley starts class promptly. After he takes attendance.
b. Mr. Bradley starts class promptly after he takes attendance.
c. Mr. Bradley starts class promptly, he takes attendance.
6.
a. Because Marisol wants to help her community. She works as a
volunteer translator.
b. Because Marisol wants to help her community, she works as a
volunteer translator.
c. Marisol wants to help her community she works as a volunteer
translator.
7.
a. You should talk to a counselor. Before you decide on what courses
to take.
b. You should talk to a counselor, decide on what courses to take.
c. You should talk to a counselor before you decide on what courses
to take.
8.
a. Emma is a Democrat although both her parents are Republicans.
b. Emma is a Democrat. Although both her parents are Republicans.
c. Emma is a Democrat both her parents are Republicans.
9.
a. Because the movie was scary, I turned on all the lights in the
house.
b. Because the movie was scary. I turned on all the lights in the
house.
c. The movie was scary, I turned on all the lights in the house.
10.
a. Follow the instructions carefully the computer will be set up and
working in no time.
b. If you follow the instructions carefully. The computer will be set
up and working in no time.
c. If you follow the instructions carefully, the computer will be set
up and working in no time.
1.
a. Although friends had told us the restaurant was very good, we had
a dreadful meal.
b. Friends had told us the restaurant was very good we had a
dreadful meal.
c. Although friends had told us the restaurant was very good. We had
a dreadful meal.
2.
a. You don't enjoy the party, we can leave early.
b. If you don't enjoy the party, we can leave early.
c. If you don't enjoy the party. We can leave early.
3.
a. I nearly had a heart attack. When the smoke alarm started
shrieking at 2 a.m.
b. I nearly had a heart attack the smoke alarm started shrieking at 2
a.m.
c. I nearly had a heart attack when the smoke alarm started shrieking
at 2 a.m.
4.
a. I let myself eat that chocolate cake, I will finish my homework.
b. Before I let myself eat that chocolate cake. I will finish my
homework.
c. Before I let myself eat that chocolate cake, I will finish my
homework.
5.
a. Kristen came back from her blind date, she said, "Never, ever,
ever again."
b. After Kristen came back from her blind date, she said, "Never,
ever, ever again."
c. After Kristen came back from her blind date. She said, "Never,
ever, ever again."
6.
a. Although I love spicy Mexican food. I do not love the heartburn it
gives me.
b. Although I love spicy Mexican food, I do not love the heartburn it
gives me.
c. I love spicy Mexican food I do not love the heartburn it gives me.
7.
a. The two brothers seldom speak because they had an argument ten
years ago.
b. The two brothers seldom speak they had an argument ten years
ago.
c. Because they had an argument ten years ago. The two brothers
seldom speak.
8.
a. You are afraid of snakes, you might not want to go on the hike
with us.
b. You might not want to go on the hike with us. If you are afraid of
snakes.
c. If you are afraid of snakes, you might not want to go on the hike
with us.
9.
a. The soup was too hot to eat, I dropped in two ice cubes to cool it.
b. Because the soup was too hot to eat. I dropped in two ice cubes to
cool it.
c. Because the soup was too hot to eat, I dropped in two ice cubes to
cool it.
10.
a. The neighbors saw a police car pull up outside they turned off
their lights and watched through the window.
b. When the neighbors saw a police car pull up outside, they turned
off their lights and watched through the window.
c. When the neighbors saw a police car pull up outside. They turned
off their lights and watched through the window.
9. Comma '
Basics about the Comma
Here are three main uses of the comma:
1. The comma is used to separate three or more items in a series.
- The school cafeteria has learned not to serve broccoli, spinach, or
Brussels sprouts.
- The letters k, j, x, z, and q are the least frequently used letters of
the alphabet.
- Our tasks for the party are blowing up balloons, setting the table,
and planning the music.
2. The comma is used to separate introductory material from the
rest of the sentence.
- After taking a hot shower, Vince fell asleep on the sofa.
- When covered with chocolate syrup, frozen yogurt is not a diet
food.
- As the movie credits rolled, we stretched and headed toward the
exits.
3. The comma is used between two complete thoughts connected
by and, but, or so.
- Lee broke her leg in the accident, and her car was badly damaged.
- The forecast called for rain, but it's a beautiful sunny day.
- My glasses broke, so I mended them with duct tape.
Notes
- A comma often marks a slight pause, or break, in a sentence. When
you read a sentence aloud, you can ofte hear the points where slight
pauses occur.
- In general, use a comma only when a comma rule applies or when
a comma is otherwise needed to help a sentence read clearly.
- Regarding Rule 3 above, do not use a comma just because a
sentence contains and, but, or so. Use a comma only when the and,
but, or so comes between two complete thoughts. Each of the two
thoughts must have its own subject and verb.
Comma Lee broke her leg in the accident, and her car was badly
damaged.
Each complete thought has a subject and a verb: Lee broke and car
was damaged.
No comma Lee broke her leg in the accident and badly damaged her
car.
This sentence expresses only one complete thought. The subject lee
has two verbs: broke and damaged.
Commas: Practice
On the lines provided, write the word or words in each sentence that
need to be followed by a comma. Include each missing comma as
well.
1. Although she is seventy-five my grandmother can fo thirty
pushups
…
2. The zookeeper fed raw meat to the lions gave fresh fish to the
polar bears and conducted a guided tour.
…
3. Our apartment walls are very thin so we hear most of our
neighbors' conversations.
…
4. False names that students have used when substitute teachers were
in class include Sandy Beech Frank Furter and Ben Dover.
…
5. In typical horror movies characters often do incredibly stupid
things.
…
6. The bookcase was filled with magazines paperbacks basketball
trophies and DVDs.
…
7. The sign said, "No Smoking" but many people were ignoring it.
…
8. I like everything about housework except vacuuming dusting
making beds and washing dishes.
…
9. I let the dog go outside after her bath and she immediately rolled
in a mud puddle.
…
10. Before home computers became popular people had to go to the
library to look up information.
…
Commas: Test 1
Add commas where needed in each sentence. Then refer to the box
below and, in the space provided, write the letter of the comma rule
that applies.
a Between items in a series
b After introductory material
c Between complete thoughts
Note To help you master the comma, explanations are given for the
first three sentences.
1. My neighbor's dog dislike children and it hates the mail carrier.
A comma is needed before the word that joins two complete
thoughts.
2. Before the movie started there were twenty minutes of "coming
attractions."
Use a comma after introductory material.
3. This recipe calls for a can of tuna a bag of frozen peas a box of
noodles and a can of mushroom soup.
A comma is needed after each item in a series.
4. Our apartment was too small after the twins were born so we
started looking for a house.
5. Because of the bad weather school was delayed by two hours
today.
6. The travel brochure showed lots of sunny skies blue water
gorgeous beaches and tropical sunsets.
7. If you have a fever you should not go out today.
8. Evan came to the door stretching yawning and rubbing his eyes.
9. Carrying sodas and popcorn the couple looked for a seat in the
theater.
10. The movie was in Spanish so I had to read the subtitles.
Commas: Test 2
Add commas where needed in each sentence. Then refer to the box
below and, in the space provided, write the letter of the comma rule
that applies.
a. Between items in a series
b. After introductory material
c. Between complete thoughts.
1. These shoes are my usual size but they are still too small for me.
2. If you ask me that milk has gone bad.
3. The car is badly rusted and the rear window is cracked.
4. Lainie's chills fever and headache warned her she was coming
down with something.
5. While I enjoy reading books I hate having to write a book report.
6. The dog bared its teeth flattened its ears and snarled when it saw
me.
7. Unused to the silence of the forest the campers found it hard to
sleep.
8. Every day starts with bringing in the newspaper turning on a
morning news show and feeding the cat.
9. Because it increases unrest among inmates prison overcrowding is
dangerous.
10. I wasn't wearing my glasses so I couldn't read the small print on
the bottle of pills.
Commas: Test 3
In each group below, one sentence uses the comma correctly. Write
the letter of that sentence in the space provided.
1.
a. The smoke detector was buzzing and we, could smell something
burning.
b. The smoke detector was buzzing, and we could smell something
burning.
c. The smoke detector was, buzzing, and we could smell something
burning.
2.
a. When my sister was little she thought lima beans, were stuffed
with mashed potatoes.
b. When my sister was little she thought lima beans were stuffed,
c. When my sister was little, she thought lima beans were stuffed
3.
a. The driving instructor asked me to turn on my headlights,
windshield wipers, and emergency flashers.
b. The driving instructor, asked me to turn on my headlights
windshield wipers and emergency flashers.
c. The driving instructor asked, me to turn on my headlights
windshield wipers, and emergency flashers.
4.
a. I woke up feeling tired and groggy, so I drank three cups of coffee.
b. I woke up, feeling tired and groggy so I drank three cups of
coffee.
c. I woke up feeling tired and groggy so, I drank three cups of
coffee.
5.
a. Many people are afraid of spiders, and I can certainly understand
why.
b. Many people are afraid of spiders and I, can certainly understand
why.
c. Many people, are afraid of spiders and I can certainly understand
why.
6.
a. Looking embarrassed the man asked, if he could borrow bus fare.
b. Looking embarrassed the man asked if he could, borrow bus fare.
c. Looking embarrassed, the man asked if he could borrow bus fare.
7.
a. You'll need to have some onions, garlic carrots tomatoes, and
parsley.
b. You'll need to have some, onions garlic carrots tomatoes and
parsley.
c. You'll need to have some onions, garlic, carrots, tomatoes, and
parsley.
8.
a. If you are approached, by a vicious dog you should stand still.
b. If you are approached by a vicious dog, you should stand still.
c. If you are approached by a vicious dog you should, stand still.
9.
a. The little boy said that, his favorite subjects were lunch gym and
recess.
b. The little boy said that his favorite subjects were lunch gym, and
recess.
c. The little boy said that his favorite subjects were lunch, gym, and
recess.
10.
a. Without a sound the thief quickly, emptied the cash register.
b. Without a sound the thief, quickly emptied the cash register.
c. Without a sound the thief quickly, emptied the cash register.
Commas: Test 4
In each group below, one sentence uses the comma correctly. Write
1.
a. No one volunteered to read his or her paper out loud, so the
teacher called on Amber.
b. No one volunteered, to read his or her paper out loud, so the
c. No one volunteered to read his or her paper out loud so, the
2.
a. On most television shows people live in beautiful homes.
b. On most television shows, people live in beautiful homes.
c. On most television shows people live, in beautiful homes.
3.
a. Politics money, and religion are topics that people often argue
about.
b. Politics, money and religion are topics, that people often argue
about.
c. Politics, money, and religion are topics that people often argue
about.
4.
a. During a thunderstorm, it's best not to use the telephone.
b. During a thunderstorm it's best, not to use the telephone.
c. During a thunderstorm, it's best not to use, the telephone.
5.
a. A customer was waiting but, the clerk kept chatting with her
friend.
b. A customer was waiting but the clerk, kept chatting with her
friend.
c. a. A customer was waiting, but the clerk kept chatting with her
friend.
6.
a. The Seven Dwarfs had silly names, like Sneezy Grumpy Bashful
and Dopey.
b. The Seven Dwarfs had silly names, like Sneezy, Grumpy, Bashful,
and Dopey.
c. The Seven Dwarfs had silly names, like Sneezy, Grumpy, Bashful,
and, Dopey.
7.
a. Her courtesy compassion and patience, help make Sarah very
good at her job.
b. Her courtesy compassion and patience help make Sarah, very
good, at her job.
c. Her courtesy, compassion, and patience help make Sarah very
good at her job.
8.
a. Greg has to work, the night of his birthday so we will celebrate the
night before.
b. Greg has to work the night of his birthday, so we will celebrate the
night before.
c. Greg has to work the night of his birthday so, we will celebrate the
night before.
9.
a. By the end of the day, we had painted the entire apartment.
b. By the end of the day we had painted, the entire apartment.
c. By the end, of the day, we had painted the entire apartment.
10.
a. The drinks on the menu include, coffee, tea soda lemonade,
orange juice and milk.
b. The drinks on the menu include coffee, tea, soda, lemonade,
orange juice, and milk.
c. The drinks on the menu, include coffee tea soda, lemonade,
orange juice and milk.
10 Apostrophes
Basic about the Apostrophe
There are two main uses of the apostrophe:
1. The apostrophe takes the place of one or more missing letters in a
contraction. (A contraction is a word formed by combining two or
more words, leaving some of the letters out.)
- I am sleepy. : I'm sleepy.
The letter a in am has been left out.
- Hank did not know the answer: Hank didn't know the answer.
The letter o in not has been left out.
- They would keep the secret: They'd keep the secret.
The letters woul in would have been left out.
Here are a few more common contractions:
It + is= it's (the I in is has been left out)
Does+ not = doesn't (the o in not has been left out)
Do + not = don't (the o in not has been left out)
She+ will = she'll (the wi in will has been left out)
He+ is = he's (the I in is has been left out)
We+ have= we've (the ha in have has been left out)
Could+ not= couldn't (the o in not has been left out)
Will + not = won't (the o replaces ill, the o in not has been left out)
2. The apostrophe shows that something belongs to someone or
something. (This is called possession)
- The fin of the shark: the shark's fin
The apostrophe goes after the last letter of the name of the owner,
shark. The 's added to shark tells us that the fin belongs to the shark.
- The grades of Nina: Nina's grads
Nina. The 's added to Nina tell us that the grades belong to Nina.
Note No apostrophe is used with simple plurals such as grades,
which just means "more than one grade."
- The cheering of the crowd: the crowd's cheering
crowd. The 's added to crowd tells us that the cheering belongs to the
crowed.
For additional information about apostrophes, including their
use words that already end in s, see "More about Apostrophes,"
pages 189- 194.
Apostrophes: Practice
Each of the sentences below contains one word that needs an
apostrophe. Write each word, with its apostrophe, in the space
provided.
1. A lobsters claws are used to crush prey and then tear it into
pieces.
…
2. We havent seen our waitress since she gave us menus twenty
minutes ago.
…
3. My cousins know the stores owner, a man named Mr. Sherwin.
…
4. The mystery books final ten pages were missing.
…
5. School wont be opening until noon because of the power failure.
…
6. A dogs collar should not be too tight.
…
7. My friends and I watched a TV movie about an adult who
couldn’t read.
…
8. For Halloween, Barry dressed up in a cheerleaders outfit,
complete with pompoms.
…
9. There was a rumor that some employees would be laid off, but it
wasn’t true.
…
10. The models teeth were so white that they did not look real.
…
Apostrophes: Test 1
apostrophe. Underline the word. Then writ the word, with its
apostrophe, in the space provided.
Note To help you master the apostrophe, explanations are given for
the first three sentences.
1. My fathers thunderous snores can be heard all over the house.
The snores belong to the father. Snores is a simple plural, no
apostrophe is used.
…
2. The movie star wore a hat and dark glasses, but she couldn’t fool
her waiting fans.
An apostrophe should take the place of the missing o in the
contraction.
…
3. The tigers pacing never stopped as the big cat watched the crowd
of zoo visitors.
The pacing belongs to the tiger. Visitors is a simple plural, no
apostrophe is used.
…
4. Some students are unhappy about the schools decision to remove
soft-drink machines.
…
5. Even though they didn’t finish elementary school, my
grandparents want me to get a college degree.
…
6. The grasshoppers powerful hind legs allow the insect to jump
many times its own height.
…
7. Sheer white curtains and fresh lilacs added to the rooms simple
charm.
…
8. The hypnotists only tools are a soothing voice and a watch that
ticks very loudly.
…
9. If you keep eating the cheese dip, there wont be enough to serve
our guests.
…
10. "Since lemons are so cheap right now," Grandma said, "Im going
to buy enough to make lemonade, lemon cake, and lemon chicken."
…
Apostrophes: Test 2
apostrophe. Underline the word. Then write the word, with its
apostrophe, in the space provided.
1. In American culture, it isn’t considered polite to point at someone.
…
2. The doodles in Andys notebook show just how much he pays
attention in his history class.
…
3. Yolanda and Marco weren’t speaking six months ago, but now
they are getting married.
…
4. Smudges on the CDs surface made it skip while it was playing.
…
5. The sun hasn’t shone for eight days in a row.
…
6. The chocolates in the silver box were a gift from my mothers best
friend.
…
7. The coachs daughter is one of the best runners on the track team.
…
8. The suspects couldn’t explain what they were doing inside the
fast-food restaurant at 2 a.m.
…
9. Gina plucked the daisys petals, saying, "He loves me, he loves me
not."
…
10. Hakims alarm clock can buzz, play music, or make sounds like a
babbling brook.
…
Apostrophes: Test 3
In each group below, one sentence uses apostrophes correctly. Write
1.
a. It shouldn't take more than ten minute's to reach Phil's house.
b. It shouldn't take more than ten minutes to reach Phil's house.
c. It shouldn't take more than ten minutes to reach Phils house.
2.
a. The patients eye's havent opened since the surgery.
b. The patients eyes haven't opened since the surgery.
c. . The patient's eyes haven't opened since the surgery.
3.
a. The kitchens warmth and the coffee's aroma were very
welcoming.
b. The kitchen's warmth and the coffees aroma were very
welcoming.
c. The kitchen's warmth and the coffee's aroma were very
welcoming.
4.
a. I don’t have half of this recipe's ingredient's.
b. I dont have half of this recipe's ingredients.
c. I don’t have half of this recipe's ingredients.
5.
a. You'll either love or hate the movie's surprise ending.
b. You'll either love or hate the movies surprise ending.
c. Youll either love or hate the movie's surprise ending.
6.
a. My sisters taste in music and my brother's taste in friend's drive
me crazy.
b. My sister's taste in music and my brother's taste in friends drive
me crazy.
c. My sister's taste in music and my brothers taste in friend's drive
me crazy.
7.
a. Emily won't wear anything made from an animals fur.
b. Emily wont wear anything made from an animal's fur.
c. Emily won't wear anything made from an animal's fur.
8.
a. My jacket's zipper is broken, so I can't take the jacket off.
b. My jacket's zipper is broken, so I cant take the jacket off.
c. My jackets zipper is broken, so I can't take the jacket off.
9.
a. The houses window's are shattered, and the lawn hasn't been
mowed for years.
b. The house's windows are shattered, and the lawn hasn't been
mowed for years.
c. The house's window's are shattered, and the lawn hasnt been
mowed for year's.
10.
a. Our parrot's loud shrieks haven't made him popular with our
neighbors.
b. Our parrot's loud shrieks havent made him popular with our
neighbor's.
c. Our parrots loud shrieks haven't made him popular with our
neighbor's.
11. Quotation Marks "

Basics about Quotation Marks
Use quotation marks to set off all exact words of a speaker or writer.
- The little girl's mother said, "It wasn't nice to fill up the sugar bowl
with salt."
The mother's exact words are enclosed within quotation marks.
- "I'm afraid," the mechanic muttered to Fred, "that your car is in big
trouble."
The mechanic's exact words are enclosed within quotation marks.
- "Our math teacher is unfair," complained Wanda. "He assigns two
hours of homework for each class. Does he think we have nothing
else to do?"
Wanda's exact words are enclosed within quotation marks. Note that
even though Wanda's second set of exact words is more than one
sentence, only one pair of quotation marks is used. Do not use
quotation marks for each new sentence as long as the quotation is
not interrupted.
- "We cannot solve a problem by hoping that someone else will solve
it for us." Wrote psychiatrist M. Scott Peck.
The exact words that Dr. Peck wrote are enclosed in quotation
marks.
Punctuation Notes
- Quoted material is usually set off from the rest of the sentence by a
comma. When the comma comes at the end of quoted material, it is
included inside the quotation marks. The same is true for a period,
exclamation point, or question mark that ends quoted material:
Incorrect "Watching golf", complained Rosie, "is like watching
grass grow."
Correct "Watching golf," complained Rosie, "is like watching grass
grow."
Incorrect "Aren't you ready yet"? Dad yelled. "Hurry up, or we're
leaving without you"!
Correct "Aren't you ready yet?" Dad yelled. "Hurry up, or we're
leaving without you!"
Notice, too, that a quoted sentence begins with a capital letter, even
when it is preceded by other words:
Incorrect The diner asked suspiciously, "is this fish fresh?"
Correct The diner asked suspiciously, "Is this fish fresh?"
Quotation Marks: Practice

Insert quotation marks where needed in the following sentences.
Look at the example below.
Example The game announcer called out, "Looks like we have a
winner!"
1. I won't take any more criticism, Kylie said to her boyfriend. Our
relationship is over.
2. The flight attendant announced, The captain has turned on the seat
belt sign. Please stay in your seat with the belt securely fastened.
3. When Gwen opened the door, everyone in the room jumped up
and yelled, Surprise!
4. The label on the chlorine bleach says, Do not mix this product
with other cleansers.
5. This is a movie that will scare everyone in the family, the reviewer
said.
6. The boat captain said sternly, Please keep your arms and legs
inside the boar. Failure to do so will make the alligators very happy.
7. It was the late Robert Kennedy who said, The purpose of life is to
contribute in some way to making things better.
8. Cut the onions into thin slices, the cooking instructor explained.
Then place them in the hot skillet.
9. Could you turn the radio down just a little? The passenger shouted
to the taxi driver.
10. Anne Frank wrote the following in her diary: It's a wonder I
haven't abandoned all my ideals, which seem so absurd and
impractical. Yet I cling to them because I still believe, in spite of
everything, that people are truly good at heart.
Quotation Marks: Test 1

On the lines provided, rewrite the following sentences, adding
quotation marks as needed.
Note To help you master quotation marks, explanations are given for
1. My mother said, Take some vitamin C for your cold.
The mother's words and the period at the end of the sentence should
be included within quotation marks.
…
2. Do not discuss the trial during your break, the judge reminded the
jury.
The judge's words and the comma at the end of his words should be
enclosed within quotation marks.
…
3. That movie, my friend complained, is full of nonstop violence.
Each of the two parts of the friend's words requires a set of quotation
marks. The words my friend complained do not get quotation marks
because the friend did not speak them aloud.
…
4. The children's voices sang, Row, row, row your boat, gently down
the stream.
…
5. My computer screen is frozen, I said to the instructor.
…
6. Let's eat, Rochelle said, before we go to the movie.
…
7. A sign on my father's desk reads, In the rat race, only the rats win.
…
8. Who would like another slice of turkey? Mr. Brandon asked the
dinner guests.
…
9. Keep your voice down! The little boy shouted loudly to the
woman using a cell phone.
…
10. Take a lot of notes, Lamont warned, if you want to do well on
tests.
…

quotation marks as needed.
1. It can't be time to get up yet, Isaac groaned as his alarm clock
rang.
…
2. The waitress said, What'll it be, folks?
…
3. Get away from that hot stove! Maria ordered her daughter.
…
4. The tag on the hair dryer said, Do not use this product while
taking a bath.
…
5. Where did you buy that great bag? a woman on the bus asked me.
…
6. The crowd chanted loudly, Defense! Defense! Defense!
…
7. On the front page of the New York Times are these words: All the
news that's fit to print.
…
8. To get an A in this class, the teacher said, you must laugh at all my
jokes.
…
9. My grandfather used to say, Sometimes you eat the bear.
Sometimes the bear eats you.
…
10. Jan's voice-mail message says, I'm not home, or else I'm
pretending not to be home.
…

In each group below, one sentence uses quotation marks correctly.
Write the letter of that sentence in the space provided.
1.
a. "My grades are going downhill, Laura whispered.
b. My grades are going downhill," Laura whispered.
c." My grades are going downhill," Laura whispered.
2.
a. The movie star said, "I only ride in limousines.
b. "The movie star said, I only ride in limousines."
c. The movie star said, "I only ride in limousines."
3.
a. "Why are your eyes closed? The instructor asked Simon."
b. "Why are your eyes closed?" The instructor asked Simon.
c. "Why are your eyes closed? The instructor asked Simon.
4.
a. The instructions say, "Open the battery compartment. Insert 4 A A
batteries."
b. The instructions say, "Open the battery compartment". Insert 4 A
A batteries.
c. "The instructions say, Open the battery compartment. Insert 4 A A
batteries."
5.
a. "It says right here in our lease," "The landlord is responsible for
taking care of the yard."
b. "It says right here in our lease," The landlord is responsible for
taking care of the yard.
c. It says right here in our lease, "The landlord is responsible for
taking care of the yard."
6.
a. "I hate that music, said my brother, "and you know it.
b. "I hate that music", said my brother, "and you know it."
c. "I hate that music, said my brother, and you know it."
7.
a. The sign in the restaurant window reads, "Breakfast served
anytime."
b. "The sign in the restaurant window reads, "Breakfast served
anytime."
c. The sign in the restaurant window reads, "Breakfast served
anytime.
8.
a. As I sat at the baseball game, I heard someone call, "Get your
fresh hot peanuts."
b. As I sat at the baseball game, "I heard someone call, Get your
fresh hot peanuts."
c. "As I sat at the baseball game, I heard someone call," Get your
fresh hot peanuts.
9.
a. Dale said, "If that salesman were covered in gravy and dropped
into a pit of lions, he could talk them into becoming vegetarians.
b. Dale said, "If that salesman were covered in gravy and dropped
into a pit of lions, he could talk them into becoming vegetarians."
c. "Dale said, If that salesman were covered in gravy and dropped
into a pit of lions, he could talk them into becoming vegetarians."
10.
a. "The first line in the novel 1984 reads," It was a bright cold day in
April, and the clocks were striking thirteen.
b. The first line in the novel 1984 reads," It was a bright cold day in
April, and the clocks were striking thirteen."
c. "The first line in the novel 1984 reads," " It was a bright cold day
in April, and the clocks were striking thirteen."
In each group below, one sentence uses quotation marks correctly.
1.
a. I don't like your lollipops, "the little girl said to the dentist."
b. "I don't like your lollipops," the little girl said to the dentist.
c. "I don't like your lollipops, the little girl said to the dentist."
2.
a. Rachel announced, "I can open the locked door with a bent coat
hanger.
b. " Rachel announced, I can open the locked door with a bent coat
hanger."
c. Rachel announced, "I can open the locked door with a bent coat
hanger."
3.
a. The boss advised, "Don't be late again. If you are, I'll fire you."
b. The boss advised, Don't be late again. If you are, I'll fire you."
c. The boss advised, "Don't be late again. If you are, I'll fire you.
4.
a. "Albert Einstein wrote, Will it matter that I was?"
b. Albert Einstein wrote, "Will it matter that I was?"
c. Albert Einstein wrote, "Will it matter that I was?"
5.
a. How do you like it? "Cindy asked, showing off her new purple
fake- fur jacket."
b. " How do you like it? "Cindy asked, showing off her new purple
fake- fur jacket.
c. "How do you like it? Cindy asked, showing off her new purple
fake- fur jacket."
6.
a. Her mother paused and then said, "Well, it certainly is a cheerful
color."
b. Her mother paused and then said, "Well, it certainly is a cheerful
color.
c. Her mother paused and then said, Well, it certainly is a cheerful
color."
7.
a. Her brother was less tactful. You look like a giant purple
marshmallow, he said.
b. Her brother was less tactful. "You look like a giant purple
marshmallow, he said."
c. Her brother was less tactful. "You look like a giant purple
marshmallow," he said.
8.
a. Most people don't plan to fail, "the counselor said," but they fail to
plan.
b. " Most people don't plan to fail," the counselor said," but they fail
to plan.
c. " Most people don't plan to fail," the counselor said," but they fail
to plan."
9.
a. "Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body," wrote
Richard Steele.
b. "Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body, wrote
Richard Steele."
c. Reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body, "wrote
Richard Steele."
10.
a. Mother Teresa said, "Kind words can be easy to speak, but their
echoes are truly endless."
b. Mother Teresa said, "Kind words can be easy to speak, but their
echoes are truly endless.
c. "Mother Teresa said, "Kind words can be easy to speak, but their
echoes are truly endless."
12 Homonyms
Basics about Homonyms
Homonyms are two or more words that have the same sound but
different spellings and meanings. The following four groups of
homonyms cause writers the most trouble.
Its belonging to it
It's contraction of it is
It's a shame that the shiny car lost its muffler and now roars like an
old truck.
It's a shame that the shiny car lost its muffler and now roars like an
old truck.
It is a shame that the shiny car lost the muffler belonging to it and
now roars like an old truck.
Spelling hint In it's, the apostrophe takes the place of the I in the
word is.
Their belonging to them
There (1) in or to that place, (2) used with is, are, was, were, and
other forms of the verb to be
They're contraction of they are
Our neighbors are health-food addicts. When we attend parties at
their home, they serve pizza with broccoli florets on top. They're
also fond of serving carrot juice. I hope they won't be offended of we
don't go there very often.
Our neighbors are health-food addicts. When we attend parties at the
home belonging to them, they serve pizza with broccoli florets on
top. They are also fond of serving carrot juice.
I hope they won't be offended when we don't go to that place very
often.
Spelling hints there, where, and here, which all end in –ere, all refer
to places.
In they're, the apostrophe taskes the place of the a in are.
To (1) used before a verb, as in "to serve", (2) so as to reach
Too (1) overly or extremely, (2) also
Two the number 2
I'll take these two letters to the post office for you, but you'll need to
put more postage on one of them. It is too heavy for only one stamp.
I'll take these 2 letters so as to reach the post office for you, but
you'll need to put more postage on one of them. It is overly heavy
for only one stamp.
Spelling hint Too has one o, and it also has another one.
Your belonging to you
You're contraction of you are
You're going to need a first aid kit and high boots for your camping
trip.
You are going to need a first- aid kit and high boots for the camping
trip belonging to you.
Spelling hint In you're, the apostrophe takes the place of the a in
are.
Other Common Homonyms
brake ... slow or stop
break … to cause to come apart
hear … take in by ear
here ... in this place
hole ... an empty spot
whole ... complete
knew ... past tense of know
new ... opposite of old
know ... to understand
no ... the opposite of yes
peace ... absence of war; quiet
piece ... a part of something
plain ... not fancy, obvious
plane ... airplane
right ... correct
write ... to form letters and words
threw ... past tense of throw
through ... into and out of; finished
wear ... to have on (clothing)
where ... in what place
weather ... outside conditions
whether ... if
whose ... belonging to whom
who’s ... contraction of who is or who has
Homonyms: PRACTISE
For each sentence, underline the correct word in parentheses.
1. There is only one (write / right) answer to a math problem.
2. No child will be able to (break / brake) this toy.
3. We drove (through / threw) the entire state in only three hours.
4. Everyone wants (piece /peace) on Earth.
5. My best friend always tells me I’m cute, but I think my face is too
(plain /plane).
6. Witnesses in trials have to swear to tell the truth, the (hole /
whole) truth, and nothing the truth.
7. The (weather / whether) in England is rainy much of the time.
8. Ray and Coral, who just got married, want all (new / knew)
furniture in their house.
9. People who cannot (hear / here) often communicate by American
Sign Language.
10. The sign in the bus said, “(There / They’re, / Their) is no excuse
for domestic violence
Homonyms: TEST 1
Cross out the two homonym mistakes in each sentence. Then write
the correct words in the spaces provided.
NOTE To help you review some of the homonyms in the chapter,
definitions are given in the first four of the sentences.
1. Its not too late to change you’re mind.
It is not too late to change the mind that belongs to you.
2. Russ breaks at every intersection, weather there is a stop sign or
not.
Russ stops at every intersection, if there is a stop sign or not.
3. Chen showed me how to right my hole name in Chinese
characters.
Chen showed me how to form the letters of my complete name.
4. Before we visited friends in Montreal, I didn’t no that French and
English are both spoken their.
I didn’t understand that French and English are both spoken in that
place.
5. My uncle is the kind of person who gives you no piece and quiet
until you agree that he is write.
6. Farm turkeys, who’s bodies are big and fat, have lost there ability
to fly.
7. Because to many flights were scheduled to leave at the same time,
our plain had to sit waiting on the runway for over an hour.
8. If you brake your promises, whose going to accept your word in
the future?
9. I here you brought canned soup on your camping trip, but know
spoons.
10. No one new who through the soda can onto the basketball court
while the game was in progress.
Homonyms: TEST 2
Cross out the two homonym mistakes in each sentence. Then write
the correct words in the spaces provided.
1. The words on the tombstone read, “I’d rather be wear your
standing.”
2. In the hole world, there are only a few hundred Siberian tigers. In
fact, their almost extinct.
3. Their is a custom at a Jewish wedding for the groom to step on a
glass and brake it.
4. In really cold whether, Jeremy always wears to pairs of socks.
5. The doctor says its going to take at least six weeks for Jenna’s
sprained foot too heal.
6. Please place each of these knew books in it’s proper place on the
shelves.
7. Many young people don’t no where there ancestors came from.
8. The test was full of silly questions I didn’t know how two answer,
such as “Whose buried in Grant’s Tomb?”
9. My wasteful sister through out a pepperoni pizza because she
prefers plane pizza.
10. If fortunetellers really no the future, why aren’t they all lottery
winners? They should be able to choose the write numbers.
Homonyms: TEST 3
In each group below, one sentence uses homonyms correctly. Write
1. a. It’s easy to see from your face that you’re very tired.
b. Its easy to see from your face that you’re very tired.
c. It’s easy to see from your face that your very tired.
2. a. It isn’t right to brake your promise.
b. It isn’t right to break your promise.
c. It isn’t write to break your promise.
3. a. Does anyone no why this empty box is sitting hear?
b. Does anyone know why this empty box is sitting hear?
c. Does anyone know why this empty box is sitting here?
4. a. Surely your not going to eat that whole cake all by yourself.
b. Surely your not going to eat that hole cake all by yourself.
c. Surely you’re not going to eat that whole cake all by
yourself.
5. a. Maura and Julie are so different that it’s difficult to believe
that they’re sisters.
b. Maura and Julie are so different that its difficult to believe
that their sisters.
c. Maura and Julie are so different that it’s difficult to believe
that there sisters.
6. a. Since beginning his karate class, Brian claims he can brake
a stack of two bricks with his bare hand.
b. Since beginning his karate class, Brian claims he can break
a stack of too bricks with his bare hand.
c. Since beginning his karate class, Brian claims he can break
a stack of two bricks with his bare hand.
7. a. Its impossible to cancel the party—the guests are already on
they’re way.
b. It’s impossible to cancel the party—the guests are already
on their way.
c. Its impossible to cancel the party—the guests are already on
their way.
8. a. You’re cat is going to break its leg if it jumps down from
that tall tree.
b. Your cat is going to break it’s leg if it jumps down from that
tall tree.
c. Your cat is going to break its leg if it jumps down from that
tall tree.
9. a. The water is so cold that it’s hard to breathe when your in it.
b. The water is so cold that it’s hard to breathe when you’re in
it.
c. The water is so cold that its hard to breathe when you’re in
it.
10. a. If they’re is life on other planets, it’s probably very different
from life on Earth.
b. If there is life on other planets, its probably very different
from life on Earth.
c. If there is life on other planets, it’s probably very different
from life on Earth.
Homonyms: TEST 4
In each group below, one sentence uses homonyms correctly. Write
1. a. Now that Mrs. Ringwald is in die hospital, no one knows
whose going to teach her class.
b. Now that Mrs. Ringwald is in the hospital, no one knows
whose going to teach her class.
c. Now that Mrs. Ringwald is in the hospital, no one knows
who’s going to teach her class.
2. a. Here in Nashville, many people earn their living in the
music business.
b. Hear in Nashville, many people earn their living in the
music business.
c. Hear in Nashville, many people earn they’re living in the
music business.
3. a. It’s rude to keep talking on you’re cell phone when you are
with other people.
b. Its rude to keep talking on your cell phone when you are
with other people.
c. It’s rude to keep talking on your cell phone when you are
with other people.
4. a. Too many people write unsigned letters to the newspaper.
b. To many people right unsigned letters to the newspaper.
c. Two many people write unsigned letters to the newspaper.
5. a. To brake the habit of smoking takes a whole lot of
willpower.
b. To break the habit of smoking takes a hole lot of willpower.
c. To break the habit of smoking takes a whole lot of
willpower.
6. a. You’re wasting to much time worrying about things you
can’t control.
b. Your wasting to much time worrying about things you can’t
control.
c. You’re wasting too much time worrying about things you
can’t control.
7. a. After two weeks, the lost cat returned, thin and dirty and
without its collar.
b. After too weeks, the lost cat returned, thin and dirty and
without it’s collar.
c. After to weeks, the lost cat returned, thin and dirty and
without its collar.
8. a. Unfortunately, it’s easy to take you’re family and friends for
granted.
b. Unfortunately, it’s easy to take your family and friends for
granted.
c. Unfortunately, its easy to take your family and friends for
granted.
9. a. Their are too many empty storefronts in the downtown area.
b. There are too many empty storefronts in the downtown area.
c. They’re are two many empty storefronts in the downtown
area.
10. a. Where will the party be held if the weather turns bad?
b. Wear will the party be held if the whether turns bad?
c. Where will the party be held if the whether turns bad?
Capital Letters
Basics about Capital Letters
Here are six main uses of capital letters:
1 THE FIRST WORD IN A SENTENCE OR DIRECT
QUOTATION
 The ice-cream man said, “Try a frozen banana bar. They're
delicious.”
2 THE WORD “I” AND PEOPLE’S NAMES
 Because I was the first caller in the radio contest, I won two
backstage passes to the Jennifer Lopez concert. My friend
Maria Santana went with me.
3 NAMES OF SPECIFIC PLACES, INSTITUTIONS, AND
LANGUAGES
 Janice, who lives in Boston and works as a lab technician at
Newton Hospital, grew up on a farm in Kokomo, Indiana.
 The signs in the airport terminal were written in Spanish,
English, and Japanese.
4 PRODUCT NAMES
Capitalize the brand name of a product, but not the kind of product it
is.
 Every morning Ben has Tropicana orange juice and Total
cereal with milk.
5 CALENDAR ITEMS
Capitalize the names of days of the week, months, and holidays.
 At first, Thanksgiving was celebrated on the last Thursday in
November, but it was changed to the fourth Thursday of the
month.
6 TITLES
Capitalize the titles of books, TV or stage shows, songs, magazines,
movies, articles, poems, stories, papers, and so on.
 Sitting in the waiting room, Dennis nervously paged through
issues of National Geographic and People magazines.
 Gwen wrote a paper titled “Portrayal of Women in Rap Music
Videos” that was based on videos shown on MTV.
NOTE The words the, of, a, an, and, and other little, unstressed
words are not capitalized when they appear in the middle of a title.
That is why of and in are not capitalized in “Portrayal of Women in
Rap Music Videos.”
Capital Letters: PRACTICE
Underline the two words that need capitalizing in each sentence.
Then write these words correctly in the spaces provided.
1. Our brother’s usual breakfast of Pepsi and Doritos makes me
shake my head.
…
2. The first thing we did after arriving in California was to visit
Disneyland.
…
3. my parents asked, “why did you get in so late last night?”
…
4, This June, I will graduate from community college and start
looking for a job as a medical technician.
…
5. Few people recognize the name of Chester arthur, who was the
twenty-first president of the United states.
…
6. Before thanksgiving, our church always delivers turkeys and cases
of progresso soup to poor families.
…
7. Norm’s “dream car” for some day is a lexus, but meanwhile he
drives an old Chevrolet station wagon.
…
8. Every January, our grandparents travel to Florida for a winter
vacation.
…
9. When you get to penn avenue, you will find a lot of fast-food
restaurants.
…
10. The Night of the living dead, George Romero’s 1968 horror film
about zombies, has become a classic.
…
Capital Letters: TEST 2

Underline the two words that need to be capitalized in each
sentence. Then write the words correctly in the spaces provided.
1. The friends argued over whether to get pizza from domino’s or
Pizza hut.
…
2. Every day in may, our local kroger supermarket is giving away a
$100 gift certificate.
…
3. The disc jockey said, “be the ninth caller and win a trip to
beautiful Bermuda!”
…
4. Next term in English class, we’ll be reading The great Gatsby.
…
5. Members of the high-school marching band are selling giant
hershey bars to raise funds for their trip to Hawaii.
…
6. This issue of glamour magazine has an article called “Look Like a
million Dollars for Ten Bucks'”
…
7. This year, the month of February will contain a Friday the
thirteenth.
…
8. Our favorite roller coaster is in an amusement park called Cedar
point in Sandusky, Ohio.
…
9. everybody in my mother’s family speaks Greek as well as
English.
…
10. At the computer store on Washington Boulevard, there are great
prices on Macintosh computers.
…

In each group below, one sentence uses capital letters correctly.
1. a. Before moving into the house, Lynn scrubbed the floors
with Lysol.
b. Before moving into the house, Lynn scrubbed the floors
with Lysol.
c. Before moving into the house, Lynn scrubbed the floors
with Lysol.
2. a. Ellen’s dinner was a Roast Beef Sandwich from Arby’s and
a Salad from Wendy’s.
b. Ellen’s dinner was a roast beef sandwich from Arby’s and a
salad from Wendy’s.
c. Ellen’s dinner was a roast beef Sandwich from Arby’s and a
Salad from Wendy’s.
3. a. Our hostess asked, “Have you ever visited Nashville
before?”
b. Our hostess asked, “have you ever visited Nashville
before?”
c. Our hostess asked, “have You ever visited Nashville
before?”
4. a. My little niece often watches her DVD of Beauty and the
beast.
b. My little niece often watches her DVD of Beauty and The
Beast.
c. My little niece often watches her DVD of Beauty and the
Beast.
5. a. Brian foolishly complained to the police officer, “But sir, I
never stop at that Stop Sign.”
b. Brian foolishly complained to the police officer, “But sir, I
never stop at that stop sign.”
c. Brian foolishly complained to the police officer, “but sir, I
never stop at that stop sign.”
6. a. On the last Friday in May, Ross Hospital stopped admitting
emergency patients.
b. On the last Friday in may, Ross hospital stopped admitting
emergency patients.
c. On the last Friday in May, Ross hospital stopped admitting
emergency patients.
7. a. On Memorial day and the Fourth of July, our dog howls
when she hears the fireworks.
b. On Memorial day and the fourth of July, our dog howls
c. On Memorial Day and the Fourth of July, our dog howls
8. a. Grandpa heated up some Log Cabin syrup to pour over his
Eggo waffles.
b. Grandpa heated up some Log Cabin Syrup to pour over his
Eggo Waffles.
c. Grandpa heated up some Log cabin syrup to pour over his
Eggo waffles.
9. a. When I visited Mexico, I had a chance to practice my
Spanish.
b. When I visited Mexico, I had a chance to practice my
Spanish.
c. When I visited Mexico, I had a chance to practice my
Spanish.
10. a. On Monday, I must have a paper titled “Hate Crimes” ready
for my English class.
b. On Monday, I must have a paper titled “Hate crimes” ready
c. On Monday, I must have a paper titled “Hate Crimes” ready

In each group below, one sentence uses capital letters correctly.
1. a. The man at the door said, “Can I interest you in a
subscription to time magazine?”
b. The man at the door said, “can I interest you in a
subscription to Time magazine?”
c. The man at the door said, “Can I interest you in a
subscription to Time magazine?”
2. a. The teacher asked us to write a paper titled “The
Dangers of Television.”
b. The teacher asked us to write a paper tided “The Dangers
Of Television.”
c. The teacher asked us to write a paper titled “The dangers
of television.”
3. a. A tractor-trailer loaded with chemicals flipped over at the
corner of Oak and Cherry.
b. A Tractor-Trailer loaded with chemicals flipped over at the
comer of Oak and Cherry.
c. A tractor-trailer loaded with chemicals flipped over at the
corner of oak and cherry
4. a. On Sunday, Trina cut her visa card in half to try to stop her
impulse buying.
b. On Sunday, Trina cut her visa card in half to try to stop her
impulse buying.
c. On Sunday, Trina cut her Visa card in half to try to stop her
impulse buying.
5. a. For years, the slogan for Timex Watches was “It takes a
licking and keeps on ticking.”
b. For years, the slogan for Timex watches was “it takes a
c. For years, the slogan for Timex watches was “It takes a
6. a. My friend Pedro is taking two classes at Blackstone
Community College.
b. My friend Pedro is taking two classes at Blackstone
Community College.
c. My friend Pedro is taking two classes at Blackstone
community college.
7. a. A woman rushed into the restaurant asking, “has anyone
found a Canon camera?”
b. A woman rushed into the restaurant asking, “Has anyone
found a Canon camera?”
c. A woman rushed into the restaurant asking, “Has anyone
found a Canon Camera?”
8. a. I’m looking forward to the Thursday night marathon of old I
Love Lucy episodes.
b. I’m looking forward to the Thursday night marathon of old I
love Lucy episodes.
c. I’m looking forward to the Thursday night marathon of old I
love Lucy episodes.
9. a. Kendra is taking language courses at Rider college. She
plans to become a high-school Spanish Teacher.
b. Kendra is taking language courses at Rider college. She
plans to become a high-school Spanish teacher.
c. Kendra is taking language courses at Rider College. She
plans to become a high-school Spanish teacher.
10. a. My brother, a physical therapist, has worked at Grandview
hospital since September.
b. My brother, a physical therapist, has worked at Grandview
Hospital since September.
c. My brother, a physical therapist, has worked at Grandview
Hospital since September.
14 Parallelism
Basics about Parallelism
Two or more equal ideas should be expressed in parallel, or
matching, form. Parallelism will help your words flow smoothly and
clearly. The absence of parallelism is jarring and awkward to read.
Here’s an example:
Not parallel The new restaurant has fresh food, reasonable
prices, and service that is fast.
The first two features of the restaurant -fresh food and reasonable
prices- are described in parallel form. In each case, we get a
descriptive word followed by the word being described:
fresh food, reasonable prices
But with the last feature, we get the word being described first and
then a descriptive word:
service that is fast
To achieve parallelism, the nonparallel item must have the same
form as the first two:
Parallel The new restaurant has fresh food, reasonable prices,
and fast service.
Here are some additional examples of problems with parallelism and
explanations of how to correct them:
Not parallel The children were arguing in the lobby, talked
during the movie, and complained on the ride home.
Talked and complained are similar in form. But were arguing is
not. It must be changed so that it has the same form as the other
two.
Parallel The children argued in the lobby, talked during the
movie, and complained
on the ride home.
Not parallel Our neighbors spend a lot of time shopping, visiting
friends, and they go to the movies.
The sentence lists a series of activities. Shopping and visiting
both end in -ing. To be parallel, they go to the movies must be
revised to include an -ing word.
Parallel Our neighbors spend a lot of time shopping, visiting
friends, and going to
the movies.
Not parallel My aunt is selfish, impatient, and she is not a kind
person.
To be parallel, she is not a kind person should have a form that
matches selfish and impatient.
Parallel My aunt is selfish, impatient, and unkind.
Not parallel Every morning I have to feed the dog and bringing
in the mail.
Feed the dog and bringing in the mail are not parallel. For
parallelism, both must be in the same form.
Parallel Every morning I have to feed the dog and bring in the
mail.
Parallelism: Practice
The part of each sentence that needs revising is italicized. On the
line, rewrite this part to make it match the other item(s) listed.
1. My little brother would play video games night and day if it
weren’t for eating and to have to sleep.
…
2. Amos chose a bouquet of white roses, red carnations, and tulips
that were yellow.
…
3. Smoking and to spit are both prohibited on the subway.
…
4. These apples are not only small but also have a sour taste.
…
5. It is harder to get in shape than staying in shape.
…
6. In a foreign country, a visitor is overwhelmed with strange
sounds, smells that surprise, and unusual sights.
…
7. Laura’s older brother spends half his time flirting with me and the
other half he ignores me.
…
8. Detective stories, popular music, and sports that are on television
are the things that my grandparents enjoy most.
…
9. For lunch we were given limp bologna sandwiches, peanut-butter
crackers that were stale, and warm sugary punch.
…
10. Many runaways are lured to the city by the bright lights, activity
going on constantly, and empty promises.
…
Parallelism: TEST 1
The pan of each sentence that needs revising is italicized. On the
NOTE To help you master parallelism, explanations are given for
1. Nina has a high fever and a throat that is sore.
A throat that is sore must be changed to the same form as a high
fever.
…
2. On a busy highway, traveling too slow is almost as bad as to drive
too fast.
To drive must be changed to the same form as traveling.
…
3. Humming computers, beeping fax machines, and the ring of
telephones are part of almost every modern office.
The ring of telephones must have the same form as humming
computers and beeping fax machines.
…
4. These grapes are big, sweet, and full of juice.
…
5. To love your family, your work, and giving love to your friends-
this is happiness.
…
6. Tonight’s menu includes chicken that is roasted, baked potatoes,
and steamed broccoli.
…
7. I never thought I’d miss my sister’s shrill laughter and jokes that
are stupid, but I do.
…
8. All dumbbell Donald asks of a girlfriend is that she adore him, the
lending of money, and center her entire life around him.
…
9. My New Year’s resolutions were to stop talking so much, losing
weight, and to do more reading.
…
10. The diner at the table next to me made choking noises, was
turning red, and pointed to his throat.
…
Parallelism: TEST 2
The part of each sentence that needs revising is italicized. On the
1. Golden retriever puppies are adorable, with big eyes, soft fur, and
expressions of sweetness.
…
2. Long hours, pay that was low, and unpleasant coworkers are the
reasons Kevin left his job.
…
3. Our hostess told us to help ourselves to the buffet and we could
get drinks in the kitchen.
…
4. The sick boy’s mother gave her son some vitamin C, tucked him
in bed, and was pouring him a cup of tea.
…
5. The house we wanted to buy had a big backyard, sunny rooms,
and a kitchen that was modern.
…
6. My uncle usually wears loud ties, shoes that are scuffed, and
wrinkled shirts.
…
7. The speaker had sweaty hands, an upset stomach, and a voice that
was nervous.
…
8. For exercise, I either play basketball at the gym or the riding of a
bike in the park.
…
9. Our neighbors include a dress designer, a person who teaches
second grade, and a car salesperson.
…
10. Without warning, the sky got dark, a wind sprang up, and there
was a drop in the temperature.
…
Parallelism: TEST 3
In each group below, one sentence uses parallelism correctly. Write
1. a. My older brother and the only sister I have are coming to
my graduation.
b. My older brother and my only sister are coming to my
graduation.
c. My older brother and the only sister of mine are coming to
my graduation.
2. a. On hot days I open the windows, turn on the fans, and
complain a lot.
b. On hot days I open the windows, turn on the fans, and am
complaining a lot.
c. On hot days I open the windows, turning on the fans, and
complain a lot.
3. a. Our manager requires us to smile constantly, to speak in a
cheerful way, and to move quickly.
b. Our manager requires us to smile constantly, to speak
cheerfully, and to move quickly.
c. Our manager requires us to smile constantly, to speak in a
cheerful way, and to be moving quickly.
4. a. Grass like velvet and flowers like jewels make the park a
beautiful place to visit.
b. Grass like velvet and jewel-like flowers make the park a
beautiful place to visit.
c. Grass like velvet and flowers that look like jewels make the
park a beautiful place to visit.
5. a. By the end of the hike, many of us complained of blistered
feet, backs that ached, or skinned knees.
b. By the end of the hike, many of us complained of feet that
were blistered, aching backs, or skinned knees.
c. By the end of the hike, many of us complained of blistered
feet, aching backs, or skinned knees.
6. a. Writing a research paper and science test studying are my
tasks for the weekend.
b. Writing a research paper and to study for a science test are
my tasks for the weekend.
c. Writing a research paper and studying for a science test are
my tasks for the weekend.
7. a. Which do you appreciate more: something given or
something earned?
b. Which do you appreciate more: something that is given to
you or something earned?
c. Which do you appreciate more: something given or
something that you earn?
8. a. Students who make sacrifices to be in school are often the
most focused, serious, and motivated.
b. Students who make sacrifices to be in school are often the
most focused, serious, and having motivation.
c. Students who make sacrifices to be in school are often the
most focused, they are serious, and motivated.
9. a. Watching movies, eating pizza, and playing country music
are Lenny’s ideas of a good time.
b. Watching movies, to eat pizza, and playing country music
are Lenny’s ideas of a good time.
c. Watching movies, eating pizza, and the playing of country
music are Lenny’s ideas of a good time.
10. a. When Marco returned home from the dance, he was
frustrated, angry, and feeling depression.
b. When Marco returned home from the dance, he was
frustrated, there was anger, and he felt depressed.
c. When Marco returned home from the dance, he was
frustrated, angry, and depressed.
Parallelism: TEST 4
In each group below, one sentence uses parallelism correctly. Write
1. a. Peeling paint and windows that were broken made the old
house look sad.
b. Peeling paint and the breaking of windows made the old
house look sad.
c. Peeling paint and broken windows made the old house look
sad.
2. a. The loud voices, air that has smoke in it, and stale smells in
the room all made me want to leave quickly.
b. The loud voices, smoky air, and stale smells in the room all
made me want to leave quickly.
c. Voices that were loud, smoky air, and stale smells in the
room all made me want to leave quickly.
3. a. Fran sucked in her stomach, held her breath, and was trying
to pull the zipper up.
b. Fran sucked in her stomach, she stopped breathing, and tried
to pull the zipper up.
c. Fran sucked in her stomach, held her breath, and tried to
pull the zipper up.
4. a. The book, with its tattered pages and cover that was
missing, had been read many times.
b. The book, with its tattered pages and that had a cover
missing, had been read many times.
c. The book, with its tattered pages and missing cover, had
been read many times.
5. a. College students from lower-income families often have to
hold jobs, go to school, and take care of children all at the same
time.
b. College students from lower-income families often have to
hold jobs, go to school, and caring for children all at the same time.
c. College students from lower-income families often have to
hold jobs, going to school, and take care of children all at the same
time.
6. a. The movie featured terrible acting, excessive violence, and
plot twists that were ridiculous.
b. The movie featured terrible acting, excessive violence, and
ridiculous plot twists.
c. The movie featured terrible acting, violence to excess, and
ridiculous plot twists.
7. a. Attending class regularly and taking notes carefully are real
keys to success in school.
b. Attending class regularly and to take notes carefully are real
c. To attend class regularly and taking notes carefully are real
8. a. The babysitter’s nails, long and red, heavy eye makeup, and
jangling jewelry all frightened the twins.
b. The babysitter’s long red nails, heavy eye makeup, and
jangling jewelry all frightened the twins.
c. The babysitter’s long red nails, eye makeup that was heavy,
and jangling jewelry all frightened the twins.
9. a. The driving rain turned the park into a swamp and the
highway was a river.
b. The driving rain aimed the park into a swamp and the
highway into a river.
c. The driving rain turned the park into a swamp and made a
river of the highway.
10. a. I know not how others may feel, but as for me, give me liberty
or give me death.
b. I know not how others may feel, but as for me, give me
liberty or else I would prefer to die.
c. I know not how others may feel, but asfor me, liberty
or give me death.
Part TWO: Extending the Skills

15 Preparing a paper
Basics about Preparing a Paper
Here are important guidelines for preparing a paper.
THE TITLE
Most of your school papers will begin with a title. The title of a
paper prepared on a computer should be about an inch and a half
from the top of the page. The title of a handwritten paper should be
on the top line of the first page. For example, here are the title and
the opening part of a paper about the author’s brother.
A Shy brother
My older brother is the shyest person 1 know. Whenever there
are more than two people in a group, he will stop talking. He has
never raised his hand to answer a question in class....
Use the above correctly written example to identify each of the
following statements as either true (T) or false (F).
1. The tide should be set off in quotation marks.
2. The title should have a period after it.
3. The title should be capitalized.
4. The tide should be centered on the page.
5. A line should be skipped between the title and the first sentence.
You should have answered “False” for the first two items and “True”
for the last three. Here is a checklist for how to handle a tide:
* Type the title about an inch and a half below the top of the first
page. For handwritten papers, put the title on the top line of the
first page.
* Center the title.
* Do not use quotation marks around the title or put a period after
the title.
* Capitalize each word in the title. (The only exceptions are small
words such as a, the, and, of in, and for in the middle of a title.)
* Skip a line between the title and the first sentence of the paper
INDENTING THE FIRST LINE

The first line of a paragraph should be indented —that is, set in—
about one-half inch from the left-hand margin. (Note the indentation
of the first line of the paper about the shy brother.) Do not indent the
other sentences in a paragraph.
MARGINS
Leave enough margin on all four sides of a paper to avoid a crowded
look. The standard margins on a typed paper are an inch to an inch
and a half on all four sides.
OTHER GUIDELINES
1 Use full-sized paper (8 1/2 by 11 inches).
2 Write or type on only one side of the paper.
3 Ideally, double-space your paper. If you are writing by hand, do the
following:
* Use blue or black ink-never pencil.
* Use wide-lined paper, or write on every other line of narrow-lined
paper.
* Write letters and punctuation marks as clearly as you can,
taking care to distinguish between small and capital letters.
4 If your teacher so requests, include a cover page on which you put
your name, the date, the title,
PRACTICE
What five corrections are needed in the student paper shown below?
Explain the corrections needed in the five numbered spaces below.
Family meetings
My family has found various ways to get along well. One way is
having
family meetings. We meet twice a month to discuss and handle
our
problems before they get out of hand. This has saved the
members of
my family a great deal of aggravation. For instance, when my
brother . . .
1. …
2. …
3. …
4. …
5. …
16 Punctuation Marks
Eight Types of Punctuation Marks
This chapter first describes three marks of punctuation that are used
to end a sentence: the period (.), the question mark (?), and the
exclamation point (!). The chapter then describes five additional
marks of punctuation: the colon (:), semicolon (;), hyphen (-), dash
(—), and parentheses ().
THE PERIOD (.)
Use a period at the end of a statement, a mild command, or an
indirect question.
* The children jumped over all the rain puddles.
(A statement)
* Hand me the red pen.
(A mild command)
* I wonder if there will be a surprise quiz today.
(An indirect question)
THE QUESTION MARK (?)
Use a question mark after a sentence that asks a question.
* Are you ready for the test?
* How did the car get scratched ?
* “Can I have your phone number?” Susanne asked Phil.
Indirect questions tell the reader about questions, rather than asking
them directly. They end with periods, not question marks.
* The teacher asked if we were ready for the test.
* I wonder how the car got scratched.
* Susanne asked Phil if she could have his phone number.
THE EXCLAMATION POINT (!)
Use an exclamation point after a word or statement that expresses
extreme emotion or that gives a strong command.
* Help!
* Wow!
* I got an A on my report!
* Cut that out!
NOTE Exclamation points lose their power if they are used too
frequently. Use them only when you wish to emphasize strong
emotion.
Practice 1
Place a period, question mark, or exclamation point at the end of
each of the following sentences.
Example Will we see each other again ?
1. Our family car has trouble starting on cold or wet mornings
2. Why is your cell phone making weird noises
3. Watch out for that barbed wire
4. Please fill out an application, and then take a seat
5. May I use your computer
6. Iced tea was first served at the 1904 World’s Fair
7. That speeding car is going to hit us
8. My brother asked if he could use my computer
9. Do you think it’s going to rain
10. Bicycles, which don’t pollute, may be the world’s best method of
transportation
THE COLON (:)
The colon directs attention to what follows. It has three main uses:
1 Use a colon to introduce a list.
* On her first day of vacation, Carrie did three things! she watched a
funny movie, took a long nap, and ate at her favorite restaurant.
2 Use a colon to introduce a long or a formal quotation.
* The autobiography of Arthur Ashe begins with the following
Biblical quotation: “Since we are surrounded by so great a cloud of
witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which so easily
ensnares us, and let us run with endurance the race that is set before
us.”
3 Use a colon to introduce an explanation.
* Bert suddenly canceled his evening plans for a simple reason: his
car was out of gas.
The use of a colon in the opening of a letter is explained in “More
about Commas” on page 185.
Practice 2
Add one colon to each sentence.
1. The sign in the no-smoking area reads “If we see smoke, we will
assume you are on fire and will take appropriate action.”
2. The book Anna Karenina begins with this famous observation
“Happy families are all alike; every unhappy family is unhappy in its
own way.”
3. By the end of her first date with Bill, Julie was positive of one
thing there would never be a second.
4. James left the carnival loaded down with treats cotton candy,
stuffed toys, balloons, and three live goldfish.
5. Instead of the anger he expected, Darryl felt only one emotion
when his son was brought home by the police great relief.
THE SEMICOLON (;)
A semicolon indicates that the reader should pause. It has three main
uses:
1 Use a semicolon to join two complete thoughts that are closely
related, but are not connected by a joining word (such as and, but, or
so).
* Our cat knocked over a can of Coca-Cola j the soda foamed over
the white carpet.
2 Use a semicolon to join wo closely related complete thoughts with
a transitional word or word group (such as afterward, however,
instead, therefore, and on the other hand). Follow the transitional
word or word group with a comma.
* LeQuita began school without knowing any English; neverdieless,
she will graduate at the top of her class.
The use of a semicolon to join two complete thoughts is
explained in “More about Run-Ons and Comma Splices” on
pages 179—180.
3 Use semicolons to separate items in a series when the items
themselves contain commas.
* Driving down Sunset Strip, we passed La Boutique, which sells
women’s clothing; The Friendly Cafe, which selves twenty different
kinds of coffee; and Pet Palace, which sells
Practice 3
Add one or more semicolons to each sentence.
1. Many hopeful actors move to Hollywood most leave
disappointed.
2. We went to the airport to pick up my cousin however, her flight
had been canceled.
3. Winners in the dog show were Lady Luck, a German shepherd
Skipper’s Delight, a golden retriever and Nana, a miniature poodle.
4. The emergency room was crowded everyone looked worried.
5. Hank thought the glass contained lemonade instead, he drank pure
lemon juice.
THE HYPHEN (-)
Hyphens are used within a word or between two words. Following
are three main uses of hyphens:
1 Use a hyphen to divide a word at the end of a line of writing.
* The lawyer stood up, put on her jacket, shoved a bundle of papers
into her briefcase, and hurried to court.
NOTE Here are rules for dividing a word at the end of a line:
a Never divide a word which has only one syllable,
b Divide words only between syllables.
c Never divide a word in a way that leaves only one or two letters
alone on a line,
d When dividing a word that already contains a hyphen, divide
where the hyphen is.
2 Use a hyphen in a compound adjective: to join two or more

words that act together to describe a noun that follows them.
The sports car swerved around the slow-moving truck.
3 Put a hyphen in any number from twenty-one to ninety-nine and in
a fraction that is written out, such as one-fourth or two-thirds.
NOTE Words made up of two or more words are sometimes
hyphenated (for example, baby-sit and fine-tune). There is no clear
rule to cover such cases, so when you’re unsure about whether or not
to hyphenate such words, check your dictionary.
Practice 4
Add a hyphen to each sentence.
1. Polls show that two thirds of the voters would support higher
taxes.
2. You’ve handed in a very well written story.
3. That angry looking boss actually has a sweet personality.
4. Although Trudy turned thirty last month, she tells everyone she’s
twenty eight.
5. José was telling me about a beautiful green eyed girl he saw on
the subway.
THE DASH (—)
While the hyphen is used within or between individual words, the
dash is used between parts of a sentence. Following are three
common uses of the dash:
1 Dashes may be used to set off and emphasize interrupting material.
Use them when you wish to give special attention to words that
interrupt the flow of the sentence.
* Everyone in that family—including the teenagers—has a weight
problem.
2 Use a dash to signal the end of a list of items.
* Family support, prayer, and hope—these are what got Grady
through all those months in recovery.
3 A dash may be used to introduce a final element—a list of items,
an explanation, or a dramatic point.
* Anne’s refrigerator was packed with food for the party—trays of
cold cuts, bottles of pickles, loaves of bread, and several pitchers of
lemonade.
* Ravi hurriedly left work in the middle of the day—his wife was
having labor pains.
* My wallet was found in a trash can—minus its cash.
NOTE As mentioned above, the colon can also be used to introduce
a list or an explanation. A colon tends to add more formality and less
drama to a sentence than a dash.
When typing, form a dash with two hyphens, leaving no space
between them, or use your computer’s dash character. Do not
leave spaces before or after the dash.
Practice 5
Add one or two dashes, as needed, to each sentence.
1. Several papers very important papers are missing from my desk.
2. A year after their divorce, Oscar and Ruby did something
surprising they got married again.
3. Delicious food, wonderful service, and low prices that’s all I ask
in a restaurant.
4. The maple tree in our front yard it had been standing there for
sixty years blew down last night.
5. Harold walked into the room wearing an odd outfit an elegant
tuxedo, a rose in his buttonhole, and cheap rubber sandals.
PARENTHESES ( )
Here are two common uses of parentheses:
1 Use parentheses to set off material that interrupts the flow of a
sentence. While dashes are used to emphasize interrupting material,
parentheses are generally used for material you do not wish to
emphasize.
Aunt Fern (who arrived two hours late) brought the biggest gift.
2 Place parentheses around numbers that introduce items in a list
within a sentence.
* Ron’s work for the evening is as follows: (1) finish a history paper,
(2) read a chapter in the science text, and (3) wash a load of laundry.
Practice 6
Add one set of parentheses to each sentence.
1. The tree by our front door a weeping willow is home to a family
of robins.
2. My mother whose maiden name is Wojcik was born in a small
town in Poland.
3. The Twice Around Resale Shop it’s at Fifth and Maple has
wonderful clothing bargains.
4. To perform this magic trick, you need (1) a styrofoam cup, 2 a
rubber band, and (3) two feet of thread.
5. Harvey Whitman and Erica Whitman they’re not related will
conduct a seminar on leadership for company managers.
Punctuation Marks: TEST 1

Place a period (.), question mark (?), or exclamation point (!) at the
end of each of the following sentences.
1. The moon is about 239,000 miles from Earth
2. Are you ready for the test
3. That’s a great white shark heading toward the swimmers
4. I wonder if this water is safe to drink
5. I’m so happy right now I could fly
6. I can’t figure out how to turn on this computer
7. Would you like some help with that suitcase
8. Your choices for breakfast are scrambled eggs, pancakes, or cereal
9. That man must be having a heart attack
10. Did you take any notes in the class
Punctuation Marks: TEST 2

Each of the following sentences needs one of the kinds of
punctuation marks in the box. In the space provided, write the letter
of the mark needed. Then add that mark to the sentence.
a Colon: d Dash or dashes –
b Semicolon; e Parentheses ( )
c Hyphen –
1. Horrible acting, laughable dialogue, and a ridiculous plot if you
like these things, you’ll love this movie.
2. The soup simmered all morning its delicious aroma filled the
house.
3. The story of Ferdinand is about a fierce looking bull who loves
flowers.
4. Groucho Marx had this to say about people, dogs, and reading
“Outside of a dog, a book is man’s best friend. Inside of a dog it’s
too dark to read.”
5. The beach was clean and inviting the water was cool and blue.
6. There will be auditions tomorrow for three parts in the play the
father, the mother, and the twelve-year-old daughter.
7. My usually soft spoken brother began to shout angrily.
8. Before I waded into the pond, I noticed someone else was already
there a baby alligator.
9. My grandfather actually, he’s my great-grandfather will be visiting
us over the holidays.
10. Eleanor Roosevelt wrote this about courage “You gain strength,
courage and confidence by every experience in which you really
stop to look fear in the face. You are able to say to yourself, 'I lived
through this horror. I can take the next thing that comes along.’”
17 Pronoun Forms
Basics about Pronouns
A pronoun is a word that can be used in place of a noun.
* Mel scrubbed the potatoes. Then he peeled some carrots.
In the second sentence above, the word he is a pronoun that is
used in place of the noun Mel.
For more information on pronouns, see “Parts of Speech,” pages
212- 214.
This chapter explains how to choose the correct pronoun to use in a
sentence. It covers the following four areas:
1 Personal pronouns as subjects, objects, and possessives
2 Pronouns with and or or
3 Pronouns in comparisons
4 Who and whom
PERSONAL PRONOUNS AS
SUBJECTS, OBJECTS, AND POSSESSIVES
Pronouns have different forms, or cases, depending on their use in a
sentence. As explained below, they may serve as subjects, objects,
or possessives.
Subject Pronouns
Subject pronouns act as the subjects of verbs. Here are the subject
forms of personal pronouns:
First Person Second Person Third Person
Singular I you he, she, it
Plural we you they
* I have an itch.
I is the subject of the verb have.
* She always remembers her nieces’ birthdays.
She is the subject of the verb remembers.
* They agreed to the deal and shook hands.
They is the subject of the verbs agreed and shook.
Object Pronouns
Object pronouns act as the objects of verbs or of prepositions. Here
is a list of the object forms of personal pronouns:
Singular I you he, she, it
Plural we you they
When a pronoun receives the action of a verb, an object pronoun
should be used.
* Clara pinched him.
Him receives the action of the verb pinched. Him tells who was
pinched.
* Jeff is addicted to Coca-Cola. He drinks it for breakfast.
It receives the action of the verb drinks. It tells what Jeff drinks
for breakfast.
When a pronoun is the object of a preposition, an object pronoun
should be used. Prepositions are words such as to, for, with, and
from. (A longer list of prepositions is on page 4.)
* My sister tossed the car keys to me.
Me is the object of the preposition to.
* Because it was her husband’s birthday, Flo knitted a tie for him.
Him is the object of the preposition for.
When the preposition to or far is understood, an object pronoun must
still be used.
* My sister tossed me the car keys.
The preposition to is implied before the pronoun me.
* Flo knitted him a tie.
The preposition for is implied before the pronoun him.
Possessive Pronouns
Possessive pronouns show that something is owned, or possessed.
Here are possessive forms of personal pronouns:
Singular me, mine your, yours his, her, hers, its
Plural our, ours your, yours their, theirs
* If Lucille needs a sweater, she can borrow mine.
Mine means the sweater belonging to me.
* The house lost most of its roof during the tornado.
Its roof means the roof belonging to the house.
* Roger and Emily saw many of their friends at the party.
Their friends means the friends belonging to Roger and Emily.
NOTE Possessive pronouns never contain an apostrophe.
* During the last storm, our apple tree lost all of its blossoms (not
“it’s blossoms”).
Practice 1
Each sentence contains one pronoun. Underline each pronoun. Then,
in die space provided, identify the pronoun by writing S for a subject
pronoun, O for an object pronoun, and P for a possessive pronoun.
The first item is done for you as an example.
1. The concert gave me a headache.
2. Your father is very friendly.
3. They once lived in Texas.
4. Read the letter out loud to us.
5. Apparently she is somebody famous.
6. The door on my closet has a broken hinge.
7. A stone almost hit me in the eye.
8. Stu gave them nothing but trouble.
9. I often forget to bring a calculator to math class.
10. Next Friday, our brother will be twenty-eight.
Practice 2
Fill in each blank with the appropriate pronoun in the margin. Before
making your choice, decide if you need a subject, an object, or a
possessive pronoun.
her, she 1. Over the summer, Melba changed … hair color, job,
and boyfriend.
Me, I 2. … will treat you to lunch today.
our, us 3. Over the last ten years, twenty-three foster children
have lived with …
your, you 4. You should iron … shirt before going to the job
interview.
we, us 5. Would you bring … a bag of ice and some soda?
They, Them 6. … cannot find an apartment they like in this
neighborhood.
I, me 7. Richard must give … a ride to school tomorrow.
Him, his 8. When he died at the age of ninety-six, my great-
grandfather still had all of … teeth.
He, him 9. Jill spotted her son on the playground and brought .. a
sandwich.
We, us 10. held a family meeting to decide how to split up
household chores.
PRONOUNS WITH AND AND OR

Deciding which pronoun to use may become confusing when there
are two subjects or two objects joined by and or or. However, the
rules remain the same: Use a subject pronoun for the subject of a
verb; use an object pronoun for the object of a verb or preposition.
* My brother and I loved The Wizard of Oz books.
I is a subject of the verb loved. Brother is also a subject of loved.
* Our parents often read to my brother and me.
Me is an object of the preposition to. Brother is also an object of
to.
You can figure out which pronoun to use by mentally leaving out the
other word that goes with and or or. For instance, in the first example
above, omitting the words my brother and makes it clear that / is the
correct pronoun to use: ... I loved The Wizard of Oz books. (You
would never say “Me loved The Wizard of Oz books.”)
Try mentally omitting words in the following sentences. Then fill in
each blank with the correct pronoun in parentheses.
* The prom was so long ago, I can’t remember all of the details.
Either Gene or (I, me) … drove. Furthermore, I can’t remember
whether Katie Davis went with him
or (I, me) …
The correct choice for the first blank becomes clear when the words
“Either Gene or” are omitted: I drove. I is a subject of the verb
drove.
The correct choice for the second blank becomes clear when the
words “him or” are omitted:
can’t remember whether Katie Davis went with . . . me. Me is an
object of the preposition with.
Practice 3
In each sentence, a choice of a subject or an object pronoun is given
in parentheses. In the blank space, write the correct pronoun.
1. Is that package addressed to my brother or (I, me) …?
2. According to Jess, either (he, him) … or his roommate will fix the
broken window.
3. The piano is too heavy for Kate and (she, her) … to move on their
own.
4. Robbie and (he, him) … first met when they were in the fourth
grade.
5. That strong coffee kept Dad and (we, us) … awake for hours.
6. My mother heard that the new position of floor manager will go to
either her coworker Ken or (she, her) ...
7. For many years, (we, us) … and Dale have sat next to each other
at football games.
8. In the books about the Hardy boys, (they, them) … and their
detective father work together to solve mysteries.
9. Mark and (I, me) … had been arguing loudly when our teacher
walked into the room.
10. She simply frowned at Mark and (I, me) … and left.
PRONOUNS IN COMPARISONS
When pronouns are used in comparisons, they often follow the word
than or as.
* My best friend, Matt, is a better athlete than I.
* Rhonda’s behavior puzzled you as much as me.
Words are often omitted in comparisons to avoid repetition. To see
whether you should use a subject or an object pronoun, mentally fill
in the missing words. In the first sentence above, I is the subject of
the understood verb am:
* My best friend, Matt, is a better athlete than I [am].
In the second sentence, me is the object of the verb puzzled. That
verb is understood, but not stated, in the second part of the
comparison:
* Rhonda’s behavior puzzled you as much as [it puzzled] me.
Now try to fill in the correct pronouns in the following comparisons:
* Brad was my first crush. I never adored anyone as much as (he,
him) ….
* I had never met anyone as playful and kind as (he, him) …
In the first blank above, you should have written the object form of
the pronoun, him: I never adored anyone as much as [I adored] him.
Him is the object of the verb adored, which is missing but
understood in the sentence.
In the second blank above, you should have written the subject form
of the pronoun, he: I had never met anyone as playful and kind as he
[was]. He is the subject of die understood verb was.
Practice 4
In each sentence, a choice of a subject or an object pronoun is given
in parentheses. In the blank space, write the correct pronoun.
1. Della has been in the choir longer than (we, us) …
2. Our argument brothers you as much as (I, me) ….
3. Omar told his teammates he runs faster than (they, them) …
4. My little brother is five inches taller than (I, me) …
5. The math final worries me more than (she, her) …; she is hardly
studying for it.
6. Our neighbors have a bigger house, but they don't give parties as
often as (we, us) …
7. As a child, I has a pet collie; there was no relative I loved as much
as (he, him) …
8. My family and our friends all caught the flu, but we weren't as
sick as (they, them) …
9. Julius hits the ball farther than his sister, but she runs the bases
faster than (he, him) …
10. That buzzing noise in the lamp annoys Dad more than (we, us)
…..; he has to leave the room.
WHO AND WHOM
Who is a subject pronoun; whom is an object pronoun.
* The person who owns the expensive car won’t let anybody else
park it.
Who owns the expensive car is a dependent word group. Who is
the subject of the verb owns.
* The babysitter whom they trust cannot work tonight.
Whom they trust is a dependent word group. Whom is the object
of the verb trust. The subject of trust is they.
As a general rule, to know whether to use who or whom, find the
first verb after who or whom. Decide whether that verb already has a
subject. If it doesn’t have a subject, use the subject pronoun who. If
it does have a subject, use the object pronoun whom.
See if you can fill in the right pronoun in the following sentences.
* The arrested person is a man (who, whom) … my sister once
dated.
* The man and woman (who, whom) … live next door argue
constantly.
In the first sentence above, look at the verb dated. Does it have a
subject? Yes, the subject is sister. Therefore the object pronoun
whom is the correct choice: The arrested person is a man whom my
sister once dated. Whom is the object of the verb dated.
In the second sentence above, look at the verb live. Does it have a
subject? No. Therefore the subject pronoun who is the correct
choice: The man and woman who live next door argue constantly.
Who is the subject of the verb live.
NOTE In informal speech and writing, who is often substituted for

whom:
* The babysitter who they trust cannot work tonight.
In formal writing, however, whom is generally used. In the practices
and tests in this chapter, use the formal approach.
Practice 5
In each blank space, write the correct choice of pronoun.
1. The company hired a secretary (who, whom) … can speak
Spanish.
2. Ron’s first boss was a man (who, whom) … he could not please.
3. I admire a man (who, whom) … cries at movies.
4. Millard Fillmore is a President (who, whom) … few Americans
remember.
5. Students (who, whom) … cheated on the test were suspended.
WHO AND WHOM IN QUESTIONS

In questions, who is a subject pronoun, and whom is an object
pronoun. You can often decide whether to use who or whom in a
question in the same way you decide whether to use who or whom in
a statement.
Who should go?
The verb after who is should go, which does not have another
subject. Therefore use the subject form of the pronoun, who.
Whom should I send?
is the subject of the verb should send, so use the object form of
the pronoun, whom.
Practice 6
Fill in each blank with either who or whom.
1. (Who, Whom) … will do the dishes tonight?
2. (Who, Whom) … were you expecting?
3. (Who, Whom) … woke up in the middle of the night?
4. (Who ,Whom) … is making all that racket?
5. (Who, Whom) … did you just call on the phone?
Pronoun Forms: TEST 1

Fill in each blank with the appropriate pronoun from the margin.
She, her 1. … got the highest grade on the min-term test.
They, their 2. The twins had braces on … teeth for three years.
We, us 3. "we are sure,'' Len said, "that getting married is
the right thing for …''.
They, them 4. Since my aunt and uncle enjoy basketball more than I
do, I gave the tickets to …
I, me 5. She and … have been friends since we were little
children.
He, him 6. I don't know whether to believe you or …
She, her 7. Hector and his sister both speak some Spanish, but
hector is more fluent than …
He, him 8. We enjoyed no teacher as much as …; he was always
interesting.
Who, whom 9. Our mayor is a former nun … decided to enter
politics.
Who, whom 10. The principal is a young man … both students
and teachers respect.
Pronoun Forms: TEST 2

Fill in each blank with the appropriate pronoun from the margin.
We, us 1. You are welcome to drive to the meeting with ….
They, their 2. All of my blue jeans have holes in … knees.
I, me 3. My mother changes her mind more frequently than …
Who, whom 4. The man … the car hit is my uncle.
We, us. 5. Next weekend, you and … should go to a movie
together.
I, me 6. My dog and … often hike in the woods for hours at a
time.
She, her 7. Sarah's boss said there was no employee he valued as
much as …
He, him 8. Does that red sports car belong to his parents or ….?
Who, whom 9. The mechanic … usually works on our car is on
vacation.
He, him 10. When the cruise ship's captin sailed too close to
shore and his ship capsized, … and his passengers had a dangerous
adventure.
18 Pronoun Problems
Three Common Pronoun Problems
This chapter explains three common problems with pronouns:
1 Pronoun shifts in number A pronoun must agree in number with
the noun it refers to.
Incorrect Each of my sisters has their own room.
Correct Each of my sisters has her own room.
2 Pronoun shifts in person Pronouns must be consistent in person.
Unnecessary shifts in person (for example, from / to one) confuse
readers.
Incorrect One’s patience runs thin when I am faced with a slow-
moving line at the bank.
Correct My patience runs thin when I am faced with a slow-
moving line at the bank.
3 Unclear pronoun reference A pronoun must clearly refer to the
noun it stands for.
Incorrect Michael gave Arnie his car keys. (Does his refer to
Michael or Arnie?)
Correct Michael gave his car keys to Arnie.
PRONOUN SHIFTS IN NUMBER
A pronoun must agree in number with the noun it refers to, which is
called the pronoun’s antecedent. Singular nouns require singular
pronouns; plural nouns require plural pronouns.
In the following examples, pronouns are printed in boldface type;
the antecedents are printed in italic type,
* The dying tree lost all its leaves.
The antecedent tree is singular, so the pronoun must be singular:
its.
* When Vic was in the Army, his litde brodier wrote to him almost
every day.
The antecedent Vic is singular, so the pronouns must be
singular: his and him.
* Do the neighbors know that their dog is loose?
The antecedent neighbors is plural, so the pronoun must be
plural: their.
* Sarah and Greg act like newlyweds, but they have been married
for years.
The antecedent Sarah and Greg is plural, so the pronoun must
be plural: they.
Practice 1
In each blank space, write the noun or nouns that the given pronoun
refers to.
Example The ridges on our finger trips have a function. They help
fingers to grasp things.
They refers to ridges
1. The photographer realized her flash attachment wasn't working.
Her refers to ………
2. The cat hid its kittens in the hayloft.
Its refers to ………..
3. Kate and Barry don't get along with their stepfather.
Their refers to ……
4. Martin never drinks coffee in the evening. It keeps him awake all
night.
It refers to ……
5. Onion and pineapple taste good on pizza, but they don't taste good
on the same pizza.
They refers to ………
Practice 2
In the spaces provided for each sentence, write (a) the pronoun used
and (b) the noun or nouns that the pronoun refers to.
1. The movie started late, and it was badly out of focus.
The pronoun …… refers to ….
2. Marlene buys most of her clothing at thrift shops.
The pronoun …. Refers to ……
3. As the horse neared the finish line, his energy ran out.
The pronoun … refers to …
4. A man was at the door a minute ago, but now he is gone.
5. Carla and Vicki are twins, but they don't look alike.
Indefinite Pronouns
Most pronouns refer to one or more particular persons or things.
However, indefinite pronouns do not refer to particular persons or
things. The following indefinite pronouns are always singular:
anybody either neither one
anyone everybody no one somebody
anything everyone nobody someone
each everything nothing something
something has left its muddy footprints on the hood of the car.
* One of my sisters has lost her job.
* Everybody is entitled to change his or her mind.
The indefinite pronouns something, one, and everybody are

singular. The personal pronouns that refer to them must also be
singular: its, his, or her.
Note on Gender Agreement Choose a pronoun that agrees in
gender with the noun it refers to. Because one of my sisters is clearly
feminine, use her. But everybody includes males and females, so use
his or her. If his or her seems awkward in a sentence, try rewriting
the sentence with a plural subject:
* People are entitled to change their minds.
The following indefinite pronouns are always plural:
Both many several
Few other
* Both of my brothers worked their way through college.
Both, the subject of this sentence, is plural, so the plural
pronoun their is used.
The following indefinite pronouns are singular or plural, depending
on their context:
all more none
any most some
* some of he pie is fine, but its crust is burnt.
Some here refers to one thing—the pie, so the singular pronoun
its is used.
* Some of the students forgot their books.
Some here refers to several students, so the plural pronoun their
is used.
Practice 3
In the spaces provided for each sentence, write (a) the pronoun or
pronouns needed and (b) the word that the pronoun or pronouns refer
to.
Example Neither of the boys has had (his / their) measles shot yet.
The pronoun needed is his The word it refers to is neither
1. Everything in the office has (its / their) own place.
The pronoun needed is …. The word it refers to is …
2. Neither of my uncles has ever smoked in (his/ their) life.
The pronoun needed is … The word it refers to is …
3. Many restaurant is town post (its/their) menus in the window.
4. Don't ear any of those graps until you've washed (it/them).
5. Is anyone brave enough to read (their/ his or her) essay aloud to
the class?
6. Both of the girls invited (her mother/ their mother) to the mother-
daughter luncheon.
7. Everyone is waiting for (their/ his or her) final grades to be posted
online.
8. Nobody can enter that factory without (their/ his or her) security
badge.
9. MOST of the room has been painted, and (it looks/ they look)
much brighter now.
10. Most of the invitations have been addressed, but (it still needs/
they still need) to be stamped.
Note on Collective Nouns

A collective noun refers to a group of persons or things considered
to be a unit. Collective nouns are usually singular. Following are
some examples.
audience committee group quartet
band couple herd society
class family jury team
* The class started late, and it ended early.
Class refers to a single unit, so the singular pronoun it is used.
However, if a collective noun refers to the individual members of the
group, a plural pronoun is used.
* The class handed in their essays before vacation.
Many writers feel it is awkward to use a collective noun as a plural.
They prefer to revise the sentence.
* The class members handed in their essays before vacation.
PRONOUN SHIFTS IN PERSON
A pronoun that refers to the person who is speaking is called a first-
person pronoun. Examples of first-person pronouns are I, me, and
our. A pronoun that refers to someone being spoken to, such as you,
is a second-person pronoun. And a pronoun that refers to another
person or thing, such as he, she, or it, is a third-person pronoun.
Following are the personal pronouns in first-, second-, and third-
person groupings:
Singular I, me, my, mine you, your, yours he, him, his;
she, her, hers;
it, its
Plural we, us, our, ours you, your, yours they, them,
their, theirs
When a writer makes unnecessary shifts in person, the writing may
become less clear. The sentences below, for example, show some
needless shifts in person. (The words that show the shifts are
boldfaced.)
* The trouble with my sending e-mails to friends is that sometimes
you don’t get a response. The writer begins with the first-person
pronoun my, but then shifts to the second-person pronoun you.
* Though we like most of our neighbors, there are a few you can’t
get along with.
The writer begins with the first-person pronouns we and our, but
then shifts to the second- person pronoun you.
These sentences can be improved by eliminating the shifts in person:
* The trouble with my sending e-mails to friends is that sometimes I
don’t get a response.
* Though we like most of our neighbors, there are a few we can’t
get along with.
Practice 4
Write the correct pronoun in each space provided.
They, we 1. Whenever students are under a great deal of stress, …
often stop studying.
One, you 2. If you want to do well in this course, … should plan
on doing all the assignments on time.
You, me 3. When I took a summer job as a waitress, I was
surprised at how rude some
customers were to ….
We, you 4. It’s hard for us to pay for health insurance, but …
don’t dare go without it.
You, I 5. When … drive on the highway, I get disgusted at the
amount of trash I see.
I, you 6. Although I like visiting my aunt Rita, … always feel
as if my visit has disrupted her life.
You, we 7. We don't answer the door after 10: 00 at night,
because … never know what kind of danger might be lurking on the
other side of the door.
I, one 8. I would like to go to a school where … can meet
many people who are different from me.
you, they 9. Dog owners should put tags on their dogs in case ...
lose their pets.
we, they 10. People often take a first-aid course so that can learn
how to help choking and heart-attack victims.
UNCLEAR PRONOUN REFERENCE
A pronoun must refer clearly to its antecedent—the word it stands
for. If it is unclear which word a pronoun refers to, the sentence will
be confusing. As shown below, some pronouns are unclear because
they have two possible antecedents. Others are unclear because they
have no antecedent.
Two Possible Antecedents

A pronoun’s reference will not be clear if there are two possible
antecedents.
* Eva told her mother that she had received a postcard from Alaska.
Who received the postcard, Eva or her mother?
* I wrote a to-do list with my purple pen, and now I can’t find it.
What can’t the writer find, the list or the pen?
An unclear sentence with two antecedents can sometimes be
corrected by using the speaker’s exact words.
* Eva told her mother, “I received (or: “You received) a postcard
from Alaska.”
For an explanation of how to use quotation marks, see pages 63-
64 in “Quotation Marks.”
In some cases, the best solution is to replace the pronoun with the
word it was meant to refer to.
* I wrote a to-do list with my purple pen, and now I can’t find the
list {or: the pen).
No Antecedent
A pronoun’s reference will not be clear if there is no antecedent.
* We just received our cable TV bill. They said the Disney Channel
is providing a free preview next month.
Who said there’s a free preview? We don’t know because they
has no word to refer to.
My older brother is a chemist, but that doesn’t interest me.
What doesn’t interest the writer? The pronoun that doesn’t refer
to any word in the sentence.
To correct an unclear reference in which a pronoun has no
antecedent, replace the pronoun with the word or words it is meant
to refer to.
* We just received our cable TV bill. The cable company said the
Disney Channel is providing a free preview next month.
* My older brother is a chemist, but chemistry doesn’t interest me.
Practice 5
In each sentence below, underline the correct word or words in
parentheses.
1. At a local deli, (they / the owners) provide each table with a free
bowl of pickles.
2. Mycell phone must be somewhere in this apartment, but I have no
idea just where (it / the phone) is.
3. Rita asked Paula (if she could help with the dishes. I, “Can I
help with the dishes?")
4. In a letter from Publisher’s Clearing House, (they / the
contest organizers) all but promise that I have already won ten
million dollars.
5. When my cousins arrived at the picnic with the homemade pies,
(my cousins / they) were very welcome.
Practice 6
Revise each sentence to eliminate the unclear pronoun reference.
1. When Nick questioned the repairman, he became very upset.
…
2. My parents are expert horseshoe players, but I’ve never become
any good at it.
…
3. Mary Alice told her sister that her boyfriend was moving to
another state.
…
4. I bought a stationary bicycle that has a timer, but I never use it.
…
5. I went to the hardware store for 100-watt light bulbs, but they
didn’t have any.
…
Pronoun Problems: TEST 1

A. In each blank space, write the pronoun that agrees in number with
the word or words it refers to.
its, their 1. The school has asbestos in many of … classrooms.
her, their 2. My mother and her sister often share … clothing and
jewelry.
his or her, their 3. No one in the computer lab could remember …
password.
her, their 4. Neither of the little girls wants to share … toys.
B. For each sentence, cross out the pronoun that makes a shift in
person. Then, in the space provided, write a pronoun that corrects
the shift in person.
5. Two people in my family work at a store where the owners don’t
provide
you with any health insurance.
6. I wanted to see the movie star, but one couldn’t get past her
security guard.
7. Members of that gang said they feel the gang is like your family.
C. In each sentence below, choose the correct word or words and
write them in the space provided.
8. Lonnie stopped at the post office and asked … to hold his mail
while he was on vacation.
a. a postal worker
b. them
9. Carrie told Linda …
a. that she had gotten four phone calls that afternoon.
b. “You got four phone calls this afternoon.”
10. Andrea could be a cafeteria server again next semester, but she
really hates …
a. it.
b. working in the cafeteria.
Pronoun Problems: TEST 2

A. In each blank space, write the pronoun that agrees in number with
the word or words it refers to.
his, their 1. Each of my brothers has … own television.
its, their 2. Some of the businesses in town have a day-care center
for the children of … employees.
her, their 3. One of the hens has laid … egg on an old blanket in
the shed.
his or her, their 4. Everybody in our apartment building was told to
keep … door locked at all times.
B. For each sentence, cross out the pronoun that makes a shift in
person. Then, in the space provided, write a pronoun that corrects
the shift in person.
…. 5. The constant ringing of my telephone often drives one crazy.
…. 6. If people want something from the kitchen, you have to go and
get it.
…. 7. The newspaper carrier didn’t realize that you would have to
deliver papers at 5 a.m.
c. In each sentence below, choose the correct word or words and
write them in the space provided.
8. Jeanine is a devoted user of coupons at the supermarket, but I
can’t find the time for …
a. it.
b. collecting coupons.
9. Ian told his father ….
a. he was late for his doctor’s appointment.
b. “You’re late for your doctor’s appointment.”
10. In this letter from the bank, …….. my mother’s account is
overdrawn.
a. the customer service manager says
b. they say
19 Adjectives and Adverbs

Basics about Adjectives and Adverbs
This chapter explains the following:
1 How to identify adjectives and adverbs
* The circular (adjective) house is unusual (adjective).
* The extremely (adverb) small boy climbed the rope very (adverb)
quickly (adverb).
2 How to use adjectives and adverbs in comparisons
* I’m a worse cook than my brother, but our sister is the worst cook
in the family.
3 How to use two troublesome pairs: good and well, bad and
badly
* I can usually work well and do a good job even when I don’t feel
well.
* In addition to his bad attitude, the outfielder has been playing
badly.
4 How to avoid double negatives
Incorrect I can’t hardly wait for summer vacation.
Correct I can hardly wait for summer vacation.
IDENTIFYING ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Adjectives
An adjective describes a noun or pronoun. It generally answers such
questions as “What kind of?” “Which one?” “How many?”
An adjective may come before the noun or pronoun it describes.
* The weary hikers shuffled down the dusty road.
The adjective weary describes the noun hikers; it tells what kind
of hikers. The adjective dusty describes the noun road, it tells
what kind of road.
* The green car has two antennas.
The adjective green tells which car has the antennas. The
adjective two tells how many antennas there are.
* Don’t go to the new movie at the mall unless you want a good nap.
The adjective new tells which movie; the adjective good tells
what land of nap.
An adjective that describes the subject of a sentence may also come
after a linking verb (such as is, were, looks, and seem).
* That dog’s skin is wrinkled and dry.
The adjectives wrinkled and dry describe the subject, skin. They
follow the linking verb is.
For more information on linking verbs, see “Subjects and
Verbs,” pages 3 and 147-148.
Practice 1
Complete each sentence with an appropriate adjective. Then
underline the noun or pronoun that the adjective describes.
Examples My favorite sweater had shrunk in the wash.
The school principal was strict
1. This … Weather really bothers me.
2. I'm in the mood for a(n) …. Movie.
3. I've never read such a(n) ….. book.
4. A(n) ….. person makes a poor boss.
5. My aunt has an unusually … voice.
6. That chocolate chip cheesecake is …
7. My …. Pants are at the cleaners.
8. It's too bad that you are so …
9. …. Bushes are growing in front of the house.
10. Selena posted a(n) … photo on her Face book page.
Adverbs
An adverb is a word that describes a verb, an adjective, or another
adverb. Many adverbs end in -ly. Adverbs generally answer such
questions as “How?” “When?” “Where?” “How much?”
* The chef carefully spread raspberry frosting over the cake.
The adverb carefully describes the verb spread. Carefully tells
how the chef spread the frosting.
* Put the package there.
The adverb there describes the verb put. There (meaning “in
that place”) tells where the package should be put.
* Ann was extremely embarrassed when she stumbled on stage.
The adverb extremely describes the adjective embarrassed. It
tells how much Ann was embarrassed.
* That lamp shines very brightly.
The adverb very describes the adverb brightly. Very tells how
brightly the lamp shines. The adverb brightly describes the verb
shines-, it tells how the lamp shines.
Adverbs with Action Verbs

Be careful to use an adverb—not an adjective—with an action verb.
Compare the following:
Incorrect Correct
The boss slept sound at his desk.
The boss slept soundly at his desk.
Sound is an adjective.
The graduates marched proud. The graduates marched proudly.
Proud is an adjective.
The batter swung wild at all the pitches. The batter swung wildly at
all the pitches.
Wild is an adjective.
Practice 2
Complete each sentence with the adverb from the adjective in the
margin. (change each adjective in the margin to an adverb by adding
–ly.)
Example quick Sandra read the book too quickly
Bright 1. The soap bubbles glistened … in the midday sun.
Helpless 2. The family watched … as their house burned.
Hurried 3. The two teachers spoke … between classes.
Shy 4. The little girl peeked … at her new neighbor.
Honest 5. A good businessperson deals … with everyone.
Quiet 6. The old woman hummed … as she did her shopping.
Longing 7. The cat stared … at the leftover tuna casserole.
Frequent 8. Cable TV channels … show the same movie ten or
more times in one month.
Soft 9. The police officer spoke … to the terrified children.
Serious 10. Many teenagers complain that their parents don’t
take them ….
Practice 3
Complete each sentence correctly with either the adverb or adjective
in the margin.
Rapid, rapidly 1. Felipe spoke … in Spanish to his grandfather.
Rapid, rapidly 2. Their … conversation was difficult for me to
follow.
Quiet, quietly 3. The frog sat …. On a lily pad.
Patient, patiently 4. The mother is … with her youngster.
Patient, patiently 5. Ravi waited …. For the elevator to arrive.
Willing, willingly6. How many of you are … to sell tickers for the
play?
Prompt, promptly7. The invitation asks for a …. Response.
Quick, quickly 8. The helicopter descended … toward the
hospital.
Cheerful, cheerfully 9. Olga smiled …. At the customer.
Cheerful, cheerfully 10. Her …. Smile warned the room.
USING ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS IN COMPARISONS
Comparing Two Things
In general, to compare two things, add -er to adjectives and adverbs
of one syllable.
* Grilling food is faster than roasting.
The adjective faster is used to compare two methods: grilling and
roasting.
* My mother works longer each day than my father.
The adverb longer is used to compare how long two people work
each day.
For longer adjectives and adverbs, do not add -er. Instead, add the
word more when comparing two things.
* My dog is more intelligent than my cat.
The words more intelligent describe the subject dog, they are
being used to compare two things, the dog and the cat.
* Marie sings more sweetly than I do.
The words more sweetly describe the verb sings; they compare die
ways two people sing.
Practice 4
Write in the correct from of the word in the margin by adding
either-er or more.
Example thin kate is thinner than her twin sister.
Carefully I prefer to ride with Dan. He drives more carefully
than you.
Cheap 1. This bag of potato chips is …… than that one.
Affectionate 2. My dog is ……. Than my boyfriend.
gray 3. This shirt looks than it did before I washed it.
neat 4. The inside of Ed’s car is than the inside of my
apartment.
ridiculous 5. There are no shows on TV …. than those reality
shows about bachelors and bachelorettes.
Comparing Three Things
In general, to compare three or more things, add -est to adjectives
and adverbs of one syllable.
* Grilling food is faster than roasting, but microwaving is fastest of
all.
The adjective fastest is used to compare three methods: grilling,
roasting, and microwaving. It indicates that microwaving is
faster than the other two.
* My mother works longer each day than my father, but in my
family, I work longest.
The adverb longest is used to compare how long three or more
people work each day. It indicates that of the three, I work the
most number of hours.
For longer adjectives and adverbs, do not add -est. Instead, add the
word most when comparing three or more things.
* My dog is more intelligent than my cat, but my parrot is the most
intelligent pet I have ever had.
Most intelligent is used to compare three animals. It shows
which one is the smartest.
* Among the couples I know, my brother and sister-in-law are the
most happily married of all.
Most happily is used to compare how happy many married
couples are. It indicates that my brother and sister-in-law are
more happily married than any of the other couples I know.
Practice 5
Write in the correct form of the word in the margin by adding either
-est or most.
Examples cold The coldest it ever gets around here is about zero
degrees Fahrenheit.
Delightful the most delightful play of the year is now at the Morgan
Theater.
Young 1. Eliza is the … of eight children.
Important 2. The … thing in Julia's life is clothes.
Fresh 3. The Metro Mart has the … vegetables in town.
Artistic 4. Of the eighteen students in my class, Juan is the …
Difficult 5. My brother enjoys playing the …. Video games he can
find.
Notes about Comparisons

1 Do not use both an -er ending and more, or an -est ending and
most.
Incorrect My uncle’s hair is more curlier than my aunt’s.
Correct My uncle’s hair is curlier than my aunt’s.
2 Certain short adjectives and adverbs have irregular forms:
Comparing two Comparing three or more
bad, badly worse worst
good, well better best
little less least
much, many more most
* The grape cough syrup tastes better than the orange syrup, but the
lemon cough drops taste the best.
* Sid is doing badly in speech class, but I’m doing even worse.
Practice 6
Cross out the incorrect word or words of comparison in each of the
following sentences. Then write the correction on the line provided.
Example easier the rest was more easier than I expected.
1. That was the baddest accident I’ve ever seen.
2. It is gooder to try and fail than not to try at all.
3. My mother is more older than my father.
4. I use littler oil in my cooking than I used to.
5. This grapefruit is actually more sweeter than that orange.
6. This year we had the most little rain we’ve had in years.
7. I think the peacock is the most beautifulest of all birds.
8. The macaroni salad tastes worser than the potato salad.
9. Cheap Charlie’s is the more expensive of all the variety stores
in town.
10. I’ m on a diet, so put more little mayonnaise on my sandwich
than usual.
USING TWO TROUBLESOME PAIRS:

GOOD AND WELL, BAD AND BADLY
Good is an adjective that often means “enjoyable,” “talented,” or
“positive.”
* I had a good day.
* Sue is a good skier.
* Think good thoughts.
As an adverb, well often means “skillfully” or “successfully.”
* Sue skis well.
* The schedule worked well.
* Pedro interacts well with others.
As an adjective, well means “healthy.”
* The patient is well once again.
Bad is an adjective. Badly is an adverb.
* I look bad.
Bad is an adjective that comes after the linking verb look. It
describes the appearance of the subject of the sentence, I.
* I need sleep badly.
Badly is an adverb that describes the verb need. It explains how
much the sleep is needed.
Practice 7
Complete the sentence with the correct word in the margin.
Good, well 1. Ike hums really ….
Good, well 2. Did you have a … day at school?
Bad, badly 3. I need a haircut …
Bad, badly 4. My mother has a really … headache.
Good, well 5. No student did very … on the math test.
Bad, badly 6. Luckily, no one was …. Hurt in the accident.
Good, well 7. It is very … sign that granddad is no longer
coughing or running a temperature.
Bad, badly 8. After a week on a liquids- only diet, ben looks
really ….
Good, well 9. Keep taking the antibiotic until it's gone, even if
you think you are completely ….
Good, well 10. Working in a nursing home was a ……..
experience for Tamika.
AVOIDING DOUBLE NEGATIVES

In standard English, it is incorrect to express a negative idea by
pairing one negative with another. Common negative words include
not, nothing, never, nowhere, nobody, and neither. To correct a
double negative, either eliminate one of the negative words or
replace a negative with a positive word.
Incorrect I shouldn’t go nowhere this weekend.
Correct I should go nowhere this weekend.
Correct I shouldn’t go anywhere this weekend.
Shouldn’t means should not, so the first sentence above
contains two negatives: not and nowhere. In the first correct
sentence, not has been eliminated. In the second correct sentence,
nowhere has been replaced with the positive word: anywhere.
The words hardly, scarcely, and barely are also negatives. They
should not be paired with other negatives such as never and not.
Correct a double negative containing hardly, scarcely, or barely by
eliminating the other negative word.
Incorrect I couldn’t scarcely recognize you.
Correct I could scarcely recognize you.
Practice 8
Correct the double negative in each sentence by crossing out one of
the negative words and writing any additional correction above the
line.
Example I won t ever go to that restaurant again.
OR I will never go to that restaurant again.
1. Don’t never stick anything into an electrical outlet.
2. The two sisters don’t scarcely speak to one another.
3. I won’t never believe a word that Vicky says.
4. Some days I feel that I can’t do nothing right.
5. Ken can’t go nowhere without running into one of his ex-
girlfriends.
6. It’s so dark in this room that I can’t scarcely read.
7. My neighbor shouldn’t never have tried to fix die roof on her own.
8. My father can’t hardly hear the TV unless he turns the volume all
the way up.
9. Nobody wouldn’t believe what happened to me in class today.
10. That salesperson won’t never stop trying, even when a customer
starts walking away.
Adjectives and Adverbs: TEST 1

Cross out the adjective or adverb error in each sentence, and write
the correction in the space at the left.
Example sweeter this peach is ? than candy.
1. We braked our car sudden to avoid a dog.
2. How did you get to be so well in math?
3. Let’s try to settle our disagreement calm.
4. To get a job as a secretary, I will have to be able to type more
faster.
5. James is the most nicest of all the waiters.
6. I feel pretty good, but the doctor says I’m not good yet.
7. Sam printed his name careful across the top of the page.
8. Although it is cold, the sun is shining bright.
9. Nobody knows nothing about why the manager was fired.
10. My sister has a more good chance than I do of making the team.
Adjectives and Adverbs: TEST 2

Each short paragraph below contains two errors in adjective and/or
adverb use. Find the errors and cross them out. Then write the
correct form of each word or words in the space provided.
1. We eat three different kinds of cereal in my house. One teenager
wants the most sweetest sugar- coated cereal he can find. The other
doesn’t like nothing sweet, so he eats shredded wheat instead. I eat
hot oatmeal every morning.
a. …
b. …
2. Many people become bad depressed during the winter. Their
mood improves quick when they receive natural-light therapy.
a. …
b. …
3. I can’t decide which book to read for my report. The Old Man and
the Sea is more short than The Great Gatsby, so at first I thought I’d
read that. But now that I’ve glanced through Gatsby, it seems the
most interesting book.
a. …
b. …
4. Mr. Kensington has the goodest sense of humor in his family. For
instance, he’ll say that his knee is stiff from a war injury. But if you
ask him to explain, he’ll tell you cheerful that he got old and his
knee “wore out.”
a. …
b. …
5. Nothing is more good on a cold day than cuddling up on the sofa
with hot cocoa and a good magazine. But I’ve got so much studying
to do lately that I haven’t scarcely any time to read anything but
textbooks.
a. …
b. …
20 Misplaced And Dangling Modifiers

Basics about Misplaced and Dangling Modifiers
This chapter explains two common modifier problems:
1 Misplaced modifiers
Incorrect The man bought a tie at the department store with
yellow and blue stripes.
Correct The man bought a tie with yellow and blue stripes at
the department store.
2 Dangling modifiers
Incorrect Biting my lip, not laughing was difficult.
Correct Biting my lip, I found it difficult not to laugh.
MODIFIERS
A modifier is one or more words that describe another word or word
group. For example, the modifier below is boldfaced, and the word
it modifies is underlined.
* My cousin has a cat with all-white fur.
The modifier with all-white fur describes cat.
Here are a few more examples:
* The woman behind the cash register is the owner of the store.
* I have nearly a thousand baseball cards.
* He printed his name neatly.
MISPLACED MODIFIERS
A misplaced modifier is a modifier that is incorrectly separated
from the word or words that it describes. Misplaced modifiers seem
to describe words that the author did not intend them to describe.
When modifiers are misplaced, the reader may misunderstand the
sentence. Generally, the solution is to place the modifier as close as
possible to the word or words it describes. Look at the following
examples.
Misplaced modifier Sam bought a used car from a local dealer
with a smoky tailpipe.
Corrected version Sam bought a used car with a smoky
tailpipe from a local dealer.
In the first sentence above, the modifier with a smoky tailpipe is
misplaced. Its unintentional meaning is that the local dealer has a
smoky tailpipe. To avoid this meaning, place the modifier next to the
word that it describes, car.
Misplaced modifier The robin built a nest at the back of our
house of grass and string.
Corrected version The robin built a nest of grass and string at
the back of our house.
In the first sentence above, the words of grass and string are
misplaced. Because they are near the word house, the reader might
think that the house is made of grass and string. To avoid this
meaning, place the modifier next to the word that it describes, nest.
Misplaced modifier Take the note to Mr. Henderson’s office

which Kim wrote.
Corrected version Take the note which Kim wrote to Mr.
Henderson’s office.
In the first sentence above, the words which Kim wrote are
misplaced. The words must be placed next to note, the word that
they are clearly meant to describe.
Following is another example of a sentence with a misplaced
modifier. See if you can correct it by putting the modifier in another
place in the sentence. Write your revision on the lines below.
Misplaced modifier I am going to New Orleans to visit my aunt
on a train.
…
The original version of the sentence seems to say that the speaker
will visit with his aunt on the train however, the modifier on a train
meant to tell how the speaker is going to New Orleans. To make that
meaning clear, the modifier needs to be placed closer to the words
am going. ''I am going on a train to new Orleans to visit my aunt.''
Practice 1
Underline the misplaced words in each sentence. Then rewrite the
sentence in the space provided, placing the modifier where its
meaning will be clear.
1. I’m returning the swimsuit to the store that makes me look fat.
…
2. The plants by the lamp with small purple blossoms are violets.
…
3. We watched as our house burned to the ground with helpless
anger.
…
4. The woman in that boat that is waving is trying to tell us
something.
…
5. The two students at the corner table eating pizza were laughing
loudly.
…
Certain Single-Word Modifiers

Certain single-word modifiers—such as almost, only, nearly, and
even—limit the words they modify. Such single-word modifiers
must generally be placed before the word they limit.
Misplaced modifier Christie almost sneezed fifteen times last
evening.
Corrected version Christie sneezed almost fifteen times last
evening.
Because the word almost is misplaced in the first sentence, readers
might think Christie almost sneezed fifteen times, but in fact did not
sneeze at all. To prevent this confusion, put almost in front of the
word it modifies, fifteen. Then it becomes clear that Christie must
have sneezed a number of times.
Practice 2
Underline the misplaced word in each sentence. Then rewrite the
sentence in the space provided, placing the modifier where its
meaning will be clear.
1. Carrie nearly has sixty freckles on her face.
…
2. I only studied one hour for my midterm test.
…
3. I didn’t even make one mistake on the midterm test.
…
4. The terrible fall nearly broke every bone in the skier’s body.
…
5. By the end of the war, twenty countries were almost involved in
the fighting.
…
DANGLING MODIFIERS
You have learned that a misplaced modifier is incorrectly separated
from the word or words it describes. In contrast, a dangling
modifier has no word in the sentence to describe. Dangling
modifiers usually begin a sentence. When a modifier begins a
sentence, it must be followed right away by the word or words it is
meant to describe. Look at this example:
Dangling modifier Sitting in the dentist's chair, the sound of the
drill awakened Larry's old fears.
The modifier sitting in the dentist’s chair is followed by the sound of
the drill. This word order suggests that the sound of the drill was
sitting in the dentist’s chair. Clearly, that is not what the author
intended. The modifier was meant to describe the word Larry. Since
the word Larry is not in the sentence (Larry’s is a different form of
the word), it is not possible to correct the dangling modifier simply
by changing its position in the sentence.
Here are two common ways to correct dangling modifiers.

Method 1 Follow the dangling modifier with the word or words
it is meant to modify.
After the dangling modifier, write the word it is meant to describe,
and then revise as necessary. Using this method, we could correct the
sentence about Larry’s experience at the dentist’s office like this:
Correct version Sitting in the dentist’s chair, Larry found that the
sound of the drill awakened his old fears.
Now the modifier is no longer dangling. It is followed by the word it
is meant to describe, Larry.
Following is another dangling modifier. How could you correct it
using the method described above? Write your correction on the
lines below.
Dangling modifier Depressed and disappointed, running away
seemed the only thing for me to do.
…
The dangling modifier in the above sentence is depressed and
disappointed. It is meant to describe the word I, but there is no / in
the sentence. So you should have corrected the sentence by writing /
after the opening modifier and then rewriting as necessary:
“Depressed and disappointed, I felt that running away was the only
thing for me to do.”
Practice 3
Underline the dangling modifier in each sentence. Then, on the lines
provided, revise the sentence, using the first method of correction.
1. Out of money, my only choice was to borrow from a friend.
…
2. While jogging, a good topic for Anton’s English paper occurred to
him.
…
3. Vacuuming the living room, my cat frightened me by running
around in frantic circles.
…
4. Moving around the sun, Earth’s speed is more than 66,000 miles
per hour.
…
5. Loudly booing and cursing, the fans’ disapproval of the call was
clear.
…
Method 2 Add a subject and a verb to the opening word group.

The second method of correcting a dangling modifier is to add a
subject and a verb to the opening word group, and revise as
necessary. We could use this method to correct the sentence about
Larry’s experience at the dentist’s office.
Dangling modifier Sitting in the dentist’s chair, the sound of the
drill awakened Larry’s old fears.
Correct version As Larry was sitting in the dentist’s chair, the
sound of the drill awakened his old fears.
In this revision, the subject Larry and the verb was have been added
to the opening word group.
Following is the dangling modifier that you revised using the first
method of correction. How could you correct it using the second
method? Write your revision on the lines below.
Dangling modifier Depressed and disappointed, running away
seemed the only thing for me to do.
…
You should have revised the sentence so that I and the appropriate
verb are in the opening word group: “Because I was depressed and
disappointed, running away seemed like the only thing for me to
do.”
Practice 4
Underline the dangling modifier in each sentence. Then, on the lines
provided, revise the sentence, using the second method of correction.
1. While waiting for an important call, Peg’s phone began making
weird noises.
…
2. After being shampooed, Trish was surprised by the carpet’s new
look.
…
3. Still half asleep, the bright morning sun flooded Jen’s room and
woke her up in time for class.
…
4. After eating one too many corn dogs, Stella’s stomach rebelled.
…
5. Bom on the Fourth of July, Rob’s birthday cake was always red,
white, and blue.
…
Misplaced and Dangling Modifiers: TEST 1

In each sentence, underline the one misplaced or dangling modifier.
(The first five sentences contain misplaced modifiers; the second
five sentences contain dangling modifiers.) Then rewrite each
sentence so that its intended meaning is clear.
1. The customer demanded that the waiter take her order rudely.
…
2. I peeled the potatoes before I cooked them with a paring knife.
…
3. In one week, the cat nearly had caught every mouse in the house.
…
4. The child playing on the jungle gym with fuzzy orange hair is my
nephew.
…
5. We discovered an Italian bakery a few miles from our house that
had just opened.
…
6. After visiting the bakery, the aroma of freshly baked bread filled
our car.
…
7. Lying on the sunny beach, thoughts of skin cancer began to enter
my mind.
…
8. Not meaning to be cruel, George’s careless remark hurt Jackie’s
feelings.
…
9. Though not a fan of science fiction, the Star Trek movies, to my
surprise, have all been enjoyable.
…
10. Exhausted by his first day at school, Sam’s eyes closed in the
middle of his favorite TV show.
…
Misplaced and Dangling Modifiers: TEST 2

Each group of sentences contains one misplaced modifier and one
dangling modifier. Underline the two errors. Then, on the lines
provided, rewrite the sentences that contain the errors so that the
intended meanings are clear.
1. I mailed a letter to my cousin who lives in Alaska without a
stamp. Embarrassed, the post office sent it back to me a week later.
…
2. Lin’s mother answered the door, and Jim asked if he could speak
to Lin politely. Impressed with Jim’s manner, the answer was
“Certainly. Please come in.”
…
3. The thunderstorm ended, and Shannon saw the sun burst through
the clouds. Searching the sky, a glorious rainbow appeared. It nearly
lasted a minute and then faded from view.
…
4. Not meaning to embarrass you, but please answer a question about
your birthday present. Will you wear the sweater that I bought for
you ever? If you won’t, 1 could exchange it for something else.
…
5. Most of Ms. Nichol’s students were gazing blankly into space one
warm spring day. In fact, Ms. Nichol noticed that two students only
were paying attention. Clapping her hands together sharply, the
students woke up from their daydreams. …
21 Word choice
Basics about word choice
Not all writing problems involve grammar. A sentence may be
grammatically correct, yet fail to communicate well because of the
words that the writer has chosen. This chapter explains three
common types of ineffective word choice:
1 slang
Slang My sister is something else.
Revised My sister is a very special person.
2 clichés
Chliché this semester, I have bitten off more than I can chew.
Revised this semester, I have taken on more work than I can
manage.
3 wordiness
Wordy it is absolutely essential and necessary that you borrow
some folding chairs for the party.
Revised it is essential that you borrow some folding chairs for the
party.
Slang
Slang expressions are lively and fun to use, but they should be
avoided in formal writing. One problem with slang is that it’s not
always understood by all readers. Slang used by members of a
particular group (such as teenagers or science-fiction fans) may be
unfamiliar to people outside of the group. Also, slang tends to
change rapidly. What was cool for one generation is awesome for
another. Finally, slang is by nature informal. So while it adds color to
our everyday speech, it is generally out of place in writing for school
or work. Use slang only when you have a specific purpose in mind,
such as being humorous or communicating the flavor of an informal
conversation.
Slang After a bummer of a movie, we pigged out on a pizza.
Revised After a disappointing movie, we devoured a pizza.
Practice 1
Rewrite the slang expression (printed in italic type) in each sentence.
1. Tiffany did not have a clue about what was being taught in her
science class.
…
2. When my parents see my final grades, I will be dead meat.
…
3. Everyone was grossed out when the cat brought home a dead rat.
…
4. Exhausted by their trip, the twins sacked out as soon as they got
home.
…
5. Freddie is really in la-la land if he thinks he can make a living as a
juggler.
CLICHÉS
A cliche is an expression that was once lively and colorful. However,
because it has been used roo often, it has become dull and boring.
Try to use fresh wording in place of predictable expressions.
Following are a few of the cliches to avoid in your writing:
Common clichés
Avoid like the plague last but not least sick and tired
Better late than never light as a feather sight of relief
Bored to tears make ends meet time and time
again
Easy as pie pie in the sky tried and true
In the nick of time pretty as a picture under the
weather
In this day and age sad but true without a
doubt
Cliché Our new family doctor is as sharp as a tack.
Revised Our new family doctor is very insightful.
Practice 2
Rewrite the cliche (printed in italic type) in each sentence.
1. Although the box was light as a feather, Jeremy refused to carry it.
…
2. In this day and age, teenagers face many temptations.
…
3. Smoking cigarettes is playing with fire.
…
4. On the first day of summer vacation, I felt free as a bird.
…
5. Luke must really have been tired because he slept like a log all
morning.
…
WORDINESS
Some writers think that using more words than necessary makes
their writing sound important. Actually, wordiness just annoys and
confuses your reader. Try to edit your writing carefully.
First of all, remove words that mean the same as other words in the
sentence, as in the following example.
Wordy Though huge in size and blood red in color, the cartoon
monster had a sweet personality.
Revised Though huge and blood red, the cartoon monster had a
sweet personality.
Huge refers to size, so the words in size can be removed with no loss
of meaning. Red is a color, so the words in color are also
unnecessary. Following is another example of wordiness resulting
from repetition. The author has said the same thing twice.
Wordy Scott finally made up his mind and decided to look for a new
job.
Revised Scott finally decided to look for a new job.
Secondly, avoid puffed-up phrases that can be expressed in a word or
two instead.
Wordy Due to the fact that the printer was out of paper, Renee went
to a store for the purpose of buying some.
Revised Because the printer was out of paper, Renee went to a store
to buy some.
In general, work to express your thoughts in the fewest words
possible that are still complete and clear. Notice, for example, how
easily the wordy expressions in the box below can be replaced by
one or two words. The wordy expressions in the box on the next
page can be made concise by eliminating repetitive words.
Wordy expression concise replacement
A large number of many
At an earlier point in time before
At this point in time now
be in possession of have
due to the fact that because
during the time that while
each and every day daily
in order to to
in the event that if
in the near future soon
in this day and time today
made the decision to decided
examples of wordiness due to repetition

few in number listened with his ears
green in color punched with his fist
postponed until later the feeling of sadness
small in size hurriedly rushed
the first paragraph at the beginning of the chapter
see if you can revise the following wordy sentence by
1 replacing one group of words and.
2 eliminating two unnecessary words.
Wordy. Owing the fact that I was depressed, I postponed my guitar
lesson until later.
…
The wordy expression owing to the fact that can be replaced by the
single word because or since. The words until later can be eliminated
with no loss of meaning. Here’s a concise version of the wordy
sentence: “Because 1 was depressed, I postponed my guitar lesson.”
Practice 3
Underline the one example of wordiness in each sentence that
follows. Then rewrite the sentence as clearly and concisely as
possible.
Example I suddenly realized that my date was not going to show up
and had stood me up.
I suddenly realized that my date was not going to show up.
1. Due to the fact that Lionel won the lottery, he won’t be coming to
work today.
…
2. My sister went ahead and made the decision to take a job in
Maryland.
…
3. Jeff hid his extra house key and now has forgotten the location
where it is.
…
4. I do not know at this point in time if I will be going to this school
next year.
…
5. Daily exercise every day of the week gives me more energy.
…
Word Choice: TEST 1

A. Each sentence below contains one example of slang or cliches.
Underline the error and then rewrite it, using more effective
language.
1. All morning I have been as nervous as a long-tailed cat in a room
full of rocking chairs.
…
2. Maddie was slow as molasses getting ready for school this
morning.
…
3. After our first science lab, I felt totally clueless.
…
4. Public interest in the upcoming election seems dead as a doornail.
…
5. Dad freaked out when I got home at 3 a.m.
…
B. Underline the one example of wordiness in each sentence that
follows. Then rewrite the sentence as concisely as possible.
…
6. We were glad to hear the test had been postponed until a later
date.
…
7. Because of the fact that it was raining, we canceled our trip.
…
8. Please call me at the point in time when you are ready to go.
…
9. The store opens at 10 a.m. in the morning.
…
10. Reba forgot her jacket and had to return back again to her house
for it.
…
Word Choice: TEST 2

Each item blew contains two examples of inffective word choices:
slang, clichés, or wordiness. Underline he errors. Then rewrite each
underlined part as clearly and concisely as possible.
1. In event that I get the part- time job, I will heave a sigh of relief.
a. …
b. …
2. Thirty-seven students signed up for the creative writing class, but
only twenty-four could be accepted. The other thirteen were really
bummed out. They asked the teacher to consider opening a second
section of the class, but he gave them the cold shoulder.
a. …
b. …
3. Wally assembled the big circular track for his son’s model train.
Then he connected the cars, hooking them up together. Finally, he
threw the switch and watched the train glide around the track. He
was as pleased as punch that it all worked perfectly.
a. …
b. …
4. The microwave oven I bought from your store is a loser. Although
I have followed the manufacturer’s instructions, the oven has never
worked properly. I expect you to replace the oven without delay in
the very near future. If that is not possible, please return my money.
a. …
b. …
5. The movie I saw last night was advertised as a comedy, but I
didn’t laugh once. Instead, it completely weirded me out. It showed
married people who hated one another and parents who shouted at
their children. Why do people in this day and age think it is funny
for people to mistreat one another?
a. …
b. …
22 Numbers and Abbreviations

Basics about Numbers and Abbreviations
This chapter explains the following:
1 When to write out numbers {one, two) and when to use numerals
(1, 2)
2 When to use abbreviations and which ones to use
NUMBERS
Here are guidelines to follow when using numbers.
1 Spell out any number that can be written in one or two words.
Otherwise, use numerals.
* When my grandmother turned sixty-nine, she went on a fifteen-
day trip across nine states.
* The mail carrier delivered 512 pieces of mail today.
NOTE When written out, numbers twenty-one through ninety-nine
are hyphenated.
2 Spell out any number that begins a sentence.
* Eight hundred and seventy-one dollars was found in the
briefcase.
To avoid writing out a long number, you can rewrite the sentence:
* The briefcase contained $871.
3 If one or more numbers in a series need to be written as
numerals, write all the numbers as numerals.
* The movie theater sold 137 tickets to a horror movie, 64 to a
comedy, and 17 to a romance.
4 Use numerals to write the following, a Dates
* My grandfather was born on July 4, 1949.
b Times of the day
* The last guest left at 1:45 a.m.
But when the word o’clock is used, the time is spelled out:
* I got home at six o’clock.
Also spell out the numbers when describing amounts of time:
 Marian worked fifty hours last week.
C Addresses
* The bookstore is located at 1216 North 48th Street, d Percentages
* Nearly 70 percent of the class volunteered for the experiment.
e Pages and sections of a book
* Jeff read pages 9-57 of the novel, which includes chapters 2 and 3.
f Exact amounts of money that include change
* My restaurant bill was $28.49.
g Scores
* The Sacramento Kings beat the Los Angeles Lakers 94—90.
* People with an IQ over 145 are considered geniuses.
5 When writing numerals, use commas to indicate thousands.
* Angie has 1,243 pennies in a jar.
* The number that comes after 999,999 is 1,000,000.
BUT Do not use commas in telephone numbers (1-800-555-1234),
zip codes (08043), street numbers (3244 Oak Street), social security
numbers (372-45-0985), or years (2015).
Cross out the one number mistake in each sentence. Then write the
correction in the space
provided.
1. No wonder these cookies cost $5.25—they’re fifty percent butter!
2. The pro football player wore a gold earring and 2 diamond rings.
3. By 7 o’clock, the temperature had dipped below freezing.
4. Nelson began working at his present job in two thousand and one.
5. For next week, please read pages 1 through forty in Chapter 1.
6. 26 students helped out at the homeless shelter at 31 South Lake
Street.
7. Last night I woke up at midnight and didn’t fall asleep again until
two forty-five.
8. Did you know that an official baseball weighs about five ounces
and a regulation basketball hoop is 10 feet above the floor?
9. For their wedding, the couple invited 260 people—210 of the
bride’s friends and relatives and fifty of the groom’s.
10. In the mayoral election, the winner received two thousand four
hundred and fifty-six more votes than her nearest opponent.
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations can save you time when taking notes. However, you
should avoid abbreviations in papers you write for classes. The
following are among the few abbreviations that are acceptable in
formal writing.
1 Titles that are used before and after people’s names
* Ms. Glenda Oaks * Dr. Huang * Keith Rodham, Sr.
2 Initials in a person’s name
* Daphne A. Miller * T. Martin Sawyer
3 Time and date references
* The exam ended at 4:45 p.m.
* Cleopatra lived from about 69 to 30 B.C.
4 Organizations, agencies, technical words, countries, or
corporations known by their initials. They are usually written in all
capital letters and without periods.
* YMCA * FBI * DVD * AIDS * USA * NBC
Practice 2
Cross out the one abbreviation mistake in each sentence. Then write
the correction in the space provided.
1. Buddhism was founded in the sixth cent. B.C. by Buddha.
2. Dr. Diamond works for the YMCA in Phila.
3. Mr. Ostrow emigrated from Russia to Can. in 1995.
4. On Mon., Tim has an appointment at IBM with Ms. Janice Grant.
5. Dwight D. Eisenhower was born in Abilene, Kan., in 1890.
6. My brother Wm. uses TiVo to record all his favorite television
shows.
7. When my grandfather retd., he volunteered to work with a local
AIDS
group.
8. In 1970, the FBI expanded the nmbr. of criminals on its most-
wanted list from ten to sixteen.
9. My cousin is getting married at 9:30 a.m. on the beach in Santa
Cruz,
Calif.
10. According to an NBC reporter, many of today’s coll. students
drink in binges.
Numbers and Abbreviations: TEST 1

Cross out the one number or abbreviation mistake in each of the
1. 102 patients visited Dr. Jamison’s clinic today.
2. I wrote 3 protest letters to CBS when my favorite show was
canceled.
3. That univ. has 143 professors and 894 students.
4. Davenport, Iowa, has a pop. of over 100,000.
5. The hosp. has treated eighteen patients with AIDS.
6. Mr. Pidora has been supt. of schools for the past nine years.
7. We finally reached the outskirts of New York City at 8 o’clock.
8. Only thirteen percent of the customers preferred the new brand of
cereal.
9. The IRS says my aunt owes one thousand, two hundred and
twenty dollars in back taxes.
10. I got up at 2:30 a.m. and made myself a tuna sand, on rye.
Numbers and abbreviations: test 2

Cross out the one number or abbreviation mistake in each of the
1. Ms. Bradley begins her day at 5 o’clock.
2. An officer of the NAACP will speak on campus in Jan.
3. Shelly watched a program on PBS for 30 minutes before going to
work.
4. I listed Dr. Keenan as a ref. on my resume.
5. The vendors sold eighty soft pretzels, 145 soft drinks, and 106 hot
dogs.
6. While in San Fran., we were part of a six-car accident on the
Golden Gate Bridge.
7. The twenty-seven students in Mrs. Greene’s class are learning
about South Amer.
8. The YWCA on Waverly Blvd. is having an open house in two
weeks.
9. Since the meal was about ten dollars, the tip should be at least one
dollar and fifty cents.
10. On September eleven, 2001, terrorists attacked the World Trade
Center and the Pentagon.
23 More about Subjects and Verbs

More about Subjects
THE SUBJECT AND DESCRIPTIVE WORDS
A subject is often accompanied by one or more words that describe
it. See if you can find the subjects of the following sentences and the
words that describe them.
* A very large truck stalled on the bridge.
* Some tomatoes are yellow.
* Two young boys were playing catch in the alley.
In the first sentence, truck is the subject. The words a, very, and
large describe the word truck. In the second sentence, tomatoes is the
subject, and some and yellow describe it. In the third sentence, the
subject is boys-, the words describing that subject are two and
young.
For more information on descriptive words (also known as
adjectives and adverbs), see “Adjectives and Adverbs/’ pages 115-
124, and “Parts of Speech,” pages 251-262.
Practice 1
Insert an appropriate word into each of the following blanks. The
word that you add will be the subject of the sentence. It will tell who
or what the sentence is about.
1. A … crept through the dark house.
2. Only three … are left in the refrigerator.
3. A … approached me on the street corner.
4. David’s gold … glittered in the sunlight.
5. … reminded me to eat some lunch.
6. Several … were crowded into the small cage.
7. … ate the raspberries right from the box.
8. … is my favorite school subject.
9. Without a sound, a … grabbed the field mouse by the neck.
10. My mother never went to college. … has always felt bad about
that.
THE SUBJECT AND PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES

The subject of a sentence is never part of a prepositional phrase. As
explained on page 4, a prepositional phrase is a group of words that
begins with a preposition (a word like in, from, of or with) and ends
with a noun or pronoun (the object of the preposition). Following are
some common prepositions:
About before down like to
Above behind during of toward
Across below except off under
After beneath for on up
Among beside from over with
Around between in since without
At by into through
Here are a few examples of prepositional phrases:
* in the house * from the bakery
* of the world * with your permission
Now look at the sentence below. What is the subject? Write your
answer here:
* A bunch of green grapes fell onto the supermarket floor.
The answer is bunch, but many people would be tempted to
choose grapes. In this case, however, grapes is part of the
prepositional phrase of green grapes, so it cannot be the subject.
As you look for the subject of a sentence, it may help to cross out the
prepositional phrases. For example, look at the following sentences.
In each sentence, find the prepositions and cross out the
prepositional phrases. Then underline the subject. After finding each
subject, read the explanation that follows.
* The sick man, with shaking hands, poured the pills from the brown
bottle.
The prepositions are with and from. Cross out with shaking
hands and from the brown bottle, and you are left with the
sentence The sick man poured the pills. Ask yourself, “Who
poured the pills?” The answer, man, is the subject of the
sentence.
* A student in the class fell asleep during the long lecture.
In and during ire prepositions. You should have crossed out the
prepositional phrases in the class and during the long lecture.
When you do this, you are left with the sentence A student fell
asleep. Ask yourself, ''Who fell asleep?” The answer, student, is
the subject of the sentence.
For more information on prepositions, see “Parts of Speech,”
pages 251-262.
Practice 2
Cross out the one prepositional phrase in each sentence. Then
underline the subject of the sentence.
Example The pack of c-ookies disappeared quickly.
1. The blueberries in this pie are bitter.
2. On weekends, Troy works overtime.
3. The woman with a pierced nose is my hair stylist.
4. Leaves from our neighbor’s tree covered our lawn.
5. During the school play, the lead actress lost her voice.
6. Some of the used books have missing pages.
7. Like her father, Abby adores baseball.
8. The dust under your bed contains tiny creatures.
9. One of my best friends is a computer programmer.
10. From my bedroom window, I can watch my neighbor’s TV.
A Note on Singular and Plural Subjects
In addition to finding subjects, you should note whether a subject is
singular (one) or plural (more than one). Most plural subjects simply
end in s:
Singular The car in front of us is speeding.
Plural The cars in front of us are speeding.
Some plural subjects are irregular:
Singular The child was crying.
Plural The children were crying.
A compound subject is two or more subjects connected by a joining
word such as and. Compound subjects are usually plural.
Compound The car and the truck in front of us are speeding.
For more information on compound subjects, see “Subject-Verb

Agreement,” pages 15- 20.
Practice 3
Underline the subject or subjects of each sentence. Then in the space
on the left, write S if the subject is singular and P if the subject is
plural.
Example ..P.. Love and hate are closely related emotions.
… 1. The leaves on our new houseplant are turning yellow.
… 2. Books are often my best companions.
… 3. A cat and a dog sometimes become best friends.
… 4. The guitarist and drum player do not like each other.
… 5. The aroma of barbecued ribs tempts almost everyone.
… 6. Three men in my family are named Michael.
… 7. This envelope has a postmark from Chicago.
… 8. Our oven and refrigerator are both out of order right now.
… 9. A deck of cards is useful for many different games.
… 10. Every summer, tourists and mosquitoes descend on the
Florida coast.
More about Verbs
Every complete sentence contains a verb. In general, as explained
briefly on page 3, there are two types of verbs: action verbs and
linking verbs.
FINDING ACTION VERBS
See if you can double-underline the action verb in the following two
sentences. Then read the explanations.
 The moon disappeared behind the clouds.
 The impatient customer tapped her fingers on the counter.
In looking for the verb in the first sentence, you can eliminate the
prepositional phrase behind the clouds. That leaves the words the
moon disappeared. The moon is what did something, so it is the
subject of the sentence. What did the moon do? It disappeared. So
disappeared is the action verb.
In the second sentence, you can also eliminate a prepositional
phrase: on the counter. That leaves The impatient customer tapped
her fingers. The subject is customer – that’s who did something.
What did the customer do? She tapped (her fingers). So tapped is the
action verb in that sentence.
Just as a sentence can contain a compound subjects, a sentence can
contain a compound verb: two or more verbs that have the same
subject or subjects. For example, here's another version of one of the
sentences above:
 The impatient customer tapped her fingers on the counter and
cleared her throat.
In this version, the customer did two things: tapped (her fingers) and
cleared (her throat). Therefore, the subject customer has a compound
verb: tapped and cleared.
In case you have trouble finding the verb of a sentence, here is one
other way to identify a verb: Try putting a pronoun such as I, you,
he, she, it, or they in front of the word you suspect is a verb. If the
word is a verb, the resulting sentence will make sense. Notice, for
instance, that for the sentences on the previous page, it disappeared
and she tapped make sense.
Practice 4
Double-underline the action verb or verbs in each sentence. You may
find it helpful to first identify and underline the subject and to cross
out any prepositional phrases.
1. Members of the audience applauded loudly.
2. Before the party, I took a short nap on the living-room couch.
3. Without warning, the can of red paint slid off the ladder.
4. Wesley tripped on the steps and dropped all his packages.
5. The huge tree on the front lawn shades our front porch in the
afternoon.
6. Aunt Lois opened the package and gasped in delight.
7. A German shepherd waited patiently for his owner to return.
8. The angry bull snorted loudly and charged at the red blanket.
9. Because of her fear of zombies, my little sister sleeps with a light
on.
10. By 7 a.m., impatient shoppers were gathering at the front
entrance of the mall for a special sale.
LIKING VERBS
Linking verbs do not show action. Linking verbs join (or link) the
subject to one or more words that describe the subject. Look at the
following examples.
 Before the race, the runners were anxious.
The subject of this sentence is runners. The sentence has no action
verb – the runners did not do anything. Instead, the verb were links
the subject to a word that describes it: anxious. (Before the race is a
prepositional phrase, so it cannot contain the subject or the verb.)
 Cara's boyfriend is a good mechanic.
The subject of this sentence is boyfriend. The linking verb is joins
that subject with words that describe it: a good mechanic.
Most linking verbs are forms of the verb be. Here are forms of be,
which is the most used verb in the English language:
am were had been
is will be will have been
are have been
was has been
Here are other common words that can be linking verbs.

appear feel seem sound
become look smell taste
Now see if you can double-underline the linking verbs in the
following two sentences.
 George looks uncomfortable in a suit and tie.
 Sometimes anger is a healthy emotion.
If you underlined looks in the first sentence, you were right. Looks
links the subject, George, to words that describe him: uncomfortable
in a suit and tie.
If you underlined is in the second sentence, you were right. Is links
the subject, anger, to words that describe it: a healthy emotion.
Practice 5
Double-underline the one word that is a linking verb in each
sentence. You may find it helpful to first identify and underline the
subject and to cross out any prepositional phrases.
1. That nurse was kind.
2. The kitchen smells spicy.
3. Trisha and Suki are roommates.
4. Velvet feels soft and silky.
5. The chocolate cookies taste salty and dry.
6. After jogging, I am always hungry.
7. Those dishes from the dishwasher still look dirty.
8. Since his divorce, Nate seems unhappy.
9. The cashier at our supermarket is a student at Jefferson High
School.
10. During the hot, dry summer, the farmers were uneasy about their
crops.
MAIN VERBS AND HELPING VERBS

Most of the verbs you have looked at so far have been just one word
– wrote, drifted, is, look, and so on. But many verbs consist of a
main verb plus one or more helping verbs.
Look at the following two sentences and explanations.
 My sister is joining a book club.
Sister is the subject of this sentence. She is the person who is doing
something. What is she doing? She is joining (a book club). Here, is
is a helping verb, and joining is the main verb. Joining by itself
would not make sense as a verb. It would be incorrect to say, "My
sister joining a book club." Words that end in -ing cannot be the verb
of a sentence unless they are accompanied by a helping verb.
 Mikey should have given his dog a bath before the pet contest. In
this sentence, Mikey is the subject. What should he have done? He
should have given (his dog a bath). Should and have are helping
verbs. The next word, given, is the main verb.
Given by itself could not be the verb. We would not say, "Mikey
given his dog a bath…"
The helping verbs are listed in the box below.

Forms of be: be, am, is, was, were, being, been
Forms of have: have, has, had
Forms of do: do, does, did
Special verbs: can, could, may, might, must, ought (to), shall,
should, will, would
These special verbs are also known as modals.
The modals, unlike the other helping verbs, do not change from to
indicate tense. In other words, they do not take such endings as -ed,
-s, and -ing. After the modals, always use the basic form of a verb,
the form in which a verb is listed in the dictionary (go, see, work,
and so on).
 You can turn in the paper tomorrow.
 We should visit Dee in the hospital.
Now see if you can underline the main verbs and the helping verbs
in the following two sentences. Then read the explanations.
 Gwen has visited the learning skills lab.
 I will be running in the school's five-mile race.
In the first sentence, Gwen is the subject. She is the one who has
done something. To find the verb, we can ask, "What did Gwen do?"
The answer is has visited. Has is the helping verb, and visited is the
main verb.
In the second sentence, I is the subject. What will that subject be
doing? He or she will be running. So in this sentence, will and be are
helping verbs, and running is the main verb.
Practice 6
Fill in the blanks under each sentence.
1. As usual, my brother was complaining about his homework.
Helping verb(s): … Main verb: …
2. The students will decorate the classroom for the teacher's surprise
party.
3. The dental appointment should take about an hour.
4. Surprisingly, I do enjoy learning grammar.
5. Margaret has planted parsley and other herbs in her backyard.
6. You should have called your mother on her birthday.
7. The video-game machine will accept only quarters.
8. That drunk driver could have killed Aunt Esther.
9. My girlfriend must have forgotten our date this evening.
10. The star basketball player at our college might have injured
himself seriously.
WORD THAT ARE NOT VERBS

Here is some added information that will help when you look for
verbs in a sentence.
1. The verb of a sentence never begins with the word to.
 The instructor agreed to provide ten minutes for study before the
quiz.
Although provide is a verb, to provide cannot be the verb of a
sentence. The verb of this sentence is agreed.
2. Certain words – such as always, just, never, not, and only – may
appear between the main verb and the helping verb. Such words are
adverbs. They describe the verb, but they are never part of it.
 Our canary does not sing in front of visitors.
 We will never eat at that restaurant again.
 You should always wear your seat belt in a moving vehicle.
For more information on adverbs, see "Adjectives and Adverbs,"
pages 115 – 124, and "Parts of Speech," pages 251 – 262.
Practice 7
In the space provided, write the complete verb (main verb plus
helping verb) in each sentence.
1. My uncle is not wearing his toupee anymore.
Complete verb: …
2. The children hurried to finish their art projects by the end of the
class.
Complete verb: …
3. Those noodles should never be boiled more than seven minutes.
Complete verb: …
4. Unfortunately, gas prices have risen a lot this summer.
Complete verb: …
5. Reba will always love her ex-husband.
Complete verb: …
More about Subjects and Verbs: TEST 1

For each sentence, cross out any prepositional phrases. Then, on the
lines provided, write the subject(s) and verb(s), including any
helping verb(s).
1. The parrot with the bright green head can say more than fifty
words.
Subject(s): … Verb(s): …
2. My cousins in Louisiana formed a gospel music group.
3. At exactly noon, my summer vacation will begin.
4. A warm sweatshirt with a hood feels good on a chilly day.
5. The source of heating and cooling for the house is a heat pump.
6. The cardboard boxes by the river are home to several people.
7. For my little brother and sister, happiness is a McDonald's
restaurant.
8. Retrievers and sheepdogs do not bite very often.
9. The rug-cleaning people should have been here by now.
10. After work, Dena and her boyfriend ate dinner and studied at her
apartment.
More about Subjects and Verbs: TEST 2

In each of the ten sentences in this paragraph, cross out any
prepositional phrases. Then, underline all the subjects once and the
verbs twice. Remember to include any helping verb(s) and also all
parts of compound subjects and verbs.
Sharks, with their pointed snouts and fearsome teeth, terrify most
people. However, of the 375 or so different types of sharks, few have
attacked people. Most sharks will attack only when in danger. The
great white shark is one of the most dangerous sharks to humans.
Many people know and fear this shark from its role in the movie
Jaws. It can grow to over twenty feet in length. The coloring of the
great white shark is a camouflage in the water. The color of its belly
is white. From underneath, the white belly blends with the bright sky
overhead. Seals, smaller fish, and people often do not see the great
white shark in time.
(24) More about subject-verb Agreement

You have already reviewed (on pages 15 – 20) two situations that
affect subject-verb agreement:
1. Words between the subject and the verb
2. Compound subjects
This section will cover five other situations that affect subject-verb
agreement:
3. Verb coming before the subject
4. More about compound subjects
5. Collective nouns
6. Indefinite pronoun subjects
7. Relative pronoun subjects: Who, Which, that
VERB COMING BEFORE THE SUBJECT

The verb follows the subject in most sentences:
 Hector passed the course.
 A rabbit lives in my backyard.
 The plane roared overhead.
However, in some sentences, the verb comes before the subject. To
make the subject and verb agree in such cases, look for the subject
after the verb. Then decide if the verb should be singular or plural.
Sentences in which the verb comes first include questions.
 What was your score on the test?
The verb was is singular. It agrees with the singular subject score.
On the test is a prepositional phrase. The subject of a sentence is
never in a prepositional phrase. (See page 144.)
The verb also comes first in sentences that begin with such words as
there is or here are.
 There are ants in the sugar bowl.
The verb of this sentence is the plural verb are, so the subject should
be plural as well. You can find the subject by asking, "What are in
the sugar bowl?" The answer, ants, is the subject.
 Here is the menu.
The subject of this sentence is menu, which needs a singular verb.
The verb may also come before the subject in sentences that begin
with a prepositional phrase.
 On that shelf are the reports for this year.
The sentence begins with the prepositional phrase on that shelf,
which is followed by the plural verb are. You can find the subject by
asking, "What are on that shelf?" The answer is the subject of the
sentence: reports. The subject and verb agree – they are both plural.
Here's another helpful way to find the subject when the verb comes
first: Try to rearrange the sentence so that the subject comes first.
The subject may be easier to find when the sentence is in the normal
order. For the sentences on the previous page, you would then get:
 Your score on the test was what?
 Ants are in the sugar bowl.
 The menu is here.
 The reports for this year are on that shelf.
Practice 1
Underline the subject of each sentence. Then, in the space provided,
write the form of the verb that agrees with the subject. (If you have
trouble finding the subject, try crossing out any prepositional
phrases.)
is, are 1. Here … some messages for you.
is, are 2. What … your middle name?
stands, stand 3. Beside the stream … a low wooden fence.
grows, grow 4. In that little garden … twenty herbs.
was, were 5. There … black clouds in the sky this morning.
is, are 6. Where … the box for these crayons?
lies, lie 7. On the table in the dining room … a letter for
you.
is, are 8. There … good reasons to hire older workers.
is, are 9. Why … all those people running down the
street?
rests, rest 10. On the bench outside of the mall … two tired
shoppers.
MORE ABOUT COMPOUND SUBJECTS

As explained on page 15, a compound subject is made up of two
nouns connected by a joining word. Subjects joined by and generally
take a plural verb.
However, when a compound subject is connected by or, nor, either
… or, or neither … nor, the verb must agree with the part of the
subject that is closer to it.
 My aunts or my mother usually hosts our family gatherings. The
singular noun mother is closer to the verb, so the singular verb hosts
is used.
 Either he or his parents were home that night.
 Either his parents or he was home that night.
In the first sentence, the plural noun parents is closer to the verb, so
the verb is plural. In the second sentence, the singular noun he is
closer to the verb, so the verb must be singular.
 Neither the teacher nor the students are to blame for the shortage
of textbooks.
The Plural noun students is closer to the verb, so the verb is plural.
Practice 2
In each sentence, underline the compound subject. Then, in the space
provided, write the correct form of the verb in the margin.
smells, smell 1. Either the trash can or your socks … horrible.
tastes, taste 2. Neither the fish nor the vegetables … fresh in
this restaurant.
donates, donate 3. Her sisters or she usually … a cake or cookies
to the community back sale.
seems, seem 4. Neither Polly nor her brothers … surprised by
their parentsʼ announcement.
washes, wash 5. "On father's Day, either the children or my wife
… the family car,'' Don said.
COLLECTIVE NOUNS
A collective noun refers to a group of persons or things that are
thought of as one unit. Collective nouns are usually considered
singular. Following are some examples.
 The family lives on Russell Avenue.
Family refers to a single unit, so the singular verb lives is used.
However, if a collective noun refers to the individual members of the
group, a plural verb is used.
 The family are Republicans, Democrats, and Independents.
Since one unit cannot have three different political views, family in
this sentence clearly refers to the individual members of the group,
so the plural verb are is used. To emphasize the individuals, Some
writers would use a subject that is clearly plural:
 The members of the family are Republicans, Democrats, and
Independents.
Practice 3
In each sentence, underline the subject and decide if it needs a
singular or plural verb. Then fill in the correct form of the verb in the
margin.
is, are 1. The jury … going to announce its verdict this morning.
has, have 2. The faculty … not been able to agree on one book for
everyone in the school to read.
is, are 3. This noisy audience … spoiling the movie for me.
takes, take 4. The couple … separate vacations: she likes to hike,
and he likes to lie on the beach.
marches, march 5. Every year, the band … in the town's
Thanksgiving parade.
INDEFINITE PRONOUN SUBJECTS

Indefinite pronouns are pronouns that do not refer to a specific
person or thing. The ones in the box below are always singular:
Anybody either neither one
anyone everybody no one somebody
anything everyone nobody someone
each everything nothing something
In the following sentences, the subjects are singular indefinite
pronouns. Each of the verbs is therefore also singular.
 Each of the puppies is cute in its own way.
 Neither of the boys wants to walk the dog.
 Despite the rules, nearly everyone in my apartment building owns
a pet.
Note that the indefinite pronoun both is always plural:
 Both of he puppies are cute in their own ways.
The indefinite pronoun most is singular or plural, depending on its
context:
Most of the cake has been cut.
Most here refers to one thing – the cake, so the singular verb has is
used.
 Most of the pieces are very small.
Most here refers to several pieces, so the plural verb are is used.
Practice 4
Underline the subject of each sentence. Then, in the space provided,
write the form of the verb that agrees with the subject.
is, are 1. Everybody at my new school … friendly.
feels, feel 2. Neither of those mattresses … comfortable.
knows, know 3. Nobody in my family … how to swim.
is, are 4. Both of my parents … allergic to peanuts.
has, have 5. Most of the house … been painted.
needs, need 6. Each of the children … some attention.
seem, seems 7. Either Monday or Friday … like a good day for
the meeting.
goes, go 8. Everything in that box … to the neighborhood
garage sale.
is, are 9. Both of my best friends … older than I.
has, have 10. Most of the wedding invitations … been
addressed and mailed.
RELATIVE PRONOUN SUBJECTS: WHO, WHICH, THAT

The relative pronouns who, which, and that are singular when they
refer to a singular noun. They are plural when they refer to a plural
noun.
 I met a woman who is from China.
 I met two women who are from China.
In the first sentence above, who refers to the singular word woman,
so the verb is singular too. In the second sentence, who refers to the
plural word women, so the verb must be plural.
 Our car, which is only a year old, already needs a new battery.
Which refers to car, a singular noun, so the singular verb is is used.
 My father's boss collects old wind-up toys that still work.
That refers to the plural noun toys, so the plural verb work is used.
For more information on relative pronouns, see ''Parts of Speech,''
page 254.
Practice 5
In each sentence, underline the noun that the relative pronoun refers
to. Then fill in the correct form of the verb in the margin.
gives, give 1. We have planted several shrubs, which … some
privacy to our backyard.
gives, give 2. We have planted a hedge, which … some
privacy to our backyard.
is, are 3. Rhoda dislikes all foods that … good for her.
is, are 4. Rhoda dislikes all food that … good for her.
was, were 5. The soles of my shoes, which … covered with
mud, left black footprints on the sidewalk.
was, were 6. The sole of my right shoe, which … covered with
mud, left black footprints on the sidewalk.
is, are 7. Lenny plays basketball with a man who … twice his
age.
is, are 8. Lenny plays basketball with men who … twice his
age.
speaks, speak 9. My niece's favorite playmate is a little girl
who … no English.
speaks, speak 10. My niece's favorite playmate are two little
girls who … no English.
More about Subject-verb Agreement: TEST 1

For each sentence, fill in the correct form of the verb in the margin.
needs, need 1. The house or the barn … to be painted this year.
is, are 2. Also, both buildings, which … very old, need repairs.
itches, itch 3. Each of these sweaters … .
gets, get 4. That group … together every Friday night to play
poker.
was, were 5. There … sad expressions on the students' faces.
is, are 6. In my English class, either a novel or short stories
… assigned every week.
hurries, hurry 7. Through the airport … travelers from all over
the world.
likes, like 8. Our neighbors are people who … their privacy.
is, are 9. Why … the lights flickering?
knows, know 10. No one … how long the rain delay will
continue.
More about Subject-verb Agreement: TEST 2

For each sentence, fill in the correct form of the verb in the margin.
is, are 1. There … three fast-food restaurants in the next block.
was, were 2. What … the reasons for the workers' strike?
plays, play 3. Someone in the apartment upstairs … a guitar
late at night.
is, are 4. Some cookies or a cake … needed for dessert.
was, were 5. Among the guests … a private detective.
has, have 6. The jury … conflicting opinions.
was, were 7. The students and their teacher … sitting in a circle.
is, are 8. There … many hungry people in America's cities.
makes, make 9. The mayor is a woman who … things happen
in our town.
was, were 10. Neither the children nor their father … aware
that someone was at the door.
(25) More about Verbs: Tenses
Verb Tenses
All verbs have various tenses – forms that indicate the time the
sentence is referring to. This chapter explains the following about
verb tenses:
1. The four principal verb parts that are the basis for all of the tenses
2. The most common verb tenses in English
Six main tenses present, past, future
present perfect, past perfect, future perfect
Three progressive tenses present progressive, past
progressive, future progressive
THE FOUR PRINCIPAL PARTS OF VERBS
Each verb tense is based on one of the four principal parts of verbs.
Following are explanations of each of those verb parts.
1. Basic Form The basic form is the form in which verbs are listed
in the dictionary. It is used for the present tense for all subjects
expect third-person singular subjects.
 I ask questions in class.
Third-person singular verbs are formed by adding -s to the basic
form.
 Sue asks questions in class.
2. Past Tense Form The Past tense of most verbs is formed by
adding -ed or -d to the basic form.
 We asked the teacher to postpone the test.
 I amused the children by doing magic tricks.
3. Present Participle The present participle is the -ing form a verb.
It is used in the progressive tenses, which you will learn about later
in the chapter.
 Jack is asking the teacher something in the hallway.
 I am amusing the children while their mother does errands.
4. Past Participle The past participle of a verb is usually the same
as its past tense form. The past participle is the form that is used with
the helping verbs have, has, and had and with am, is, are, was, or
were.
 The teacher have asked us to study in groups.
 I was amused when the children asked if I could stay forever.
Here are the principle parts of three regular verbs:

Basic form Past Tense Form Present Participle Past Participle
work worked working worked
smile smiled smiling smiled
wonder wondered wondering wondered
SIX MAIN TENSES
There are six main tenses in English. They are present, past, future,
present perfect, past perfect, and future perfect.
Look at the following chart. It shows the six basic tenses of the verb
work.
Tense Example
Present I work.
Past I worked.
Future I will work.
Present Perfect I have worked.
Past Perfect I had worked.
Future Perfect I will have worked.
These tenses are explained in more detail below and on the pages
that follow.
Present Tense
Verbs in the present tense express present action or habitual action.
(A habitual action is one that is often repeated.)
 Our dog smells the neighbor's barbecue.
Smells expresses a present action.
 Jay works as a waiter on weekends.
Works expresses a habitual action.
The forms of present tense verbs are shown with the verb work in
the box below. Notice the difference between the singular third-
person form and the other present tense forms.
Singular Plural
First person I work we work
Second person you work you work
Third person he, she, it works they work
Present tense verbs for the third-person singular end with an s. Here
are some other sentences in the present tense with subjects that are
third-person singular:
 She reads a book a week.
 It takes me a month to read a book.
 Dan drives an hour to school every day.
 His old car averages only ten miles a gallon.
NOTE A third-person subject is he, she, it, or any single person or
thing other than the speaker (first person) or the person spoken to
(second person).
Practice 1
A. Fill in the present tense of smile for each of the following:
Singular Plural
First person I… we …
Second person you … you …
Third person he, she, it … they …
B. Fill in each space with the present tense form of the verb shown
in the margin.
drill 1. The dentist … the cavity as his assistant watches.
practice 2. Ling … her typing every day.
ring 3. Those church bells … on the hour.
make 4. He suddenly … a U-turn.
dig 5. Some workers … through the stones and rubble.
trim 6. I … my fingernails before playing the piano.
clean 7. Dinah … her apartment every Saturday.
tell 8. The nurse … the patient to make a fist.
discover 9. My sister often … loose change in her coat pockets.
remember 10. Children often … what they got for their last
birthday.
Past Tense
Verbs in the past tense express actions that took place in the past.
 Last year, Jay worked as a messenger.
 One day our dog chased a raccoon.
The past tense is usually formed by adding -ed or -d to the end of the
basic form of the verb. In the above sentences, the -ed and -d
endings are added to the basic forms of the verbs work and chase.
NOTE People sometimes drop the -ed or -d ending in their everyday
speech. They then tend to omit those endings in their writing as well.
For example, someone might say
 I finish the paper an hour before class.
Instead of
 I finished the paper an hour before class.
In written English, however, the -ed or -d ending is essential.
Practice 2
Fill in each space with the past tense form of the verb shown in the
margin.
Seem 1. The movie … to end suddenly.
Sail 2. The ship … to the Bahamas last week.
Wonder 3. Alisha … where she had put her car keys.
Knock 4. Last night someone … on the door at 3 a.m.
Name 5. Jean … the spotted puppy Freckles.
Jump 6. My little brother … up when I entered the room.
Talk 7. The students … easily with the new instructor.
Check 8. Bert … the air in his car tires before he went on
vacation.
Wipe 9. The man … the lipstick off his cheek with his shirt
sleeve.
Play 10. Stan … his guitar in a concert last summer.
Future Tense
Verbs in the future tense describe future actions.
 Next summer, Jay will work at a camp.
The future tense is formed by adding the word will or shall to the
basic form of the verb.
Practice 3
Fill in the space with the future tense form of the verb shown in the
margin.
play 1. Stan … his guitar in a concert tonight.
plant 2. The lumberjacks … new trees here next spring.
iron 3. Ramon … his shirt before going to the interview.
attend 4. Penny … San Antonio College in the fall.
circle 5. The teacher … any errors she finds in your paper.
Present Perfect Tense (have or has + past participle)

The present perfect tense describes an action that began in the past
and either has been finished or is continuing at the present time.
 I have written five pages of notes on the textbook chapter.
 Jay has worked at a number of jobs over the years.
The present perfect tense is formed by adding the correct form of the
helping verb have to the past participle of the verb (which is usually
the same as its past tense form). Here are the present tense forms of
have.
Singular Plural
First person I have we have
Second person you have you have
Third person he, she, it has they have
Practice 4
Fill in each with the present perfect tense form of the verb shown in
the margin. One is done for you as an example.
Pour 1. The hostess …has poured… iced tea for most of her guests.
Live 2. I … in three different countries.
check 3. Because Bert will be driving a long distance, he … the air
in his car tires.
boil 4. The chef … the eggs for the salad and is now slicing them.
Mix 5. The children … together in one box the pieces of three
different puzzles.
Past Perfect Tense (had + past participle)

The past perfect tense describes an action that was completed in the
past before another past action.
 Jay had worked as a messenger before he located a better job as a
waiter.
The past perfect tense is formed by adding had to the past participle
of a verb.
Practice 5
Fill in the space with the past perfect tense form of the verb shown
in the margin. Add had to the past participle of the verb. One is done
for you as an example.
promise 1. Zora …had promised… to go to the meeting before she
realized it was on her birthday.
struggle 2. My brother … in several part-time jobs before returning
to college.
Ask 3. Jill … two other men to the dance before inviting Dan.
Intend 4. I … to go to the library to get material for my report,
but then I realized I could use the Internet instead.
Invite 5. Hector … his friends to his apartment before he knew
that his roommate was ill.
Future Perfect Tense (will have + past participle)

The future perfect tense describes an action that will be completed
before some time in the future.
 Jay will have worked at a half dozen different jobs college
graduation.
The future perfect tense is formed by adding will have to the past
participle of a verb.
Practice 6
Fill in the space with the future perfect tense form of the verb shown
in the margin. Add will have to the past participle of the verb. One is
done for you as an example.
complete 1. I …will have completed… five exams by the end of
finals week.
attend 2. By graduation day, I … five exams by the end of finals
week.
finish 3. You eat so slowly that I … my ice cream before you begin
your spaghetti.
learn 4. After ten weeks, you … how to rebuild a car's engine.
design 5. By the end of the summer, my mother … and sewed my
sister's wedding dress.
THE PROGRESSIVE TENSES

As their names suggest, the progressive tenses express actions still
in progress at a particular time. They are made by adding a form of
the helping verb be to the present participle, the -ing form of the
verb.
Present Progressive Tense (am, are, or is + present participle)

The present progressive tense expresses an action taking place at
this moment or that will occur sometime in the future.
 Jay is working at the restaurant today.
 I am going to get home late tonight.
The present progressive tense is formed by adding the correct
present tense form of the helping verb be to the -ing form of the
verb.
Present Tense Forms of the Verb Be

Singular Plural
First person I am we are
Second person you are you are
Third person he, she, it is they are
Practice 7:
Below are five sentences with verbs in the present tense. Cross out
each verb and change it to the present progressive in the space
provided. One is done for you as an example.
1. The child plays with the puppy. …is playing…
2. The microwave beeps loudly. …
3. The roses in the garden bloom. …
4. I practice my speech tonight. …
5. The visitors pace in the hospital lobby. …
Past Progressive Tense (was or were + present participle)
The past progressive tense expresses an action that was in progress
at a certain time in the past.
 Jay was working yesterday.
The past progressive tense is formed by adding the correct past tense
form of be to the -ing form of the verb.
Past Tense Forms of the Verb Be

Singular Plural
First person I was we were
Second person you were you were
Third person he, she, it was they were
Practice 8
Below are five sentences with verbs in the past tense. Cross our each
verb and change it to the past progressive in the space provided. One
is done for you as an example.
1. The child played with the puppy. …was playing…
2. The microwave beeped loudly. …
3. The roses in the garden bloomed. …
4. I practiced my speech last night. …
5. The visitors paced in the hospital lobby. …
Future Progressive Tense (will be + present participle)

The future progressive tense expresses an action that will be in
progress at a certain time in the future.
 Jay will be working tomorrow.
The future progressive tense is formed by adding will be to the -ing
form of the verb.
Practice 9
Below are five sentences with verbs in the future tense. Cross our
each verb and change it to the future progressive in the space
provided. One is done for you as an example.
1. The child will play with the puppy. …will be playing…
2. The microwave will beep loudly. …
3. The roses in the garden will bloom. …
4. I will practice my speech tonight. …
5. The visitors will space in the hospital lobby. …
A Note on -ing Verbs

Look at the following word groups:
 Jay working tonight.
 The visitors pacing in the hospital lobby.
The above word group express incomplete thoughts because their
verbs are incomplete. The -ing form of a verb cannot stand by itself
as the verb of a sentence – it must be accompanied by a helping
verb:
 Jay is working tonight.
 The visitors were pacing in the hospital lobby.
Practice 10
The verb in each of the following sentences is incomplete. Correct
each incomplete verb by adding is, are, was, or were in the space
provided.
1. Oscar … playing the clarinet in his school band this year.
2. You … giggling in your sleep last night.
3. Even though I … sneezing and coughing, no one thought I was
sick.
4. The scars from my father's recent operation … fading, but I can
still see them.
5. The customers … complaining about the long wait until a waitress
offered them free cups of coffee.
A SUMMARY OF THE NINE MOST COMMON VERB

TENSES
Using the regular verb call, the chart below illustrates the nine most
common tenses in English.
The Nine Most Common Verb Tenses
Present I call my grandmother Nana. My mother calls her
Babe.
Past A number of employees called in sick today.
Future Because the Flu is going around, more will probably
call in sick tomorrow.
Present perfect Rebecca has called the radio station at least
ten times to request her favorite song.
Past perfect No one had called Mitchell "Shorty" for years
until he attended his grade-school reunion.
Future perfect When you finish your first day as a
telemarketer, you will have called forty
potential customers.
Present Progressive Ken is calling the restaurant right now
to make a reservation for dinner.
Past progressive He was calling a different restaurant when I
came in, but I urged him to call my favorite one.
Future progressive Mom will be calling when she arrives at
work and realizes she left her purse here.
More about Verbs: TEST 1

A. In each space, write the present tense form of the verb in the
margin.
Examples plan Carl ...plans... to enter the contest.
attend The students ...attend... a meeting on the
new dress code.
soar 1. A hawk … above the cornfield.
listen 2. The jurors … to the witness.
think 3. Leona … she passed her English exam.
B. In each space, write the past tense form of the verb in the margin.
Example promise My brother ...promised... to wash our car on
Saturday.
scratch 4. The prisoner … his initials on the cell wall.
doze 5. As the lecturer continued talking, several students ...
off.
float 6. Five orange slices … on top of the red punch.
struggle 7. The campers … through the thick underbrush near
the camp.
C. In each space, write the future tense form of the verb in the
margin.
Example check The nurse ...will check... your blood pressure
each day.
become 8. Those funny-looking caterpillars … gorgeous blue
and yellow butterflies.
stand 9. Everyone ... when the judge enters the courtroom.
wear 10. Johnny … a dinosaur costume to the party.
More about Verbs: TEST 2

A. In each space, write the present perfect tense form of the verb in
the margin.
Examples walk Bernice ...has walked... over twenty miles
this week.
look I ...have looked... all over for my glasses.
wash 1. The students … nearly seventy cars to raise money for
their class trip.
learn 2. We … about the civil rights movement in our history
class this semester.
gain 3. Rodney … ten pounds in his first year of college.
notice 4. I … changes in you since you started going to the gym.
B. In each space, write the past perfect tense form of the verb in the
margin.
Example walk Before her heart attack, Bernice seldom
...had walked... for exercise.
argue 5. Fritz … with a friend before the car accident.
warn 6. Before she left for her hair appointment, Jenna … us
that she would soon be looking very different.
manage 7. Chelsea … to clean the entire house by the time her
parents got home last evening.
C. In each space, write the future perfect tense form of the verb in
the margin.
Example walk By the end of this month, Bernice ...will
have walked... over one hundred miles.
work 8. Paco … fifty-five hours by the end of the week.
interview 9. By the time she writes her paper, Jodi ... six
nurses.
watch 10. By the end of the day, the children … five hours
of television.
(26) Even More about Verbs

More about Verbs Tenses
This chapter explains three other things you should know about verb
tense:
1. Consistent verb tense
Inconsistent verb tense We parked the car and head toward the
movie theater.
Consistent verb tense We parked the car and headed toward the
movie theater.
2. The passive and active voices
Passive voice I was visited last week by a former neighbor.
Active voice A former neighbor visited me last week.
3. Nonstandard and standard verbs
Nonstandard verbs Every week, Mandy volunteer at a nursing
home near her apartment.
She often read to residents there.
Standard verbs Every week, Mandy volunteers at a nursing
home near her apartment.
She often reads to residents there.
CONSISTENT VERB TENSE
In your writing, avoid illogical or needless shifts in tense. For
example, if you are writing a paper with the action in the past tense,
don’t shift suddenly to the present. Look at the examples below:
Inconsistent verb tense In my nightmare, a hairy spider crawled
up the side of my bed and races quickly onto my pillow.
There is no reason for the writer to shift suddenly from the past tense
(crawled) to the present tense (races). The inconsistency can be
corrected by using the same tense for both verbs:
Consistent verb tense In my nightmare, a hairy spider crawled
up the side of my bed and raced quickly onto my pillow.
Practice 1
In each short passage, there is one illogical change in verb tense.
Cross out the incorrect verb. Then write the correct form of the verb
on the line provided.
… 1. The ice skater moved smoothly through her routine. On her
last jump, however, she lost her balance and crashes to the ice with a
thud.
… 2. On many farms, machines milk the cows. The farmers then
send the fresh milk to a processing plant. Workers there heated the
milk at high temperatures. The intense heat removes bacteria.
… 3. When Tina saw flames and smoke coming from her kitchen,
she reacted quickly. She picks up her kitten and her purse. Then she
rushed out into the fresh air.
… 4. Soldiers in the Civil War fought in bloody battles during the
day. But at night, they often cross "enemy" lines for a friendly visit.
… 5. Melba took an inexpensive vacation this summer. She called
parks and museums in the area to find out the cheapest times to visit.
To save money, she prepares picnic lunches for her visits.
… 6. Tony and Lola do their gardening on weekends. While Tony
digs out weeds, Lola fertilized plants and flowers.
… 7. Arlo works for a small greeting-card company. He writes
poems for the wedding cards. Then he delivered the cards to the art
department, where an artist sketches pictures of wedding bells or
flowers.
… 8. Last summer, my father went water skiing. After about five
attempts, he skied around the entire lake. But when a large wave
from another boat surges by, he flipped into the water headfirst.
… 9. My sister complains at the drop of a hat. She often runs to
her room in a rage. She stayed there for hours feeling sorry for
herself.
… 10. Last night, Lita went on the worst date ever. Her date,
Mario, showed up an hour late. During dinner, all he talked about
was himself. Then, just before the waitress brought the check, he
disappears. Lita unhappily paid the bill and took a taxi home.
THE PASSIVE AND ACTIVE VOICES

The subject of a sentence usually performs the action of the verb. In
such cases, the verb is in the active voice. For example, look at the
following sentence:
 My father planted the Japanese maple tree in the front yard.
The verb in this sentence is planted. Who performed that action? The
answer is father, the subject of the sentence. (He planted the tree.)
Therefore, the verb is in the active voice.
Now look at this version of that sentence:
 The Japanese maple tree in the front yard was planted by my
father.
The verb in this sentence is was planted. the subject of the sentence,
tree, did not perform the action. It received the action; the tree was
planted by the father. When the subject of a sentence is acted upon,
the verb is in the passive voice.
Passive verbs are formed by combining a helping verb – a form of to
be (am, is, are, was, were) – with the past participle of a verb (which
is usually the same as its past tense form). For example, in the
sentence above, was plus the past participle of plant results in the
passive verb was planted.
ere are some other passive verbs:

Form of to be + past participle = passive verb
am + pushed = am pushed
is + surprised = is surprised
was + delayed = was delayed
In general, write in the active voice. Because it expresses action, it is
more energetic and effective than the passive voice. Use the passive
voice when you wish to emphasize the receiver of the action or when
the performer of the action is unknown.
Here are some more examples of sentences with active and passive
verbs:
Active Our landlord's son mows our backyard every week.
The subject of the sentence, son, performs the action
of the sentence, mows.
Passive Our backyard is mowed every week by our landlord's
son.
The subject of the sentence – backyard – does not act.
Instead, it is acted upon.
(The passive verb is a combination of is plus the past
participle of mow.)
Active My sister wrecked her new car in an accident last
night.
The subject of the sentence, sister, is the one who
acted – she wrecked the car.
Passive My sister's new car was wrecked in an accident last
night.
The subject of this sentence, car, does not do anything.
something is done to it.
Practice 2
Underline the verb in each sentence. Then circle the A in the margin
if the verb is active. Circle the P in the margin if the verb is passive.
Example A (P) The car window was shattered by a poorly
aimed baseball.
A P 1. My grandmother Skypes me almost every day.
A P 2. Rice is consumed every day by people all over Asia.
A P 3. Certain breeds of dog bite more often than others.
A P 4. The cashier counted the change out carefully.
A P 5. The injured man was rushed to the emergency room.
A P 6. The parade was headed by two young girls twirling
batons.
A P 7. The audience cheered at the play's end.
A P 8. Several flights were delayed because of a snowstorm.
A P 9. The Yellow Pages provide lots of useful information.
A P 10. The words "No Trespassing" were painted in red
letters on the fence.
Rewriting from the Passive to the Active Voice

Keep in mind that in the active voice, the subject performs the
action. Here's a sentence with a passive verb. See if you can rewrite
the sentence using the active voice.
Passive voice Our roof was damaged by the storm.
Active voice …
In the passive version of the sentence, the subject (roof) was acted
upon by the storm. The storm is what did the action. To write an
active version of the sentence, you should have made storm the
subject: The storm damaged our roof.
Practice 3
The following sentences are written in the passive voice. For each
sentence, underline the verb. Then rewrite the sentence in the active
voice, changing the wording as necessary.
Example Fruits and vegetables are painted often by artists.
…Artists often paint fruits and vegetables…
1. The cat was named Leo by my brother.
…
2. Soccer is played by children all over the world.
…
3. The pizza party was arranged by the team's coaches.
…
4. Some students were pushed around by the gym teacher .
…
5. Shipping labels are printed quickly by the computer .
…
6. A nest was constructed in our mailbox by some robins.
…
7. The alarm clock was invented by an American .
…
8. The pizza restaurant was closed by the health inspector.
…
9. My telephone was used for a long-distance call by Jana without
permission.
…
10. Many annoying insects, such as mosquitoes, are consumed by
spiders.
…
NONSTANDARD AND STANDARD VERBS

Nonstandard expressions such as they ain't, we has, I be or he don't
are often part of successful communication among family members
and friends. In both school and the working world, however,
standard English is widely accepted as the norm for speaking and
writing.
The chart below shows both nonstandard and standard forms of the
regular verb like. Practice using the standard forms in your speech
and writing.
Nonstandard Forms
Present I likes we likes
Tense you likes you likes
he, she, it like they likes
Past I like we like
Tense you like you like
he, she, it like they like
Standard forms
I like we like
you like you like
he, she, it likes they like
I liked we liked
you liked you liked
he, she, it liked they liked
NOTES
1. In standard English, always add -s or -es to a third-person singular
verb in the present tense.
Nonstandard Rex dislike his new job in Utah, and he miss
his San Diego Friends.
Standard Rex dislikes his new job in Utah, and he
misses his San Diego Friends.
2. Always add the ending -ed or -d to a regular verb to show it is past
tense.
Nonstandard When they were children, Mona and her brother
enjoy their piano lessons but hate practicing.
Standard When they were children, Mona and her brother
enjoyed their piano lessons but hated practicing.
Practice 4
In each blank below, write the standard form of the verb in
parentheses.
1. When the skinny boxer saw his huge opponent, he (decide /
decided) …
he was against violent sports.
2. At the Family reunion last week, people (greet / greeted) … each
other with kisses.
3. Every week , Betty (make / makes) … soup from the leftovers she
finds in her refrigerator.
4. The movie was so bad that everyone (laugh / laughed)… at the
"scary" parts.
5 . The twins (wish / wishes) … that their parents would get back
together.
6. Lester (play/ plays) … the saxophone better than anyone else I've
ever heard.
7. Two nights a week, my mother and aunt (attend/ attends) ... Night
classes.
8. Before she left on her vacation, Cindy (water/ watered) ... her
plants stopped delivery of her newspaper, and ate the leftovers in her
refrigerator.
9. In bed, my brother always (pull/ pulls) ... The covers over his
head.
10. At high tide during yesterday's violent storm, powerful waves
(pound/ pounded) ... The store.
Even More about Verbs: TEST 1

A. In each short passage, there is one illogical shift in verb tense,
Cross out incorrect verb, Then write the correct from of that verb on
the line provided.
… 1. The gangster movie started with a car chase, featured a half
dozen gun fights, and ends with the death of half characters.
… 2. Josh wanted to attend college, but his parents couldn't afford to
send him. So he works for two years after high-school graduation.
With the money he saved, he attended a community college.
… 3. Officer McFry worked the night shift last night. He patrolled
the western part of the city. He also watches traffic at the intersection
on Front Street. McFry returned home around 6:30 a.m.
… 4. Our service group meets at a nursing home once a month. We
visit with the patients and plan fun activities for them. We sing,
played, and do craft projects.
B. The following sentences are written in the passive voice. In each

sentence, underline the verb. Then rewrite the sentence in the active
voice, changing the wording as necessary.
5. That delicious chocolate cake was baked by Sidney. …
6. Rock music is played at top volume by our neighbors. …
7. The highest score on the test was earned by Clarita.…
C. In each blank below, write the standard form of the verbs in the
parentheses.
8.The children (look/ looked) … under the sofa cushions and found
eighty-three cents.
9. At home, Vicky is always in jeans, but she (wear/ wears) … suits
and dresses to work.
10. When he was younger, my uncle (play/ played) … saxophone
with a dance band.
Even More about Verbs: TEST 2

A. In each short passage, there is one illogical shift in verb tense.
Cross out incorrect verb. Then write the correct form of that verb on
the line provided.
… 1. As we walked into the department store, a well-dressed women
from the cosmetics department approached us. Before we could
protest, she sprays a cloud of musky-smelling perfume in our
direction.
… 2. My friends worked at odd jobs this past summer. Carlos
worked a zoo, cleaning out the bird cages. Jenny worked at Pizza
Hut. She delivers pizzas every night of the week.
… 3. White flowers blossom on the apple trees every spring. Then
tiny green apples appeared. Finally, the apples turn into sweet red
fruit.
… 4. On the first Thanksgiving, pilgrims celebrated their survival
through the winter. They served many foods, but turkey was not one
of them. The menu includes duck, goose, seafood, and eels.
B. Each of the following sentences is written in the passive voice.
Rewrite each in the active vice changing the words as necessary.
5. Directions to the hotel were provided by a taxi driver. …
6. The dinner table was always cleared by the children. …
7. Much air pollution is caused by cars and factories. …
C. In each blank below, write the standard form of the verb in
parentheses.
8. Before he leaves for work each morning, Duncan (make/ makes)
… coffee and pours it into a thermos.
9. When they were teenagers, Kate and Nellie often (trade/ traded)
window is mine, and he scratches at it when he wants to be let in.
27 More about Run-Ons and Comma Splices

You have already reviewed (on pages 39- 50) the most common
ways of correcting run-on sentences and comma splices:
1. Use a pried and a capital letter.
2. Use a comma and joining word.
3. Use a dependent word.
This section will describe one other mothed of correction.
ANOTHER MATHED OF CORRECTING A RUN-ON USE S
SEMICOLON
Run-on sentences and comma splices may be corrected by putting a
semicolon (;) two complete thoughts. A semicolon is made up of a
period and comma. It is used between two closely related complete
thoughts.
Run on The fish was served with its head still on Carlo quickly
lost appetite.
Comma splice The fish was served with its head still on, Carlo
quickly lost appetite.
Correct version The fish was served with its head still on; Carlo
quickly lost appetite.
Practice 1
Draw a line ( ) between the two complete thoughts in each run-on or
comma splice that follows. Than rewrite the item, using a semicolon
to connect the two complete thoughts. Note the example below.
Example The exam was not there were two hundred multiple-
choice items.
The exam was not; there were two hundred multiple-
choice items.
1. Dogs run in packs cats are more solitary animals. ….
2. The stack of books was too high, it fell with a crash. ….
3. I peered through the front-door peephole a strange man was
standing outside. …
4. Steve drank the hot coffee too quickly, the top of his mouth felt
burned. …
5. The auditorium was packed with angry people the meeting be an
ugly one. …
Semicolon with a transitional word or words

A semicolon is sometimes used with a transitional word (or words)
and a comma to join two complete thoughts.
Run-on The fish was served with its head still on as a result, Carlo
quickly lost his appetite.
Comma splice The fish was served with its head still on, as a result,
Carlo quickly lost his appetite.
Correct version The fish was served with its head still on; as a
result, Carlo quickly lost his appetite.
Common Transitional Words
Afterward however moreover
Also in fact nevertheless
As a result in addition on the other hand
Consequently instead otherwise
Furthermore meanwhile therefore
Practice 2
Draw a line ( ) between the two complete thoughts in each item.
Then write out each sentence, using a semicolon to connect the two
thoughts.
Example The air is very stale in the library moreover, the lighting is
poor.
The air is very stale in the library; moreover, the lighting is poor. …
1. I don't usually like desserts however, this pumpkin pie is
delicious. …
2. Our dog barks all the time, as a result, the landlord has refused
to renew our lease. …
3. The house needs a new septic system, in addition, it should
have a new roof. …
4. I almost never write to my brother however, I post on his
Facebook wall. …
5. You should eat a good breakfast otherwise, you'll be out of
energy before noon. …
More about Run-Ons and Comma Splices: TEST 1

thoughts.
1. The milk was sour it had been in the refrigerator for two weeks.
…
2. Many people send fruitcake as a holiday gift few people really
like it.
…
3. The wind knocked over a ladder then broke a window.
…
4. We decided to leave the restaurant the food was too expensive.
…
5. The slumber party was over the house looked as if a wrecking
crew had been there.
…
More about Run-Ons and Comma Splices: TEST2

thoughts.
1. The job applicant an hour late for his interview as a result he was
not hired.
…
2. The weatherman predicted a sunny day however, it is cold and
cloudy.
…
3. The engine has cooled therefore, you can add more water to the
radiator.
…
4. These raisin cookies are delicious nevertheless, I can't eat another
one.
…
5. The floor must be swept and mopped in addition, the carpets must
be vacuumed.
…
More about commas:
A comma often marks a slight pause, or break, in a sentence. These
pauses or breaks occur at the point where one of six main rules
applies. When you read a sentence aloud, you can often hear the
points where slight pauses occur.
In general, use a comma only when a comma rule applies or when a
comma is otherwise needed to help a sentence read clearly.
You have already reviewed (on pages 51 – 56) three main uses of the
comma:
1. The comma is used to separate three or more items in a series.
2. The comma is used to separate introductory material from the rest
of the sentence.
3. The comma is used to between two complete thoughts connected
by the joining words and, but, or so (Or, nor, for, and yet are also
joining words.)
This chapter will consider three other uses of the comma:
1 Around words that interrupt the flow of a sentence
2 For words of direct address and short expressions
3 In dates, addresses, and letters
AROUND WORDS THAT INTERRUPT

THE FLOW OF A SENTENCE
Sentence sometimes contain material that interrupts the flow of
thought. Such words and word groups should be set off from the rest
of the sentence by commas. For example:
 Our minivan, which has stickers from every state we’ve
visited, seems like parts of the family.
If you read this sentence out loud, you can hear that the words which
has stickers from every state we’ve visited interrupt the flow of
thought.
Here are some other examples of sentences with interrupters:
 Lisa, who was wearing a new dress, yelled at the waiter who
spilled wine on her.
 The waiter, however, was not very apologetic.
 The restaurant manager, afraid that Lisa might cause a
scene, rushed to help.
More about Interrupters
A word group that identifies another word in the sentence is not
always an interrupt, sometimes it is needed for the full meaning of
the sentence. If so, it should not be set off with commas. For
instance, consider the boldfaced words in the following sentences;
 The man who came to the party with Joy says he was
kidnapped by aliens.
 Harvey, who came to the party with Joy, says he was
kidnapped by aliens.
In the first sentence, the boldfaced words are needed to

identify the man. Without them, we would not know who said
he was kidnapped by aliens. Such essential words are not
interrupters and should not be set off with commas. In the
second sentence, however, we know who said he was
kidnapped by aliens even without the boldfaced words. (It was
Harvey.) In that case the boldfaced words are not essential to
the main message of the sentence. So in the second sentence,
who came to the party with Joy is an interrupter and should
be set off by commas.
To find out whether a word group is an interrupter, try reading
the sentence without it. The first sentence above would then
read: “The man says he was kidnapped by aliens.” This
version makes us ask, “Which man” The boldfaced words are
essential to answer that question. If we read the second
sentence without the boldfaced words, we would not be
omitting essential information: “Harvey says he was
kidnapped by aliens.”
Practice 1:
Four of the following five sentence contain interrupters. Insert
commas around the interrupting word group. One sentence
includes a word group that provides essential information and
should not be enclosed by commas.
1. Penguins’ wings which are short and thick are not designed for
flight.
2. King Arthur according to legend will return some day to rule
Britain.
3. Our basketball coach it is rumored is about to be fired.
4. The woman who sat in the front of me at the concert which was
wearing strong perfume.
5. Grandfather likes to joke that his hometown which has only one
traffic light and two gas station could be missed if a traveler blinked.
Practice 2
Write three sentence using the suggested interrupters. Add words
both before and after the interrupting words. Then add the necessary
commas.
1. Use the words who is my best friend in the middle of a sentence
…
2. Use the words which is my favorite snake in the middle of a
sentence
…
3. Use the words wearing an all-white in the middle of a sentence
…
FOR WORDS OF DIRECT ADDRESS

AND SHORT EXPRISSIONS
For words of the direct address Use commas to set off names or
other words used to address directly the person or people being
spoken to.
 You, Mr. Gimble, are the lucky winner of a ballpoint pen.
 Ladies and gentelmen, the sword-swallwer is unable to
perform tonight due to a bad sore throat.
For short expressions Use commas to set off words such as well, yes,
no, and oh.
 No, you cannot have a raise.
 Well, I thought I would at least ask.
IN DATES, ADDRESSES, AND LETTERS
Within a date Pace commas after the day of the week (if used), the
date, and the year.
 Friday, October 13, 2003, was the date of my sister's wedding.
 On March 7, 1876. Alexander Graham Bell received a patent
for the telephone.
In an address within a sentence Place a comma after each part of the
address except between the state and the ZIP code.
 Send your commas about English Essential: What Everyone
Needs to know about Grammar, punctuation, and Usage
Townsend press, 439 Kelley Drive, West Berlin, NJ 08091-
9284.
In informal letters Place a comma after the opening and closing.
 Dear Grandma, - With love, - fondly,
NOTE In business letters, a colon is used after the opening, but a
comma is still used after the closing.
 Dear Mr. Cramer: - Dear Homeowner: - Yours truly,
Practice 3
Insert commas where needed a) to set off words of direct address
and short expressions and b) in dates and addresses.
1. Why are you studying so late Kimberly?
2. Well look who's coming in our direction.
3. My sister lives at 2 Dog Lane Canine SC 09999.
4. It's about time that you woke up sleepyhead and got out of bed.
5. San Franciscans were surprised on the morning of April 18 1906
by a major earthquake.
Practice 4
Complete each sentences as indicated, inserting commas where
needed.
1. … is my home address. (fill in your address)
2. … is the date that I was born. (fill in your complete date birth)
3. Dear …
Meet me at the fountain in the mall tomorrow. … Marco
(Complete the heading of the above letter with the word Susan, and
add as a closing the word Sincerely)
Another use of the comma is to set off direct quotations from the rest
of sentences, as explained in "Quotation Marks" on page 63.
More about Commas: TEST 1

On the lines provided, write the word in each sentences that need to
be followed by a comma.
Include each missing comma as well.
1. In my opinion Jesse you owe Jeff an apology.
…
2. Poison ivy which grows almost everywhere in North America
is not welcome anywhere.
…
3. The first battle of the American Civil War occurred on April 12
1861 in South Carolina.
…
4. Hey get away from our car!
…
5. Oh I'm afraid this isn't what I ordered.
…
6. It is important fellow union members to stick together during this
strike.
…
7. You can write to the president at The White House 1600
Pennsylvania Avenue Washington DC 20500.
…
8. The fact is Your Honor that the wrong man is on trail. …
9. The sick child a blanket draped over his shoulders slumped in his
chair.
…
10. The models looking bored and unfriendly strolled down the
runway.
…
More about Commas: TEST2

In each space, write the letter of the one comma rule that applies to
the sentences. Than insert one or more commas where they belong in
the sentences.
a. Around interrupting words
b. To set off words of direct address and short expressions
c. In dates, addresses, and letters
… 1. I'm sorry sir but the diner is now closing.
… 2. This coffee shop my friends is a non-smoking area.
… 3. I'm already planning my fiftieth birthday party for Friday
march 10 2045 at Disney World.
… 4. No you may not have a third piece of chocolate cake.
… 5. The sofa heaped with magazines and folded laundry did not
seem like a comfortable place to sit.
… 6. Eric jokingly gave his address as 25 Main Street Elmhurst
Illinois United States of America North America Planet Earth.
… 7. Our final exam will be given on Wednesday June 2.
… 8. Yes I have dated both Sophia and her sister.
… 9. Diamonds the most expensive jewels on Earth are closely
related to lumps of coal.
… 10. Many visitors take the tour of the NPC Studios at 3000 West
Alameda Avenue Burbank California 91505.
29 More about Apostrophes
REVIEW OF THE APOSTROPHE IN POSSESSIVES
To show that something belongs to someone, we could say, for
example, the stereo owned by Rita. But it's much simpler to say:
- Rita's stereo
To make most nouns possessive, add an apostrophe plus an s, To
help you decide which word to make possessive, ask yourself the
following:
1. What is owned?
2. Who is the owner?
Then put the apostrophe plus an s after the name of the owner.
Here's an example:
What is owned? The stereo
Who is the owner? Rita
When an apostrophe plus an s is added to the name of the owner, the
result is the possessive form of the word: Rita's. That word is then
followed by what is owned: Rita's stereo.
Here is another example:
- the waiting room belonging to the doctor
Again, ask yourself, "What is owned?" The answer is waiting room.
Then ask, "Who is the owner?" The answer is the doctor. So add an
apostrophe plus s after the name of the owner and add what is
owned: the doctor's waiting room. The apostrophe plus s shows that
the waiting room belongs to the doctor.
Here is a third example:
- the hopes of everyone
Again, ask yourself, "What is owned?" The answer is hopes. Then
ask, "Who is the owner?" The answer is everyone. So add an
apostrophe plus s after the name of the owner and add what is
owned: everyone's hope. The apostrophe plus s shows that the hopes
belongs to everyone.
Practice 1
Rewrite the items below as possessives with an apostrophe plus s. In
the first column, write the name of the owner. In the second column,
write the possessive form plus what is owned. One is done for you as
an example.
Who is the owner? Possessive form plus what is owned
1. the bike belonging to Randy Randy randy's bike
2. the purr of the cat … …
3. the temper of our neighbor … …
4. the ending of the story … …
5. the mummy belonging … …
to the museum
Practice 2
Underline the word in each sentences that needs an apostrophe plus
s. That word is the owner. Then write the words correctly, along with
what is owned, in the space provided. The first one is done for you
as an example.
1. I tracked mud on my mother white rug. mother's white
rug
2. Vietnam climate is hot and damp. …
3. A gorilla diet is mainly vegetarian. …
4. The photographer camera was stolen. …
5. The bride wedding dress was knee-length. …
Practice 3
Write three sentences that include words ending in an apostrophe
plus s.
1. …
2. …
3. …
Sowing Possession with Singular and Plural Nouns That End in s
An apostrophe plus s is used to show possession even with a singular
noun that already ends in s:
 Gus's computer (the computer belonging to Gus)
 The boss's secretary (the secretary belonging to the boss)
However, an apostrophe alone is used to show possession with a
plural noun that ends in s.
 The contestants' answers (the answers of number of contestants)
 The three lawyers' office (the office belonging to three lawyers)
Practice 4
Underline the word that needs an apostrophe in each sentences
below. Then write that word, adding the ' or the 's, in the space
provided.
… 1. Adam carefully removed the fishhook from the bass mouth.
… 2.The lions keeper has worked with them from birth.
… 3. Otis story about being kidnapped by a flying saucer is hard to
believe. … 4. The twins mother was a twin herself.
… 5. The Olsons home has a secret passageway.
WHEN NOT TO USE AN APOSTROPHE

Do Not Use an Apostrophe in Plurals and with Verbs
People sometimes confuse possessive and plural forms of nouns.
Remember that a plural see which words are plural and which word
is possessive:
 Lola's necklace has pearls and diamond chips.
The words pearls and chips are plurals … there is more than one
pearl, and there is more than one diamond chip. But Lola's, the word
the apostrophe plus s, is possessive. Lola owns the necklace. Also,
many end with an s. Do not use an apostrophe in a verb.
 Jenny plays poker once a week.
 She often wins.
Practice 5
In the spaces provided under each sentences, correctly write the one
word that apostrophe. Also, explain why the order word ending in s
do not get apostrophe.
Example The patients eyes opened slowly after surgery.
Patients: patient's, meaning "belonging to the patient"
eyes: eyes, meaning "more than one eye"
1. In a new version of the fairy tale, the princes wife rescues him
from fire-breathing dragons.
princes: …
rescues: …
dragons: …
2. The chocolates in the silver box are a gift from my mothers best
friend.
chocolates: …
mothers: …
3. Everyone wonders how the magicians feet got freed from the
chains.
wonders: …
magicians: …
chains: …
4. Sheer white curtains and fresh lilacs added to the rooms simple
charm.
curtains: …
lilacs: …
rooms: …
5. Studies show that a rooms color affects our moods.
Studies: …
rooms: …
affects: …
moods: …
Do Not Use an Apostrophe with possessive Pronouns
Do not use an apostrophe in the possessive his, hers, its, yours, ours,
and whose.
 Those seats are ours.
 His car is purple.
People often confuse possessive pronouns with contractions. For
instance, its is often confused with it's. The following sentences
includes both words:
 It's sad that our old tree is losing its leaves.
The word its is a contraction meaning it is. Contractions, of course,
do have apostrophe. Its means belonging to it … the leaves belong to
it (the tree). Its is a possessive pronoun and does not have an
apostrophe.
Following are examples of other possessive pronouns and the
contractions they are confused with.
 The Pratts rarely mow their lawn. They're not concerned about
the looks of the neighborhood.
Their means belonging to them (the lawn belongs to them).
There is a contraction that means they are.
 You're going to fall if you do not tie your shoelaces.
You're is a contraction that means you are. Your means
belonging to you (the shoelaces belong to you).
 Who's the person whose car is blocking ours?
Who's is a contraction meaning who is. Whose means belonging to
whom (the car belonging to whom)
Practice 6
Underline the correct word within each pair of parentheses.
1. We arranged with two neighborhood boys to mow our lawn, but
now (they're/ their) father tells me (they're/ their) going to camp for a
month.
2. Darryl told his son, "If (you're/ your) homework is not done by
seven o'clock, (you're/ your) not going to watch the movie."
3. (It's/ Its) difficult, if not impossible, to get toothpaste back into
(it's/ its) tube.
5. The fruit salad on the table is (her's/ hers), and the freshly baked
bread is (ours'/ ours)
More about Apostrophe: TEST 1

apostrophe. Write the word, with its apostrophe, in the space
provided.
1. Susans eyes were glassy with fatigue.
…
2. There is no bread, so well have crackers with our soup.
…
3. Fixing drippy faucets is the landlords job.
…
4. Joanne hasnt ever gone on a roller coaster, and she insists she
never will.
…
5. Four tiny packages arrived in Saturdays mail.
…
6. Leo knows his girlfriend is angry at him, but hes not sure why.
…
7. Many presents have been delivered to the brides home.
…
8. The keyboards plastic cover protects the keys from crumbs and
dust.
…
9. There are about 100,000 hairs on the average persons head.
…
10. The soft moans in the classroom made it clear that werent
expecting the test.
…
Even More about Apostrophes: TEST 2

apostrophe. Write the word, with its apostrophe, in the space
provided.
1. We didnt recognize our teacher at first without his beard.
…
2. Both of Janes husbands were named Andrew.
…
3. Half-finished paintings filled the artists studio.
…
4. Someone will be taking in our mail and packages while were
away on vacation.
…
5. Floridas neighbors are Alabama and Georgia.
…
6. The snowflakes glittered in the flash lights glare.
…
7. The farmers may lose their entire wheat crop if it doesnt soon.
…
8. Someday Ill tell you about the day Uncle Harry was chased by
some mad chickens.
…
9. The two brothers relationship has remained strong through the
years.
…
10. The critics were careful not to give away the movies surprise
ending.
…
30 More about Quotation Marks

REVIEW OF QUOTATIONS WITH SPLIT SENTENCES
In a direct quotation, one sentences may be split into parts:
 "Add the eggs to the sauce," said the TV chef, "blending them
together"
Note that the chef's exact words are set off by two sets of
quotation marks. The words said the TV chef are not included
in the quotation marks since they are a continuation of a
sentence, not a new sentence. (The full sentence spoken by the
instructor is "Add the eggs to the sauce, blending them
together.")
Commas are used to set off the quoted parts from the rest of
the sentence:
 "Add the eggs to the sauce," said the TV chef, "blending them
together."
QUOTATIONS OF MORE THAN ONE SENTENCE

A direct quotation can be divided into separate sentences:
 "I really hate my job," Stan told his wife. "I think I'd better
start looking for a new one."
The words Stan told his wife are not part of the direct
quotation.
At times, a direct quotation will be more than one sentences:
 Our minister always says, "It's every citizen's responsibility to
vote. If you don't vote, you shouldn't complain."
Note that only one pair of quotation marks is used. Do not use
quotation marks for each new sentence as long as the quotation is
not interrupted.
Practice 1
Insert quotation marks where needed in the following sentences.
1. The wait for a table, said the restaurant hostess, will be about forty
minutes.
2. I don't mind if you borrow my new sweater, said my sister, but I
don't expect to find it rolled up in a ball under your bed.
3. The newspaper editor said to the new reporter, I'm sorry to have to
tell you this. I can't use the article that you spent two weeks writing.
4. Why is it, asked Sara, that the monthly charges on my cell phone
are so high?
5. Our math teacher is unfair, complained James. He assigns four
hours of homework for each class. Does he think we have nothing
else to do?
QUOTATIONS WITH QUESTION MARKS AND
EXCLAMATION POINTS
If a direct quotation is a question, place the question mark within the
quotation marks:
•”Where are my red shoes?” asked Lana.
After a question mark, no comma is used to set off the direct
quotation.
If the entire sentence is a question, place the question mark after the
quotation marks:
• Did you say “Thank you”?
An exclamation point also goes within quotation marks unless it
applies to the whole sentence.
• The kids shouted, “Let’s go to the pool!”
INDIRECT QUOTATIONS
Often we express someone’s spoken or written thoughts without
repeating the exact words used. When we use an indirect quotation,
we put the message into our own words. Indirect quotations do not
require quotation marks.
The following example shows how the same material could be
handled as either a direct or an indirect quotation.
Direct Quotation
• The baker said, “I forgot to put yeast in the dough.”
The words I forgot tell us that the baker’s exact words are being
used--he’s referring to himself. Since his exact words are being used,
they must be put in quotation marks.
Indirect Quotation
• The baker said that he had forgotten to put yeast in the dough.
The sentence refers to the baker as he, so we know that the baker’s
exact words are not being quoted. Quotation marks are not used for
indirect quotations. The word that often signals an indirect quotation.
Here are a few more examples of indirect quotations:
• The boss said that workers could have a day off on their birthdays.
• Mom told us not to answer the front door.
• The park rangers warned us to keep our windows closed.
Practice 2
Rewrite each of the following indirect quotations as a direct
quotation. The direct quotation will include the words that someone
actually spoke.
Note that you will have to change some of the words as well as add
capital letters, quotation marks, and any other punctuation needed.
The first one is done for you as an example.
1. The child asked if the Milky Way candy bar was really full of
milk.
The child asked, “Is the Milky Way candy bar really full of milk?”
2. My sister said that she would help me do the report if she could
wear my new blouse.
…
3. The bookstore manager grumbled that he couldn’t take back
books with writing in them.
…
4. The teacher warned us a surprise quiz was coming soon.
…
5. The officer asked me if I was lost.
…
QUOTATION MARKS FOR TITLES OF SHORT WORKS

Use quotation marks to set off the titles of short stories, newspaper
or magazine articles, songs, poems, episodes of TV series, book
chapters, and other parts of longer works.
• Our teacher assigned the short story “The Open Boat” by Stephen
Crane.
• The familiar song “For He’s a Jolly Good Fellow” is over two
hundred years old.
• The witty poet Ogden Nash wrote a poem titled “Never Mind the
Overcoat; Button Up That Lip.”
NOTE: The titles of longer works, such as books, newspapers,
magazines, plays, movies, TV series, and record albums, should be
underlined when handwritten. When typed on a computer, such titles
should appear in italic type.
• Our assignment was to read the chapter titled “The Traits of Happy
People” in a book by David Meyers, The Pursuit of Happiness.
• “Three Words That Can Change Your Life” was the first article I
turned to in the current issue of Reader’s Digest.
Practice 3
Insert quotation marks or underlines where needed in the sentences
below.
1. The chapter titled Extrasensory Perception in the textbook
Psychology Today says there is no evidence that ESP actually exists.
2. The article Quick Exercise Routines in Prevention magazine is
about working out during lunch.
3. The beloved song Over the Rainbow was first heard in the movie
The Wizard of Oz.
4. The editor of the Daily Tribune has received many letters
supporting and opposing her editorial Let’s Ban Proms in Schools.
More about Quotation Marks: TEST 1

Add opening and closing quotation marks or underlines where
needed. One sentence does not need additional punctuation.
1. Somebody has stuck gum all over my computer keyboard, Coco
said angrily.
2. One lucky caller wins a trip to Disneyland, the radio announcer
promised.
3. I bought a truck, Julie stated, because I sit higher and feel safer.
4. When you see me next, laughed the brunette, I’ll be a blonde.
5. The racecar driver said he wanted a quart of milk waiting for him
at the finish line.
6. An article about online bullying called When the Bullies Turned
Faceless recently appeared in the New York Times.
7. An hour after lunch, Rudy said, I’m starving. I hope dinner will be
ready soon.
8. The park ranger said, Watch out for ticks.
9. I need to move back home, said Wally to his parents.
10. The Monopoly card that I drew said, Do not pass Go. Do not
collect $200.
More about Quotation Marks: TEST 2

quotation marks or underlines as needed. One sentence does not
need additional punctuation.
1. Our coach said to us, I received some wonderful news this
morning.
…
2. The Secret Life of Trees is the title of a recent article in Time
magazine.
…
3. Aren’t you going to do the dishes? It’s your turn, my brother
reminded me.
…
4 .My friends asked me to meet them at the mall.
…
5. Abraham Lincoln said, When I do good, I feel good. When I do
bad, I feel bad. And that’s my religion.
…
6. Sleet has made the roads very icy, the TV announcer warned. If
you don’t need to go out, stay home.
…
7. A poem by Shel Silverstein begins with the words, I am writing
these poems from inside a lion.
…
8. This vacation was lots of fun, said the woman, but after all of this
sightseeing, I’m going to need a vacation from my vacation.
…
9. If you have finished complaining, my father said quietly, you may
go clean your room now.
….
10. The handmade poster had a photograph of a cocker spaniel and
the words, Curly has been missing since Sunday night. Please call us
if you’ve seen him.
…
31 More about Homonyms

You have already reviewed a number of common homonyms (words
that sound alike). This section identifies some other homonyms as
well as other confusing words.
OTHER HOMONYMS
buy to purchase
by (1) close to; (2) no later than; (3) through the action of
• Buy furniture from Sofas Inc. by the end of the year, and you won’t
have to pay until March.
Spelling hint I’d like to buy something for U.
Fill in each blank with either buy or by.
1. Why must you … something just because it’s on sale?
2. The beautiful mural in the lobby was painted …a student.
3. An old dog was sleeping on the front porch … the screen door.
4. We have to turn in our research papers … the end of the month.
5. My sister is hoping to… a home of her own this year.
passed (the past tense of pass) (1) handed to; (2) went by; (3)
completed successfully
past (1) the time before the present; (2) by
•In the past, I have passed all my courses, but I may not pass them
all this semester.
Spelling hint: If you need a verb, use passed. The -ed at its end
shows it is the past tense of the verb pass.
Fill in each blank with either passed or past.
1. Only five minutes have … since I last looked at the clock.
2. A bumblebee just flew … my head.
3. Mick … his driver’s test on the third try.
4. Unfortunately, one of the cars that Marylou … on the highway
was a police car.
5. Life was not always as carefree in the … as some people would
like to believe.
principal (1) main; (2) the person in charge of a school
principle a guideline or rule
• Our principal believes in the principle of giving teachers a great
deal of freedom.
Spelling hint: Ideally, a school principal should be a pal.
Fill in each blank with either principal or principle.
1. My aunt is the … owner of a beauty shop on Mill Avenue.
2. I try to live by the … of treating others as I want to be treated.
3. Mr. Larson became … of Coles High School after teaching there
for years.
4. The … reason the Butlers are moving to California is to be near
their grandchildren.
5. Our basketball coach taught us to follow the … of being gracious
in defeat as well as in victory.
OTHER CONFUSING WORDS

Here are some words that are not homonyms but are still confusing
words. In most cases they have similar sounds and are often misused
and misspelled.
a used before words that begin with a consonant sound
an used before words that begin with a vowel or a silent h (as in an
hour).
• Would you like an ice-cream cone or a shake?
Fill in each blank with either a or an.
1. … insect has six legs and a three-part body.
2. I left … note on the kitchen counter saying when I’d be back.
3. Is that … alligator you are petting in that photograph?
4. A hush fell over the circus audience when … tightrope walker fell.
5. Although she worked hard, Louise was shocked to receive such …
honor as “Employee of the Year.”
accept (1) to receive; (2) to agree to take; (3) to believe in
except (1) excluding or leaving out; (2) but
• All the employees except the part-timers were willing to accept the
new contract.
Fill in each blank with either accept or except.
1. Mrs. Carlotti says she will … an appointment to the school board.
2. My little sister likes all types of food … meat, fish, dairy products,
and vegetables.
3. Whatever your decision is, I will … it.
4. All of my relatives attended our family reunion
5. At the company dinner, Meredith will … the award on behalf of
her department.
advice opinion meant to be helpful
advise to give an opinion meant to be helpful
• Never take the advice of someone who advises you to act against
your conscience.
Fill in each blank with either advice or advise.
1. “I … you to replace your fan belt,” the gas station attendant said.
2. Don’t seek … from anybody you don’t admire.
3. Employment experts … people to get training throughout their
lives.
4. There’s so much conflicting … about diet that it’s no wonder
people are confused about what they should eat.
5. The kindergarten teacher said the best … she could give parents is
to read regularly to their children.
affect to influence
effect a result
• Divorce affects an entire family, and its effects—both good and bad
—last for years.
Fill in each blank with either affect or effect.
1. Your actions …those around you, whether you’re aware of them
or not.
2. The child spattered red paint on the paper and then stepped back
to admire the ….
3. According to psychologists, the color of the clothes we wear …s
our moods.
4. What will be the economic …s if the factory closes?
5. The referees did not allow the obnoxious behavior of some fans to
… their decisions.
desert (1) a verb meaning “to leave or abandon”; (2) a noun
meaning “a dry region with little or no plant growth”
dessert a sweet course eaten at the end of a meal
• The children were willing to desert the TV set only when dessert
was served.
Fill in each blank with either desert or dessert.
1. For me, a real … must contain chocolate.
2. As a result of irrigation, this area is now farmland instead of
….
3. What causes a parent to … his or her children?
4. If I’m not very hungry, I skip the meal and eat ….
5. Certain medications can make your mouth feel as dry as a
….
fewer used for items that can be counted

less used for general amounts
•As our congregation ages, our church is left with fewer members
and less financial support. Fill in each blank with either fewer or
less.
1. By the 1920s, there were … horses and more cars on the road.
2. When I get too little sleep, I have … patience than usual.
3. Whose car had … miles on it, yours or Carl’s?
4. Two-percent milk has … fat in it than whole milk.
5. Two-percent milk also contains … calories.
loose (1) not tight; (2) free; not confined
lose (1) to misplace; (2) to not win; (3) to be deprived of something
one has had
• If you don’t fix that loose steering wheel, you could lose control of
your car.
Fill in each blank with either loose or lose.
1. I … my keys at least once a week.
2. A … shutter was banging against the side of the house.
3. I always … when I play chess against my computer.
4. Clyde was warned that he would … his job if he was late for work
one more time.
5. In our town, it’s illegal to allow cats and dogs to run ….
quiet (1) silent; (2) relaxing and peaceful
quite (1) truly; (2) very; (3) completely
quit (1) to stop doing something; (2) to resign from one’s job
• Giselle was quiet after saying she might want to quit her job but
that she wasn’t quite sure. Fill in each blank with either quiet, quite,
or quit.
1. The rain had frozen, and the roads were … slippery.
2. Let’s spend a … evening at home tonight.
3. The waitress began to take my dish, but I wasn’t … finished.
4. My speech teacher told me to … saying the word like so much,
but, like, what’s wrong with that word?
5. Our neighbors had enjoyed the glitter and noisy excitement of Las
Vegas, but they were … glad to be back home in our little town.
than a word used in comparisons

then (1) at that time; (2) next
• First Dad proved he was a better wrestler than 1 am; then he helped
me improve.
Fill in each blank with either than or then.
1. I scrubbed the potatoes, and … I poked holes in them with my
fork.
2. Crossword puzzles are more difficult … word searches.
3. My grandparents were born in the 1950s. There were no cell
phones or websites ….
4. Every eligible voter should learn about the candidates and go …
and vote.
5. The tiny family-owned shop is always more crowded … the huge
supermarket.
use to make use of
used (to) accustomed to; was in the habit of; did previously
• I am used to very spicy food, but when I cook for others, I use
much less hot pepper.
Spelling hint: Do not forget to include the d with used to.
Fill in each blank with either use or used.
1. After spending six years in Alaska, I am … to cold weather.
2. Should I … a paste or liquid wax on the car?
3. After you get married, will you … your husband’s last name?
4. Since she is the youngest of four girls, Elaine is … to wearing
hand-me-downs.
5. When she was little, Maureen … to bite her fingernails, but she
doesn’t any more.
were the past tense of are
we’re contraction of we are
• We’re going to visit the town in Florida where my grandparents
were born.
Fill in each blank with either were or we’re.
1. Where … you when I needed you?
2. … having a quiz on Friday.
3. Our relatives … not surprised to hear of my brother’s divorce.
4. I don’t think … going to have to wait more than five minutes to
get seated.
5. The Beatles … once known as Long John and the Silver Beatles.
More about Homonyms: TEST 1

In the space provided, write die word chat correctly fits each
sentence.
by, buy use, used 1. At first the motion of the airplane
bothered Randall, but … the time the flight was over, he was … to it.
advice, advise except, accept 2. Even people who won’t
usually take … somehow … it from Rosalie.
principal, principle quit, quite, quiet 3. The … of my old school
… his job to stay home and take care of his grandchildren.
effects, affects loose, lose 4. Despite the terrible of … the
earthquake, people didn’t … their sense of humor.
less, fewer less, fewer 5. One benefit of watching … TV is dial you
are exposed to … commercials.
past, passed quiet, quite, quit 6. When Sarita learned that she had
… her GED exam, she disturbed her usually … house with a shout
of joy.
we’re, were a, an 7. Tonight going to see …old movie called
The Three Faces of Eve.
principal, principle a, an 8. A basic … that … student doctor
learns in training is “First, do no harm.”
lose, loose then, than 9. In order to weight, it's better to
exercise and eat sensibly … to starve yourself.
use, used than, then 10. 1 am more … to spending an evening
watching TV … I am co reading or exercising.
More about Homonyms: TEST 2

In the space provided, write the word that correctly fits each
sentence.
were, we’re a, an 1. The students … hoping to be given …
opportunity to do extra-credit work.
dessert, desert piece, peace 2. Gina likes to hike into the … because
of the sense of … she feels there.
advice, advise lose, loose 3. Some of the best … I ever got was this:
“When you … your temper, count to ten before you speak.”
then, than desert, dessert 4. First we’ll have salad, … a main
course, and finally ….
were, we’re loose, lose 5. Because … going to be traveling in a hot
climate, I … packed clothes that were and cool.
quite, quit, quiet affects, effects 6. Some medications,
unfortunately, have … a few unpleasant side ….
fewer, less passed, past 7. More than half of today’s college
students are female, … far women went to college in the ….
quit, quiet, quiet lose, loose 8. The hoy was a poor sport who
would … the game early if he saw he was going to ….
advise, advice accept, except 9. Even though the job doesn’t pay
much now, I strongly … you … to it. It’s a wonderful opportunity.
principal, principle than, then 10. Until my graduation, I had never
seen our … wearing anything other … a suit and tie.
32 More about Capital Letters

Other Rules for Capital Letters
You have already reviewed (on pages 75 - 80) the following uses of
capital letters:
1. The first word in a sentence or direct quotation
2. The word “I” and people’s names
3. Names of specific places, institutions, and languages
4. Product names
5. Calendar items
6. Titles
This chapter will consider other uses of capitals:
7. Capitalize a word that is used as a substitute for the name of a
family member. Also, capitalize words like aunt, uncle, and cousin
when they are used as part of people’s names.
• My biggest fan at the dirt-bike competitions was Mom.
• Go help Grandfather carry those heavy bags.
• Phil is staying at Uncle Raymond’s house for the holidays.
BUT Do not capitalize words such as mom or grandfather when they
come after possessive words such as my, her, or our.
• My grandmother lives next door to my parents.
• Phil and his uncle are both recovered alcoholics.
8. Capitalize the names of specific groups: races, religions,
nationalities, companies, clubs, and other organizations.
• Edward, who is Polish American, sometimes cooks Chinese dishes
for his Northside Chess Club meetings.
• Arlene, the local president of Mothers Against Drunk Driving, is a
part-time real estate agent for Century 21.
9 Capitalize the names of specific school courses.
• This semester, Jody has Dance 101, General Psychology, and
Economics 235.
BUT The names of general subject areas are not capitalized.
•This semester, Jody has a gym class, a psychology course, and a
business course.
10 Capitalize the names of specific periods and famous events in
history.
• During the Middle Ages, only the nobility and the clergy could
read and write.
• The act of protest in which 342 tea chests were thrown into the
ocean came to be known as the Boston Tea Party.
11 Capitalize the opening and closing of a letter.
Capitalize words in the salutation of a letter.
• Dear Ms. Axelrod; • Dear Sir or Madam:
Capitalize only the first word of the closing of a letter.
• Sincerely yours, • Yours truly,
12 Capitalize common abbreviations made up of the first letters of
the words they represent:
• YMCA • ABC • FBI • AIDS • UFO • NASA • AWOL
More about Capital Letters: TEST 1

Then write those words correctly in die specs provided.
1. Dear sir: Please tell me who played the character aunt Bea on die
old Andy Griffith Show. Sincerely yours,
Clint Hart
…
2. In today's history’ 201 class, we learned about the founding of the
naacp.
…
3. In front of the vfw hall, there’s a memorial to all the World war II
veterans.
…
4. During the period known as the dark ages, the rate of literacy fell
in Europe.
…
5- My mother is Mexican and a baptist, while my dad is Italian and a
Catholic.
…
6. When grandma retired from Blooming valley Nursery, her
employers gave her a dozen rosebushes.
…
7. Dear aunt Sally,
Thank you so much for your generous birthday check. I can certainly
put it to good use! with love,
Rachel
…
8. Uncle Leonardo is active in the local sons of Italy social club.
…
9. In our offices at townsend press, we communicate every clay by
e-mail.
…
10. The Art league of Middletown is sponsoring a show of paintings
by die artist known as grandma Moses.
…
More about Capital Letters: TEST 2

Then write those words correctly in the spaces provided.
1. Our neighborhood has many asian-language newspapers and a
buddhist temple.
…
2. The event known as the march on Washington, which took place
August 26, 1963, brought together more than 250,000 people to
demonstrate for civil rights.
…
3. Rodrigo has social issues 101 at the same time that his brother has
a history class.
…
4. To her surprise, mom still remembers every word of the
gettysburg Address, which she memorized as a fifth-grader.
…
5. Because uncle Josh talked so little about what he did at work, we
joked that he was really a spy for the cia.
…
6. As a project for her 4-h club, Melinda is raising a Vietnamese
potbellied pig.
…
7. Dear sir:
Your microwave has been repaired and can be picked up at your
convenience, sincerely,
Rick’s Repairs
…
8. The italian renaissance, which took place from 1420 to 1600, is
known as a time of great artistic accomplishment.
…
9. Because yesterday was a jewish holiday, our chemistry 101 class
did not meet.
…
10. The great depression began in 1929 on Black Tuesday, the day
the stock market crashed.
…
PART THREE: Writing and Proofreading

33 The Basics of Writing
What, in a nutshell, do you need to become a better writer? You need
to know the basic goals in writing and to understand the writing
process - as explained on the pages that follow.
Two Basic Goals in Writing
When you write a paper, your two basic goals should be (!) to make
a point and (2) to support that point. Look for a moment at the
following cartoon:
Picture
PEANUTS 1974 Peanuts Worldwide LLC. Disc, by UNIVERSAL
UCLICK.
Reprinted by permission All rights reserved.
See if you can answer the following questions:
• What is Snoopy’s point in his paper?
Your answer: His point is that …
• What is his support for his point?
Your answer:
Explanation: Snoopy’s point, of course, is that dogs are superior to
cats. But he offers no support whatsoever to back up his point! There
are two jokes here. First, he is a dog and so is naturally going to
believe that dogs are superior. The other joke is that his evidence
(“They just are, and that’s all there is to it!”) is a lot of empty words.
His somewhat guilty look in the last panel suggests that he knows he
has not proved his point. To write effectively, you must provide real
support for your points and opinions.
Writing Paragraphs
A paragraph is a series of sentences about one main idea, or point.
A paragraph typically starts with a point (often called the topic
sentence), and the rest of the paragraph provides specific details to
support and develop that point.
A student named Michael wrote the following paragraph in response
to this assignment:
Write about three kinds of changes that could make our country a
better place. You might want to consider changes on three different
levels: national, social, and personal.
Three Helpful Changes:

Three changes could help make our country a better place in which
to live. First of all, on the national level, all Americans should be
asked to pay a fair share of taxes. At present, many people who are
very wealthy pay little income tax because of deductions and write-
offs, and many corporations pay no taxes at all if millionaires and
companies paid the same tax rate as everyday people, our country
would be more democratic. Next, on the social level, there should be
less rudeness and more kindness. Examples of rudeness are all
around us. Some people are rude while talking. They interrupt each
other or have loud private conversations on their cell phones while
others are sitting nearby. Others rudely get in the way - hey block the
aisle in the market while deciding just what they want to buy, or they
drive too slowly or too quickly, putting other drivers at risk. And
we’ve all seen, even at nice restaurants, parents who ignore their
children's rude behavior. They let the kids run noisily around the
tables, spoiling the experience for the other diners. Finally, on the
personal level, people should stop watching TV commercials that
make human beings seem like idiots. Countless commercials feature
men and women who are smiling, bubbly, and apparently very happy
because of a mattress, luggage, or furniture sale or a cereal purchase
or an automobile bargain - or because they are all enjoying a
particular beer with their attractive, sexy, and party-loving friends.
Of course, there are many changes large and small that could
improve our country; these are three of them.
• What is the point of the above paragraph?
• What are the three kinds of changes that Michael has provided ro
support his point?
1. …
2. …
3. …
The above paragraph, like many effective paragraphs, starts by
stating a main idea, or point. In this case, the clear point is that three
changes could help make our country a better place in which to live.
An effective paragraph must not only make a point but also support
it with specific evidence - reasons, examples, and other details. Such
specifics help prove to readers that the point is a reasonable one.
Even if readers do not agree with the writer, at least they have the
writer’s evidence in front of them. Readers are like juries: they want
to see the evidence for themselves so that they can make their own
judgments.
To write an effective paragraph, always aim to do what the author
has done: begin by making a point, and then go on to back up that
point with strong specific evidence.
Writing Essays
Like a paragraph, an essay starts with a point and then goes on to
provide specific details to support and develop that point. However,
a paragraph is a series of sentences about one main idea or point,
while an essay is a series of paragraphs about one main idea or point
—called the central point or thesis. Since an essay is much longer
than one paragraph, it allows a writer to develop a topic in more
detail.
Look at the following essay, written by Michael after he was asked
to develop more fully his paragraph about changes in America.
Three Helpful Changes

Introductory Paragraph
What is a single change on the national level that could make a
difference in the lives of many Americans? What is one change in
how we relate to each other on a day-to-day level that could make
our country a kinder place in which to live? And on a personal level,
what is a change that might help us think better about ourselves and
our value and worth as human beings? Three changes - in our tax
structure, in our daily relationships, and in our TV watching - would
all serve a good purpose in our lives.
First Supporting Paragraph

On the national level, all Americans should be asked to pay a fair
share of taxes. At present, many people who are very wealthy pay
little income tax because of deductions and write-offs, and many
corporations pay no taxes at all. Millionaire Warren Buffet pointed
out several years ago that he was paying taxes at a lower rate than
his secretary. He recommended changes In the tax law so that the
very wealthy would no longer get tax breaks but would have to pay a
minimum tax. Unfortunately, many wealthy contributors to Congress
have not wanted the tax laws changed to make the tax rate more
democratic and fair, and because of their influence, Buffet’s
recommendations have been ignored. But our government is
supposed to represent all the people - the 100% and not the
wealthiest 1% - and the tax reform needed will hopefully become
law someday.
Second Supporting Paragraph

Along with a tax change on the national level, we need a change on
the social level: less rudeness and more kindness. Examples of
rudeness are all around us. Some people are rude when they talk,
interrupting each other or having loud private conversations on their
cell phones while others are sitting nearby. Others rudely get in the
way - they block the aisle in the market while deciding just what
they want to buy, or they drive too slowly or too quickly, putting
other drivers at risk. And we’ve all seen, even at nice restaurants,
parents who ignore their children’s rude behavior. They let the kids
run noisily around the tables, spoiling the experience for the other
diners. In addition, rudeness abounds on the Internet, where people
use the cloak of anonymity to say mean and ugly things to each
other. Finally, in popular TV shows, a rude and hurtful spirit is often
present. After one team member gets kicked off a reality show,
another member says, “It’s easy to say goodbye to Tyler. Not even
one ounce of me wants him around.” On another show, participants
reveal how they have lied to a friend or partner, and the audience
hoots and cheers when the former couple starts hitting one another.
Rude and ugly behavior has become a source of entertainment.
Third Supporting Paragraph

Finally, on the personal level, people should stop watching TV
commercials that make human beings seem like idiots. Countless
commercials feature men and women who are apparently very happy
because of a mattress, luggage, or furniture sale or a cereal purchase
or an automobile bargain. In one real-world commercial, for
example, a series of people of many different ethnic backgrounds all
appear on the screen for a second or two, smiling and saying “Thank
you!” to the friendly auto dealer who has sold them a car. Equally
popular are commercials about upbeat young people who are having
the time of their life enjoying a particular beer with their attractive,
sexy, and party-loving friends. Surely achieving real happiness is
more challenging - and more rewarding - than this!
Concluding Paragraph
There are many changes, large and small, that could improve our
country. The three described here would work well on the national,
social, and personal level. They are changes that would make us
more fair, more kind, and more sane - all of which would clearly be
changes for the good!
• Which sentence in the introductory paragraph expresses the central
point of the essay?
• How many supporting paragraphs are provided to back up the
central point?
The Parts of an Essay

Each of the parts of an essay is explained below.
INTRODUCTORY PARAGRAPH
A well-written introductory paragraph will normally do the
following:
• Gain the reader’s interest by using one of several common methods
of introduction.
• Present the thesis statement. The thesis statement expresses the
central point of an essay, just as a topic sentence states the main idea
of a paragraph. The central idea in Michael’s essay is expressed in
the last sentence of the introductory paragraph.
Four Common Methods of Introduction
Four common methods of introduction are (1) telling a brief story,
(2) asking one or more questions, (3) shifting to the opposite, or (4)
going from the broad to the narrow. Following are examples of all
four.
1 Telling a brief story: An interesting anecdote is hard for a reader
to resist. In an introduction, a story should be no more than a few
sentences, and it should relate meaningfully to the central idea. The
story can be an experience of your own, of someone you know, or of
someone you have heard about. For example, the author of an essay
on teenagers tells a story as part of his opening paragraph:
The other day I was in the store where I work and a young guy,
probably about 17, asked me where he could find the door locks. I
wasn’t sure - I’m new on the job - but I went to ask someone and
found out. Then I went back to find the guy and tell him. The
problem was, there were several guys about his age in the store, and
at first I didn’t know which one had asked me for help. They were
all dressed almost alike, and I thought to myself, "Teenagers!” Teens
are at the stage in their lives where the most important thing in the
universe is being accepted by their peers. This need for acceptance
leads them to make some ridiculous choices. At the high school my
younger brother goes to, I've observed three such ridiculous
behaviors.
2 Asking one or more questions: These questions may be ones that
you intend to answer in your essay, or they may indicate that your
topic is of relevance and importance to readers. Michael uses this
method of introduction in his essay:
What is a single change on the national level that could make a
difference in the lives of many Americans? What is one change in
how we relate to each other on a day-to-day level that could make
our country a kinder place in which to live? And on a personal level,
what is a change that might help us think better about ourselves and
our value and worth as human beings? Three changes, in our tax
structure, in our daily relationships, and in our TV watching, would
all serve a good purpose in our lives.
3 Shifting to the opposite: Another way to gain the readers interest
is to first present an idea that is the opposite of what will be written
about. A student who wrote an essay about anger in everyday life
begins her essay with an opposite idea:
Some people never get extremely upset or raise their voices or say a
single word in anger. No matter what happens, they are able to
remain calm. In contrast, I do get angry, and I have realized that
problems with time, technology, and tension often make me lose my
temper.
4 Going from the broad to the narrow: Broad, general
observations can capture your reader’s interest; they can also
introduce your topic and provide helpful background information.
For instance, the author of an essay on memorable school classmates
goes from the broad to the narrow in his opening paragraph.
There are some classmates that you just never forget. In many ways,
I probably remember a lot more about some of the people in my
classes than I do about what was taught! Looking through yearbooks
and seeing the faces of certain fellow students, I’m right back in that
year and that class. From first grade through high school, there have
been some pretty memorable classmates, and three in particular
stand out in my memory.
SUPPORTING PARAGRAPHS
The traditional school essay has three supporting paragraphs. But
some essays will have two supporting paragraphs, and others will
have four or more. Each supporting paragraph should have its own
topic sentence stating the point to be developed in that paragraph.
Notice that the essay on three helpful changes has clear topic
sentences for each of the three supporting paragraphs.
TRANSITIONAL WORDS AND SENTENCES
In a paragraph, transitional words like First, Another, Also, In
addition, and Finally are used to help connect supporting ideas. In an
essay, transitional sentences are used to help tie the supporting
paragraphs together. Such transitional sentences often occur at the
beginning of a supporting paragraph.
• Look at the topic sentence for the second supporting paragraph in
the essay on helpful changes. Explain how that sentence is also a
transitional sentence.
…
CONCLUDING PARAGRAPH
The concluding paragraph often summarizes the essay by briefly
restating the thesis and, at times, the main supporting points. It may
also provide a closing thought or two as a way of bringing the paper
to a natural and graceful end.
• Look again at the concluding paragraph of the essay on helpful
changes. Which sentence summarizes the essay? … Which sentence
provides a closing … thought?
A Note on a Third Goal in Writing

A third important goal in writing (see page 211 for the first two
goals) is to organize the supporting material in a paper. Perhaps the
most common way to do so is to use a listing order. In other words,
provide a list of three or more reasons, examples, or other details.
Use signal words such as First of all, Another, Secondly, Also, and
Finally to mark the items in your list. Signal words, better known as
transitions, let your reader know that you are providing a list of
items.
• Turn back to page 212 and look again at the paragraph on changes.
What signal words does Michael use to mark each of the three
helpful changes?
…
You’ll note that he uses “First of all” to introduce the first change,
“Next” to introduce the second change, and “Finally” to introduce
the last change.
Practice 1: USING A LISTING ORDER

Read the paragraph below and answer the questions that follow.
Drunk Drivers
People caught driving while drunk - even first offenders - should be
jailed. For one thing, drunk driving is more dangerous than carrying
a loaded gun. Drunk drivers are in charge of three-thousand-pound
weapons at a time when they have little coordination or judgment.
Instead of getting off with a license suspension, the drunk driver
should be treated as seriously as someone who walks into a crowded
building with a ticking time bomb. In addition, views on drunk
driving have changed. We are no longer willing to make jokes about
funny drunk drivers, to see drunk driving as a typical adolescent
stunt, or to overlook repeat offenders who have been lucky enough
not to hurt anybody- so far. Last of all, a jail penalty might
encourage solutions to the problem of drinking and driving. People
who go out for an evening that includes drinking would be more
likely to select another person as the driver. That person would stay
completely sober. Bars might promote more tasty and trendy
nonalcoholic drinks such as fruit daiquiris and “virgin” pina coladas.
And perhaps beer and alcohol advertising would be regulated so that
young people would not learn to associate alcohol consumption with
adulthood. By taking drunk driving seriously enough to require a jail
sentence, we would surely save lives.
• What is the writer’s point in this paragraph?…
• What transition introduces the first supporting reason for the point?
…
• What transition introduces the second supporting reason? ...
• What transition introduces the third supporting reason? …
The author’s list of reasons and use of transitions - For one thing, In
addition, and Last of all- both help the author organize the
supporting material and help the reader clearly and easily understand
the supporting material.
Another common way to organize supporting details is to use a time
order. In time order, supporting details are presented in the order in
which they occurred. First this happened; next, this; after that, this;
then this; and so on. The events that make up a story are organized in
time order.
Practice 2: USING A TIME ORDER

Read the paragraph below, which is organized in a time order. In the
spaces provided, write appropriate transitions showing time
relationships. Use each of the following transitions once: Before,
Then, When, As, After.
An Upsetting Incident
An incident happened yesterday that made me very angry. I got off
the bus and started walking the four blocks to my friend’s house. …I
walked along, I noticed a group of boys gathered on the sidewalk
about a block ahead of me. … they saw me, they stopped talking. A
bit nervous, I thought about crossing the street to avoid them.
But as I came nearer and they began to whistle, a different feeling
came over me. Instead of being afraid, I was suddenly angry. Why
should I have to worry about being hassled just because I was a
woman? I stared straight at the boys and continued walking. … one
of them said, “Oooh, baby. Looking fine today.” … I knew what I
was doing, I turned on him. “Do you have a mother? Or any sisters?”
I demanded. He looked astonished and didn’t answer me. I went on,
“Is it Ok with you if men speak to them like that? Shouldn’t they be
able to walk down the street without some creeps bothering them?”
… I spoke, he and the other boys looked guilty and backed away. I
held my head up high and walked by them. An hour later, I was still
angry.
The writer makes the main point of the paragraph in her first
sentence: “An incident happened yesterday that made me very
angry.” She then supports her point with a specific account of just
what happened. Time words that could be used to help connect her
details include the following: “As I walked along,” “When they saw
me,” “Then one of them said,” “Before I knew,” “After I spoke.”
The Writing Process

Even professional writers do not sit down and write a paper in a
single draft. Instead, they have to work on it one step at a time.
Writing a paper is a process that can be divided into the following
five steps:
Step 1 Getting Started through Prewriting
Step 2 Preparing a Scratch Outline
Step 3 Writing the First Draft
Step 4 Revising
Step 5 Editing
STEP 1 GETTING STARTED THROUGH PREWRITING

What you need to learn, first, are methods that you can use to start
working on a writing assignment. These techniques will help you
think on paper. They’ll help you figure out both the point you want
to make and the support you need for that point. Here are three
helpful prewriting techniques:
• Freewriting
• Questioning
• List making
Freewriting
Freewriting is just sitting down and writing whatever comes into
your mind about a topic. Do this for ten minutes or so. Write without
stopping and without worrying in the slightest about spelling,
grammar, and the like. Simply get down on paper all the information
that occurs to you about the topic.
Below is part of the freewriting done by Michael for his paragraph
on three changes that could make our country a better place. Michael
had been given the assignment, “Write about three kinds of changes
that could make our country a better place. You might want to
consider changes on three different levels: national, social, and
personal.”
Example of Freewriting
How to make the US a better place Well we need more jobs, many of
us are out of work even colege grads. Its tough with not enough
money coming in. You know, whats really unfair about the US these
days is that just a few people have most of the money. Their the ones
that don’t even pay a fair share of taxes, like the boss I read about
who pays less inkome tax than his secritery. Thats on the national
level so lets look at the social one next, what really ticks me off is
rude people. I see them all the time. Talking loud on cell phones in
the libery, shoving ahead of you in line, even driving to fast or to
slow, aksidents waiting to happen …
Notice that there are lots of problems with spelling, grammar, and
punctuation in Michael’s freewriting. Michael is not worried about
such matters, nor should he beat this stage. He is just concentrating
on getting ideas and details down on paper. He knows that it is best
to focus on one thing at a time. At this point, he just wants to write
out thoughts as they come to him, to do some thinking on paper.
You should take the same approach when freewriting: explore your
topic without worrying at all about writing “correctly.” Figuring out
what you want to say should have all your attention in this early
stage of the writing process.
Practice 3: FREEWRITING
On a sheet of paper, freewrite for at least ten minutes on the best or
worst job or chore you ever had. Don’t worry about grammar,
punctuation, or spelling. Try to write - without stopping - about
whatever comes into your head concerning your best or worst job or
chore.
Questioning
Questioning means that you generate details about your topic by
writing down a series of questions and answers about it. Your
questions can start with words like what, when, where, why, and
how.
Here are just some of the questions that Michael might have asked
while developing his paper. Note that after he came up with the first
few ideas, he then started to ask further questions about those ideas:
Example of Questioning
• What is a change needed on the national level?
• What is a change needed on the social level?
• What is a change needed on the personal level?
• Who would make these changes?
• How would the changes improve our lives?
• How could taxes be more fair?
• What are examples of how we are rude?
• Why are TV commercials so insulting?
Practice 4: QUESTIONING
On a sheet of paper, answer the following questions about your best
or worst job or chore.
• When did you have the job (or chore)?
• Where did you work?
• What did you do?
• Whom did you work for?
• Why did you like or dislike the job? (Give one reason and some
details that support that reason.)
• What is another reason you liked or disliked the job? What are
some details that support the second reason?
• Can you think of a third reason you liked or did not like the job?
What are some details that support the third reason?
List Making
In list making (also known as brainstorming), you make a list of
ideas and details that could go into your paper. Simply pile these
items up, one after another, without worrying about putting them in
any special order. Try to accumulate as many details as you can think
of.
After Michael did his freewriting about changes, he make up a list of
details, part of which is shown below.
Example of List Making

national more-jobs
collage grade working at car wash
national—rich people pay lower taxes than most people
rich people have more tax deductions
some companies don’t pay taxes
social - some people are rude
talk loud on cell phones
shove in front of you in line
drive fast or slow
personal - stupid TV commercials
cereals, cars, beer make us happy?
One detail led to another as Michael expanded his list. (Note that he
crossed out one idea and detail - “national - more jobs” and “college
grads working at a car wash” - when he realized he wanted to focus
on tax reform.) Slowly but surely, more supporting material emerged
that he could use in developing his paper. By the time Michael had
finished his list, he was ready to plan an outline of his paragraph and
to write his first draft.
Practice 5: LIST MAKING

On a separate piece of paper, make a list of details about the job (or
chore). Don’t worry about putting them in a certain order. Just get
down as many details about the job as occur to you. The list can
include specific reasons you liked or did not like the job and specific
details supporting those reasons.
STEP 2 PREPARING A SCRATCH OUTLINE

A scratch outline is a brief plan for a paragraph. It shows at a glance
the point of the paragraph and the support for that point. It is the
logical framework on which the paper is built.
This rough outline often follows freewriting, questioning, list
making, or all three. Or it may gradually emerge in the midst of
these strategies. In fact, trying to outline is a good way to see if you
need to do more prewriting. If a solid outline does not emerge, then
you know you need to do more prewriting to clarify your main point
or its support. And once you have a workable outline, you may
realize, for instance, that you want to do more list making to develop
one of the supporting details in the outline.
In Michael’s case, he knew what his three supporting points would
be.

Example of a scratch outline
Three changes that would make the US a better place
1. National: everyone pays fair share of taxes
2. Social: less rudeness, more kindness
1. Personal: stop watching stupid TV commercials
After all his preliminary writing, Michael sat back pleased. He knew
he had a promising paper—one with a clear point and solid support.
He was now ready to write the first draft of his paper, using his
outline as a guide.
Practice 6: SCRATCH OUTLINE

Using the list you have prepared, see if you can prepare a scratch
outline made up of the three main reasons you liked or did not like
the job.
… was the best (or worst) job (or chore) I ever had.
Reason 1: …
Reason 2: …
Reason 3: …
STEP 3 WRITING THE FIRST DRAFT

When you do a first draft, be prepared to put in additional thoughts
and details that didn’t emerge in your prewriting. And don’t worry if
you hit a snag. Just leave a blank space or add a comment such as
“Do later,” and press on to finish the paper. Also, don’t worry yet
about grammar, punctuation, or spelling. You don’t want to take time
correcting words or sentences that you may decide to remove later.
Instead, make it your goal to develop the content of your paper with
plenty of specific details.
Here are a few lines of Michael’s first draft:
First Draft
There are some changes our country needs. Everyone should pay
their fair share of taxes. Rich people take tax deductions for all kinds
of stuff. Some don’t even pay much inkome tax at all, like the boss I
read about who pays less than his secritery. And their are some
companies that dont pay any taxes. Also people should be less rude.
You hear them talking loud on their cell phones, others push ahead
in line, or they drive to slow or to fast, which can cause an
aksident…
Practice 7: FIRST DRAFT

Now write a first draft of your paper. Begin with your topic sentence
stating that a certain job (or chore) was the best or worst one you
ever had. Then state the first reason why it was the best or the worst,
followed by specific details supporting that reason. Use a transition
such as First of all to introduce the first reason. Next, state the
second reason, followed by specific details supporting that reason.
Use a transition such as Secondly to introduce the second reason.
Last, state the third reason, followed by support. Use a transition
such as Finally to introduce the last reason.
Don’t worry about grammar, punctuation, or spelling. Just
concentrate on getting down on paper the details about the job.
STEP 4 REVISING
Revising is as much a stage in the writing process as prewriting,
outlining, and doing the first draft. Revising means that you rewrite
a paper, building upon what has been done, to make it stronger and
better. One writer has said about revision, “It’s like cleaning house—
getting rid of all the junk and putting things in the right order.” A
typical revision means writing at least one or two more drafts,
adding and omitting details, organizing more clearly, and beginning
to correct spelling and grammar.
Here is Michael’s second draft.
Second Draft
There are three changes that could make our country a better place.
On the national level, everyone should pay their fair share of taxes.
Many rich people pay less income tax than they should because of
deductions and write-offs. 5ome companies dont pay any taxes at all.
We need to be more democratic. Another welcome change would be
on the social level. People should be less rude and more kind. Some
of them interrupt each other while talking, or they talk loud on their
cell phones. Others drive too slow or too fast, which can cause an
accident. You see rudeness in restaurants as well with children
allowed to run around everywhere. In our daily lives we need to stop
watching so many stupid commercials on TV People are shown to
act so happy about a mattress or furniture sale or a cereal or a car
purchase that they seem like idiots.
Notice that in redoing the draft, Michael has refined his topic
sentence. Also, he added phrases (“On the national level” and “on
the social level”) to clearly set off two of his supporting points.
Finally, he provided more details about each of his points.
Michael then went on to revise and further expand the second draft.
Since he was doing his paper on a computer, he was able to print it
out quickly. He double-spaced the lines, allowing room for revisions,
which he added in longhand as part of his third draft, and eventually
the paragraph on page 212 resulted. (Note that if you are not using a
computer, you may want to skip every other line when writing out
each draft. Also, write on only one side of a page, so that you can see
your entire paper at one time.)
Practice 8: REVISING THE DRAFT
Ideally, you will have a chance to put the paper aside for a while
before doing later drafts. When you revise, try to do all of the
following:
• Omit any details that do not truly support your topic sentence.
• Add more details as needed, making sure you have plenty of
specific support for each of your three reasons.
• Be sure to include a final sentence that rounds off the paper,
bringing it to a close.
STEP 5 EDITING
Editing: the final stage in the writing process, means checking a
paper carefully for spelling, grammar, punctuation, and other errors.
You are ready for this stage when you are satisfied that your point is
clear, your supporting details are good, and your paper is well
organized.
At this stage, you must read your paper out loud. Hearing how your
writing sounds is an excellent way to pick up grammar and
punctuation problems in your writing. Chances are that you will find
sentence mistakes at every spot where your paper does not read
smoothly and clearly. This point is so important that it bears
repeating: To find mistakes in your paper, read it out loud!
At this point in his work, Michael read his latest draft out loud. He
looked closely at all the spots where his writing did not read easily.
He used a grammar handbook to deal with the problem at those spots
in his paper, and he made the corrections needed so that all his
sentences read smoothly. He also used his dictionary to check on the
spelling of every word he was unsure about. He even took a blank
sheet of paper and used it to uncover his paper one line at a time,
looking for any other mistakes that might be there.
Practice 9: EDITING
When you have your almost-final draft of the paper, edit it in the
following ways:
• Read the paper aloud, listening for awkward wordings and places
where the meaning is unclear. Make the changes needed for the
paper to read smoothly and clearly. In addition, see if you can get
another person to read the draft aloud to you. The spots that this
person has trouble reading are spots where you may have to do some
revision and correct your grammar or punctuation mistakes.
• Using your dictionary (or a spell-check program if you have a
computer), check any words that you think might be misspelled.
• Finally, take a sheet of paper and cover your paper so that you can
expose and carefully proofread one line at a time. Use this grammar
book to check any other spots where you think there might be
grammar or punctuation mistakes in your writing.
Final Thoughts
When you have a paper to write, here in a nutshell, is what to do:
1. Write about what you know. If you don’t know much about your
topic, go onto the Internet and use the helpful search engine Google.
You can access it by typing www.google.com .
A screen will then appear with a box in which you can type one or
more keywords. For example, if you were thinking about doing a
paper about why students drop out of school, Google “why students
drop out of school,” and you will find millions of articles on that
topic. Just reading and reflecting on some of the articles listed on the
first or second Google page will help you think about the topic and
develop your own ideas about it.
Keep in mind that you do not want to take other people’s words—
that would be plagiarism, which is stealing. Rather, your goal is to
use other people’s information and thoughts as a springboard for
your own words and ideas about a topic.
2. Use prewriting strategies to begin to write about your topic. Look
for a point you can make, and make sure you have details to support
it.
3. Write several drafts, aiming all the while for three goals in your
writing: a clear point, strong support for that point, and well-
organized support. Use transitions to help organize your support.
4. Then read your paper out loud. It should read smoothly and
clearly. Look closely for grammar and punctuation problems at any
rough spots. Check this grammar book or a dictionary as needed.
34 Writing Assignments
Writing is best done on topics about which you have information and
in which you have interest. To ensure that you have a choice of
topics, following are twenty writing assignments. With your
instructor’s guidance, decide which of the topics you will write
about during the course, and whether you’ll be writing a paragraph
or an essay. In general, the assignments proceed from simpler, first-
person topics to more difficult, third-person ones.
1. Getting Around
Explain in detail what means of transportation you have relied upon
to get from one place to another in your life. To make your writing
more interesting, be sure to include descriptive details about each
method of transportation you’ve used. Your paragraph or essay
should be arranged in a time order, from your childhood to your
teenage years to the present.
2. Your Room
Describe in detail the room where you sleep. You might order your
details by proceeding in a left to right sequence around the room. Or
you might describe the largest items in the room first and then go on
to the smaller ones. Or you might present a dominant impression
about your room (for example, “My room is a very
cluttered/neat/comfortable/small/multi- purpose - or some other
quality - place”). Whatever organization you choose, be sure to
include plenty of vivid details to make your description come alive.
3. Eating Habits
Describe in detail what you typically eat, when you eat, and how
your eating habits have perhaps changed over the years. Be sure to
mention individual favorite foods. Include a closing sentence or two
about ways you might want to improve your eating habits.
Here is one student’s response to this assignment:
Eating Habits
When it comes to eating, I have very specific habits, some of which
may not be the best.
To begin with, when I eat is often based more on my emotions than
on any actual need to eat. If I’m having a really stressful morning at
work. I’ll often start snacking on something as early as ten o’clock
and keep on eating right up to lunch. It doesn’t matter that I’m not
hungry; I’ll eat to calm myself down. On the other hand, if I’m
having a good and productive day, I might completely forget to eat
and then be totally starved by mid-afternoon. At that point, I’ll eat
way too much all at once. Furthermore, the foods I choose to eat
could not always be called the best choices. Because I have to be at
work so early, I typically have nothing more than a couple cups of
coffee for breakfast. Lunch during the week is nearly always
something from one of the nearby restaurants. Most of these
restaurants are either fast food or some other kind of takeout where
the emphasis is, of course, on cheap, quick food as opposed to
nutritious food. Dinnertime is the only time that I actually pay
some attention to healthy choices and include a salad and some fruit.
Finally, however, I often cancel out dinner’s health with my worst
eating habit. By about nine or ten o’clock, I tend to get a little
hungry, and if I'm watching TV or a movie, I end up eating
something sugary and fattening. Naturally, since my attention is on
what I'm watching, I don’t watch how much I eat. I’ve been known
to eat an entire quart of fudge ice cream in one sitting! I know that
many of these old habits could be changed by making just a few
simple adjustments like eating a good breakfast and packing my own
lunch (and staying out of the kitchen after dinner). There is probably
no better time than right now to start breaking old eating habits.
4. Technology in Your Life

When Abraham Lincoln was a boy, he expanded his world through
reading books by the light of a log fire. In contrast, you have access
to all kinds of technology, including television, smartphones, tablets,
and computers. Explain in detail how technology has been an
influence in your daily life. How has it been of value to you? What
has it made possible for you? Include a closing thought about
whether all this technology has been more of a help or a hindrance.
5. Hometown
If a friend wrote to you asking whether your hometown would be a
good place for him or her to move to, what would be your response?
Write a one-paragraph letter to your friend explaining the advantages
or disadvantages of living in your hometown. Begin your remarks
with a specific recommendation to your friend; it will serve as the
topic sentence of the paragraph. Cover such matters as employment,
recreation, housing, schools, and safety. Be sure your details are as
specific and descriptive as you can make them. To connect your
ideas, use transitions such as in addition, furthermore, on the other
hand, and however.
6. Best or Worst Childhood Experience

Some of our most vivid memories are of things that happened to us
as children, and these memories don’t ever seem to fade. In fact,
many elderly people say that childhood memories are clearer to them
than things that happened yesterday. Think back to one of the best or
worst experiences you had as a child. Try to remember the details of
the event—sights, sounds, smells, textures, tastes.
You might begin by freewriting for ten minutes or so about good or
bad childhood experiences. That freewriting may suggest to you a
topic you will want to develop.
After you have decided on a topic, try to write a clear sentence
stating what the experience was and whether it was one of the best or
worst of your childhood. For example, “The time I was beaten up
coming home from my first day in fifth grade was one of my worst
childhood moments.”
You may then find it helpful to make a list in which you jot down as
many details as you can remember about the experience. Stick with a
single experience, and don’t try to describe too much. If a week you
spent at summer camp was an unpleasant experience, don’t try to
write about the entire week. Just describe one horrible moment or
event.
When you write the paper, use a time order to organize details: first
this happened, then this, next this, and so on.
As you write, imagine that someone is going to make a short film
based on your paragraph. 'try to provide vivid details, quotations,
and pictures for the filmmaker to shoot. Here is one student’s
response to this assignment:
It may not sound that exciting, but one of the best childhood
experiences that I can remember was visiting a big farm with my
grandfather. The visit began in the early morning when we went out
to a huge pen and fed a dozen or more pigs. To an eight-year-old
who was unusually crazy about pigs, this was probably the high
point of my entire life! My grandfather held me up on his shoulders
and let me throw com and old bananas to the pigs. In addition to
getting to throw rotten bananas in the air, I was thrilled to have an
audience of grunting pigs all staring at me eagerly. Next, my
grandfather led me into a giant barn that was filled with all sorts of
animals that I was allowed to pet, brush, and even ride. A pen full of
goats ate feed out of my hands and made me laugh with their curious
expressions as I petted their scruffy heads. My grandfather let me
brush a small pony’s mane, and then he lifted me up onto the pony’s
back and let me ride in a small circle inside the barn. Finally, the
farm’s owner, a friend of my grandfather’s, took me for a ride out
into the cornfield on a huge red tractor. The tractor cut down all the
old cornstalks and made a tremendous roar as we moved along. It
kicked up so much dust that it seemed like we were moving through
a cloud. That tractor ride surpassed any carnival ride I had ever been
on by a mile! And that visit to a farm, simple as it may have been,
surpassed most of my childhood experiences.
7. Adults and Children

It has been said that the older we get, the more we see our parents
(or other influential adults) in ourselves. Indeed, any of our habits
(good and bad), beliefs, and temperaments can often be traced to a
parent or other significant adult in our life.
Write a paper in which you describe three characteristics you have
“inherited” from an adult. You might want to think about your topic
by asking yourself a series of questions: “How am I like my mother
(or father or uncle or mentor or guardian)? “When and where am I
like her (or him)?” “Why am I like her (or him)?” Be sure to include
examples for each of the characteristics you mention.
One student who did such a paper used as her topic sentence the
following statement: “Although I hate to admit it, I know that in
several ways I’m just like my mom.” She then went on to describe
how she works too hard, worries too much, and judges other people
too harshly. Another student wrote, “I resemble my grandfather in
my love of TV sports, my habit of putting things off, and my
reluctance to show my feelings.”
Here is one student’s response to this assignment:
Adults and Children

Although everyone says I look just like my mother, I am beginning
to realize that I am more like my dad in a few unusual ways. To
begin with, my dad and I are the only ones in our family that really
like to watch football. You would think my two older brothers would
be more interested in football than their younger sister is, but I’m
always the one sitting with Dad in front of the television on
Sundays, cheering and yelling. My mom kind of rolls her eyes
at our obsession, but Dad and I understand each other. Second, just
like my dad, I’ve always loved winter more than any other season.
Dad and I prefer really cold weather, and we can’t wait for the first
snowfall. The rest of the family lives for summer and hides away
inside during the winter, but Dad and I have always particularly
enjoyed skiing, sledding, and wild snowball fights. While everyone
else celebrates the end of winter, Dad and I are both always a little
sad when the last of the winter snow and ice melts. Finally, like my
dad, I’ve always liked math and numbers. My mother prefers words
and writing, and she generally seems confused or bored when it
comes to dealing with numbers. However, Dad and I both enjoy
mathematical puzzles and mysteries. One time, we spent an entire
afternoon working on a particularly baffling math equation—and we
enjoyed it! I may have my mom’s eyes and nose, but when it comes
to certain characteristics, I am definitely more like my dad.
8. Best or Worst Job or Chore You Ever Had

Most people, at some point in their lives, have had to deal with a job
or a chore that was a challenging one. Perhaps you worked in a
restaurant where the boss was nasty or the hours were very
inconvenient or the customers were rude. Perhaps you had a
babysitting job with a difficult child. Perhaps you were responsible
for taking care of a pet that required more time than you could give.
Or perhaps the work turned out to be a valuable and fulfilling
learning experience. Whatever the job or chore, see if you can
provide three reasons why it was a worst - or best - one. And be sure
to provide details for each of the reasons you cite. See also the
prewriting activities on pages 218-223- Here is one students
response to this assignment:
My Worst Job
Many people might think working as a lifeguard would be a dream
job, but it turned out to be one of the worst jobs I've ever had. To
begin with, this lifeguarding position was not exactly on a beautiful
beach or at a lake. I was in charge of an old public pool that was,
basically, in the middle of a big parking lot. My view was of a strip
mall and the back of an old apartment building. Two restaurant
dumpsters were downwind from the pool, so there was always the
smell of garbage in the air to add to this unpleasant location.
Secondly, I spent way more time doing disgusting chores than I did
actually lifeguarding. My boss was too cheap to hire anyone to do
maintenance, so I had to clean the bathrooms, mop up spilled drinks
around the pool, and even clean out all the gross stuff that collects in
a pool. On a bad day, I might have to remove band aids and hair
from the filters three or four times. On a very bad day, I might have
to order everyone out of the wading pool section while I fished out a
diaper that had fallen off a baby. Finally, I was required to wear a
really ridiculous red and white tank top and a matching red cap
while I was working. My boss thought it was important for a
lifeguard to stand out. I definitely did. I had thought that my being a
lifeguard might impress the girls around the pool and lead to some
dates. However, thanks to that clown-like uniform, the girls giggled
at me more than anything else. I’m sure that being a lifeguard can be
a glamorous experience, but my first (and last!) lifeguarding job had
no glamour to it at all.
9. Being One’s Own Worst Enemy

“A lot of people are their own worst enemies” is a familiar saying.
We all know people who hurt themselves. Write a paragraph
describing someone you know who is his or her own worst enemy.
In your paper, introduce die person and explain his or her hurtful
behaviors. You may wish to conclude your paragraph with
suggestions for that person. A useful way to gather ideas for this
paper is to combine two prewriting techniques - outlining and
listing. Begin with an outline of the general areas you expect to
cover. Here’s an outline that may work:
- Introduce the person
- Describe the hurtful behavior(s)
- Suggest changes
Once you have a workable outline, then use list making to produce
specific details for each outline point. For example, here are one
person’s lists for the points in the outline:
Person
- Vanessa
- Just graduated high school
- Works at a department store
- Wants to go to college, but needs money
Hurtful behaviors
- Just moved into own apartment, which takes much of monthly
income - could have stayed at home
- Spends a lot of money on clothing
- Makes no effort to find financial aid for school
Changes
- Stop spending so much and start saving
- Get information from school financial aid offices
10. A Helpful Experience

Write an account of an experience you have had that taught you
something important. It might involve a mistake you made or an
event that gave you insight into yourself or others. Perhaps you have
had school problems that taught you to be a more effective student,
or you have had a conflict with someone that you now understand
could have been avoided. Whatever experience you choose to write
about, be sure to tell how it has changed your way of thinking.
11. Dealing with a Problem

M. Scott Peck states that the only way to solve a problem is to solve
it—in other words, to take responsibility for the problem and find a
solution. When did you accept the responsibility for a problem in
your own life and figure out a solution for it? Write about what
happened. Be sure to answer the following questions:
• How was the problem affecting my life?
• When did I realize that I was (in part) responsible for the problem?
• What solution for the problem did I come up with?
• What happened after I put my solution to work?
In selecting a topic for this assignment, think about various kinds of
problems you may have experienced: problems getting along with
other people, money problems, relationship problems, problems
completing work on time, difficulties in self-discipline, use of
alcohol or other drugs, and so on. Then ask yourself which of these
problems you have accepted responsibility for and solved. Once you
have thought of a topic, you might begin with a statement like one of
the following:
• This past year, I began to take responsibility for my continuing
problems with my mother.
• I recently faced the fact that I have a self-discipline problem and
have taken steps to deal with it.
• After years of spending my money on the wrong kinds of things,
I’ve acted to deal with my money problems.
This statement could then be supported with one or more examples
of the problem, a description of how and when you realized the
problem, and a detailing of the steps you have taken to deal with the
problem.
12. Making the World a Better Place

What are three ways in which our country could be made a better
place? Describe one change on the national level, one change on the
social level, and one change on the personal level. Note there are
examples of student responses to this assignment on pages 212-213.
In your paper, do not use any of the three changes cited in the
student models; instead, provide your own suggested changes. You
may find it helpful to first Google “making the world a better place”
and to read and reflect on some of the information you find.
13. Why Students Drop Out of School

Google “why students drop out of school.” Read and reflect on the
information you find, and use it to write a paragraph or an essay on
three reasons why students drop out of school.
NOTE Do not use someone else’s words in writing your paper. That
would be plagiarizing - in a word, stealing. Use other people’s ideas
only as a springboard for developing your own thoughts about a
topic.
14. Harmful Habits

Google “harmful habits.” Read and reflect on the information you
find, and use it to write a paragraph or an essay on three harmful bad
habits in people’s lives.
would be plagiarizing— in a word, stealing. Use other people’s ideas
topic.
15. Parenting Styles

Google “parenting styles.” Read and reflect on the information you
find, and use it to write a paragraph or an essay on the advantages
and drawbacks of different parenting styles. In your conclusion, you
may want to state which parenting style seems the most effective,
and why.
would be plagiarizing- in a word, stealing. Use other people’s ideas
topic.
16. Adult Children at Home

Google “adult children living at home.” Read and reflect on the
three reasons why it is or is not a good idea for adult children to live
with their parents.
topic.
17. Characteristics of Bullies

Google “characteristics of bullies.” Read and reflect on the
three characteristics that bullies often have in common.
topic.
18. Improving Health and Wellbeing

Google “improving health and wellbeing.” Read and reflect on the
three lifestyle changes that would improve the health and wellbeing
of many children and adults. In your conclusion, stress the
importance of these changes to living a long and healthy life.
topic.
19. Student Stress
Google “student stress.” Read and reflect on the information you
find, and use it to write a paragraph or an essay on three kinds of
stress that students often encounter in everyday life.
topic.
20. People of Courage

Google “people of courage.” Read and reflect on the information
you find, and use it to write a paragraph or an essay on three people
who displayed remarkable courage in their lives.
topic.
Proofreading Techniques
Basics about Proofreading
An important step in becoming a good writer is learning to
proofread. When you proofread, you check the next-to-final draft of
a paper for grammar, punctuation, and other mistakes. Such mistakes
are ones you did not find and fix in earlier drafts of a paper because
you were working on content.
All too often, students skip the key step of proofreading in their rush
to hand in a paper. As a result, their writing may contain careless
errors that leave a bad impression and result in a lower grade. This
chapter explains how to proofread effectively and suggests a
sequence to follow when proofreading. The chapter also provides a
series of practices to help you improve your proofreading skills.
HOW TO PROOFREAD
1. Proofreading is a special kind of reading that should not be
rushed. Don’t try to proofread a paper minutes before it is due. If
you do, you are likely to see what you intended to write, not what is
actually on the page. Instead, do one of the following:
• Read your writing out loud.
• Alternatively, do the reading “aloud” in your head, perhaps moving
your lips as you read.
In either case, listen for spots that do not read smoothly and clearly.
You will probably be able to hear where your sentences should begin
and end. You will then be more likely to find any fragments and run-
ons that are present. Other spots that do not read smoothly may
reveal other grammar or punctuation errors. Take the time needed to
check such spots closely.
2. Read through your paper several times, looking for different types
of errors in each reading. Here is a good sequence to follow:
• Look for sentence fragments, run-ons, and comma splices.
• Look for verb mistakes.
• Look for capital letter and punctuation mistakes.
• Look for missing words or missing -s endings.
• Look for spelling mistakes, including errors in homonyms.
This chapter will give you practice in proofreading for the above
mistakes. In addition, as you proofread your work, you should watch
for problems with pronoun and modifier use, word choice, and
parallelism.
SENTENCE FRAGMENTS, RUN-ONS, AND COMMA

SPLICES
Sentence Fragments
When proofreading for sentence fragments, remember to look for the
following:
• Dependent-word fragments
• Fragments without subjects
• Fragments without a subject and a verb (-ing and to fragments,
example fragments)
In general, correct a fragment by doing one of the following:
1. Connect the fragment to the sentence that comes before or after it.
2. Create a completely new sentence by adding a subject and/or a
verb.
To further refresh your memory about fragments, turn to pages

27-38.
Run-On Sentences and Comma Splices
When proofreading for run-on sentences and comma splices, keep
the following definitions in mind:
• A run-on sentence results when one complete thought is
immediately followed by another, with nothing between them.
• A comma splice is made up of two complete thoughts that are
incorrectly joined by only a comma.
To correct run-on sentences and comma splices, do one of the
following:
1. Use a period and a capital letter to create separate sentences.
2. Use a comma plus a joining word (such as and, but, or so) to
combine the two complete thoughts into one compound sentence.
3. Use a dependent word (see page 45) to make one of the complete
thoughts dependent upon the other one.
4. Use a semicolon to connect the two complete thoughts.
To further refresh your memory about run-on sentences and
comma splices, turn to pages 39-50 and 179-182.
Practice 1
Read each of the following short passages either aloud or to
yourself. Each passage contains a sentence fragment, a run-on, or a
comma splice. Find and underline the error. Then correct it in the
space provided.
1. That bookcase is too heavy on top it could fall over. Take some of
the big books off the highest shelf and put them on the bottom one.
…
2. The detective asked everyone to gather in the library. He
announced that he had solved the mystery. And would soon reveal
the name of the murderer. Suddenly the lights went out.
…
3. That rocking chair is very old. It belonged to my great-
grandfather, he brought it to the United States from Norway. I like to
think about all the people who have sat in it over the years.
…
4. Before you leave the house. Please close all the windows in case it
rains. I don’t want the carpet to get soaked.
…
5. Midori is from Taiwan, she uses the English name Shirley, which
is easier for her American friends to say. Everyone in her family has
both a Chinese and an English name.
…
6. My aunt took a trip on a boat off the coast of California. She
wanted to see whales. Whales are always sighted there. At a certain
time of the year.
7. For vacation this year, we are going to rent a cabin. It is on a lake
in the mountains we can swim, fish, and sunbathe there. Everyone in
the family is looking forward to that week.
…
8. Rosalie went to the beauty salon on Friday. To get her long hair
trimmed just a little. However, she changed her mind and had it cut
very short.
…
9. The Webbs put a white carpet in their living room. Now they feel
that was a foolish choice. Every bit of dirt or spilled food shows on
the white surface. And is nearly impossible to get rid of.
10. That waiter is quick and hard-working, he is not friendly with
customers. For that reason he doesn’t get very good tips. His boss
tells him to smile and be more pleasant, but he doesn’t seem to
listen.
…
COMMON VERB MISTAKES

When proofreading, look for the following common verb mistakes:
• The wrong past or past participle forms of irregular verbs (pages 9-
14)
• Lack of subject-verb agreement (pages 15-20; 153-159)
• Needless shifts of verb tense (pages 171-172)
Practice 2
Read each of the following sentences either aloud or to yourself.
Each contains a verb mistake. Find and cross out the error. Then
correct it in the space provided.
… 1. The girls swimmed all the way to the raft.
… 2. The rock climbers wears safety ropes in case they fall.
… 3. Because my brother studied hard, he does very well on the
exam.
… 4. The strange-looking puppy growed up to be a beautiful dog.
… 5. Neither of our cars are working right now.
… 6. The phone rang twenty times before someone answers it.
… 7. The public swimming pools in the city is not open yet.
… 8. Somehow, I sleeped through last night’s loud thunderstorm.
… 9. There are poison ivy growing all over that empty lot.
… 10. Gerald tells everybody it’s his birthday and then claimed he
doesn’t want presents.
CAPITAL LETTER AND PUNCTUATION MISTAKES
When proofreading, be sure the following begin with capital letters:
• The first word in a sentence or direct quotation
• The word I and people’s names
• Family names
• Names of specific places and languages
• Names of specific groups
• Names of days of the week, months, and holidays (but not the
seasons)
• Brand names
• Titles
• Names of specific school courses
• Names of historical periods and well-known events
• Opening and closing of a letter
When proofreading, be sure commas are used in the following
places:
• Between items in a series
• After introductory material
• Around words that interrupt the flow of a sentence
• Between complete thoughts connected by a joining word
• Before and/or after words of direct address and short expressions
• In dates, addresses and letters
When proofreading, be sure apostrophes are used in the following:
• Contractions
• Possessives (but not in plurals or verbs)
When proofreading, look for quotation marks around direct
quotations. Eliminate any quotation marks around indirect
quotations.
Finally, remember to also watch for problems with colons,
semicolons, hyphens, dashes, and parentheses.
To further refresh your memory, turn to “Capital Letters,”
pages 75-80 and 207-210; “Commas,” pages 51—56 and 183-
188; “Apostrophes,” pages 57-62 and 189—194; “Quotation
Marks,” pages 63-68 and 195-199; and “Punctuation Marks,”
pages 89-95.
Practice 3
Each sentence contains an error in capitalization, an error in comma
or apostrophe use, or two missing quotation marks. Find the mistake,
and correct it in the space provided.
… 1. I loaded up my low-fat frozen yogurt with fudge sauce peanuts,
cherries, and whipped cream.
… 2. Bobs uncle is an actor in a soap opera.
… 3. The deli clerk yelled “Who’s next?”
… 4. Our flight to Chicago was delayed two hours because of
mechanical problems.
… 5. Please call me Tom, our business instructor said.
… 6. I dread the Summer because I get hay fever so badly.
… 7. A person doesnt have to be great at a sport to be a great coach.
… 8. Although he’s only a cartoon character Mickey Mouse is loved
by millions.
… 9. The fresh watermelon’s in the supermarket look delicious.
… 10. “I’d like to ask you a question, Marvin told June. I hope you
don’t think it’s too personal.”
MISSING -S ENDINGS AND MISSING WORDS
Since you know what you meant when you wrote something, it is
easy for you not to notice when a word ending or even a whole word
is missing. The following two sections will give you practice in
proofreading for such omissions.
Missing -s Endings
When you proofread, remember the following about noun and verb
endings:
• The plural form of most nouns ends in s (for example, two cups of
coffee).
• Present tense verbs for the singular third-person subjects end with
an s.
To further refresh your memory about the present tense, turn to
pages 161-162.
Practice 4
Read each of the following sentences either aloud or to yourself. In
each case an -s ending is needed on one of the nouns or verbs in the
sentence. Find and cross out the error. Then correct it in the space
provided, being sure to add the s to the word.
… 1. All of the pay telephone are being used.
… 2. You should check your front left tire because it look a little flat.
… 3. My uncle is always telling terrible joke.
… 4. Most bam are painted a dark red color.
… 5. Ella make new friends quite easily.
… 6. Luis got his job because he speak Spanish and English equally
well.
… 7. The drugstore close at nine o’clock, but the other mall stores
stay open till ten.
… 8. The grass always grow faster whenever we have a heavy
summer rain.
… 9. There are two can of soda hidden on the shelf of the
refrigerator.
… 10. Many red-haired people have freckle on their skin and also
get sunburned quickly.
Missing Words
When you proofread, look for places where you may have omitted
such short words as a, of, the, or to.
Practice 5
Read each of the following sentences either aloud or to yourself. In
each sentence, one of the following little words has been omitted:
a andby of the to with
Add a caret (A) at the spot where the word is missing. Then write the
missing word in the space provided.
Example of My new pair jeans is too tight.
… 1. Several pieces this puzzle are missing.
… 2. When she went to the grocery store, Louise forgot buy bread.
… 3. Some the programs on TV are too violent for children.
… 4. That orange shirt looks great the black pants.
… 5. I didn’t think I had a chance of winning prize in the contest.
… 6. Paul plays both the piano the bass guitar.
… 7. Sandra became tired while climbing up steep hill.
… 8. Everyone was surprised the school principal’s announcement.
… 9. Do you drink your coffee cream or just sugar?
… 10. It’s hard pay attention to a boring speaker.
HOMONYM MISTAKES
When proofreading, pay special attention to the spelling of words
that are easily confused with other words.
To refresh your memory of homonyms listed in this book, turn to
pages 69-74 and 200-206.
Practice 6
Each sentence contains a mistake in a commonly confused word.
Find and cross out the error. Then correct it in the space provided.
… 1. We left the beach early because there were to many flies.
… 2. It’s you’re own fault that you missed the deadline.
… 3. No one knows who’s sweatshirt this is.
… 4. If your hungry, fix yourself something to eat.
… 5. I can’t get close enough to the stray dog to read the tag on it’s
collar.
… 6. My cousins have promised that their coming here soon for a
visit.
… 7. I can think of too practical reasons for staying in school: to
improve your skills and to prepare for a better job.
… 8. These greeting cards have pictures on they’re covers, but
there’s no message inside.
… 9. Although its tempting to keep the money, you should return it
to the man whose name appears in the wallet.
…10. As we waited in the emergency room to hear whether our sick
friend would be all right, time past slowly.
A Note on Making Corrections in Your Papers

You can add minor corrections to the final draft of a paper and still
hand it in. Just make the corrections neatly. Add missing punctuation
marks right in the text, exactly where they belong. Draw a straight
line through any words or punctuation you wish to eliminate or
correct. Add new material by inserting a caret (A) at the point where
the addition should be. Then write the new word or words above the
line at that point. Here’s an example of a sentence that was corrected
during proofreading:
• Some Hondas are made in japan Japan , but others are made in
this country.
Retype or recopy a paper if you discover a number of errors.
Practice 7
Here are five sentences, each of which contains two of the types of
errors covered in this chapter. Correct the errors by crossing out or
adding words or punctuation marks, as in the example above.
1. Helena is taking two english course in school this semester.
2. I feel sorry for Donnas dog, it lost a leg in a car accident.
3. Rusty cans plastic bags and scraps of wood washed up on deserted
beach.
4. My mother take night classes at college, wear she is learning to
use a computer.
5. When the power came back on. All the digital clocks in the house
began to blink, the refrigerator motor started to hum.
36 Ten Proofreading Tests

Proofreading: TEST 1
Read the following passage either aloud or to yourself, looking for
the following ten mistakes:
1 irregular verb mistake
2 sentence fragments
1 missing comma after introductory material
1 apostrophe mistake
2 missing sets of quotation marks
2 homonym mistakes
1 faulty parallelism
Correct the mistakes, crossing out or adding words or punctuation
marks as needed.
Parents Who Care

1Carla was talking to her best friend, Sara, about things her parents
did that annoyed her. 2 She said, My parents drive me crazy. 3 No
matter what I do, it never seems to be enough. 4 Carla complained
that her mother was always telling her to try to get a better job. 5
One that required more skill than working as a waitress. 6 Her father
always pushed her to study harder, not be eating junk food, and to
keep herself informed by reading. 7 He often bringed home books
and piled them on the dresser in Carlas bedroom. 8 Both her parents
always seemed to be nagging her to save more money for the future.
9 Finally, Carla asked Sara if her parents were the same way. 10
After a long pause and a sad smile Sara just shrugged and said,
Accept for telling me that I’d better not flunk out of school, my
parents never really seem to care weather I do better or not. 11 Carla
was surprised. 12 To see that Sara looked a little embarrassed.
"Suddenly, it occurred to Carla that the reason her parents pushed
her was simply that they loved her.

1 sentence fragment
1 run-on sentence
1 comma splice
1 missing comma between items in a series
2 missing quotation marks
1 homonym mistake
marks as needed.
Learning a Lesson
1A lot of important learning take’s place outside of school. 2 We
were at Universal Studios in Florida. 3 Waiting to be seated for a
movie. 4 We knew the wait would not be too long and stood there
fairly content, munched Good Humor ice cream bars and watching
people. 5 My eye was drawn to a tall older woman in her fifties near
the front of the line. 6 She were flashily dressed, with a bright pink
jacket white pants, and white blonde hair teased and curled like
cotton candy. 7 Her makeup looked painted on, she seemed to me
like a clown as she smiled and talked to someone near her.
8 That woman near the front has no idea of how ridiculous she is, I
commented to my friend. 9 “She should act her age.”
10 Then the line started to move, and I noticed that the woman
walked with a crutch. 11 It was hooked up under one arm and
supported what was obviously a very weak leg. 12 She moved more
slowly than other people. 13 And then I realized that while she had
been talking to people in line, she was alone. 14 She found a seat by
herself as we past her by. 15 The show started, but I didn’t pay much
attention 1 realized that the joke was on me. 16 I judged that woman
as preposterous and stupid, and I was the one who was preposterous
and stupid. 17 And I thought about how all through our lives we pile
up pluses and minuses - moments when we are kind and moments
when we are cruel. 18I had just scored another minus.
Read die following passage either aloud or to yourself, looking for
1 sentence fragment
2 homonym mistakes
1 run-on sentence
1 capital letter mistake
2 missing commas in a series
1 shift in verb tense
2 missing apostrophes in contractions
marks as needed.
Balancing Act
1 Sometimes Carl feels like hes being pulled in five different
directions all at once. 2 It’s an unsettling and often nerve-wracking
sensation, but it’s one that thousands of young people are
accustomed to feeling.
3 ’’Tm just trying to make my life better,” Carl explains, “but it’s not
easy.”
4 Carl attends school part time, works two part-time jobs, and
constantly lives with the stress of wondering whether or not their
will be enough money to pay rent. 5 Even though Carl shares a small
apartment with two other roommates. 6 He’s never entirely certain
that the money will come together.
7 “Minimum wage just doesn’t cut it,” Carl says. 8 “But right now,
that’s all I can get. 9 That’s why I’m in school—so that I can get a
better job one day.”
10 Carl’s day begins at 4 a.m. 11 He worked at a fast food restaurant
until 10:00, and then he attends classes until mid-afternoon. 12 After
a quick bite to eat and whatever studying he can cram in, Carl works
evenings cleaning office buildings. 13 Back home after 10:00, Carl
often studies until after midnight then he is back up before daylight
and back at it all over again.
14 “it’s a real balancing act,” Carl says with a tired laugh. 15 “If one
little thing goes wrong, like I get sick or my beat-up old car breaks
down, it throws everything off. "It’s tough sometimes, but I know I
can get threw it.”
17 How does Carl know? 18 He knows because he watched his own
mother juggle a job school and a child twelve years ago. 19 Several
years of nonstop juggling paid off. 20 Carl’s mom now works as a
dental technician and makes good money.
21 “Back when I was ten years old, I couldn’t understand why my
mom worked so hard and why we never had any extra money to do
fun things. 22 I didn’t get it,” Carl says. 23 “But I get it now.”
1 irregular verb mistake 1 apostrophe mistake
1 sentence fragment 1 missing quotation mark
1 run-on sentence1 homonym mistake
2 comma splices 1 missing word
1 missing comma
marks as needed.
Being There When a Friend Needs You Most

1 Courtney and Karen had been close friends since middle school,
they knew all of each others secrets. 2 Then all of a sudden, Karen
stopped calling Courtney and kept making excuses for why she
couldn’t do things with her.
3 “I couldn’t understand it,” Courtney said. 4 “She had moved in
with her boyfriend, Ron, so I knew I’d see less of her, but I didn’t
think I’d totally lose her as a friend.”
5 Then, one day, Courtney runned into Karen and Ron at the
supermarket. 6 Karen had bruise on her cheek. 7 When Courtney
asked what had happened, Karen looked scared and didn’t say
anything, Ron laughed and told Courtney that Karen was just
clumsy. 8 But Courtney had a bad feeling. 9 She called Karen at
work the next day and told her they had to talk.
10 “She kept saying everything was okay, but then she began crying,
Courtney explained. 11 “Ron had been abusing her for months. 12
She was to scared to tell anyone. 13 She felt trapped.”
14 Courtney then did the most important things a friend can do for a
friend who’s being abused. 15 First, she didn’t judge or give advice
she just listened. 16 Next, Courtney let Karen know that Karen
deserved to be treated well and loved by someone who really cared
about her. 17 Finally, Courtney offered Karen a place to stay. 18
Where she’d feel safe and have someone to talk to. 19 Karen was
truly relieved to move in with Courtney. 20 After about six months
with Courtney Karen was back on her feet both emotionally and
financially. 21 She was ready for a fresh start on life.
22 “People always say they don’t know what to do when a friend is
being abused,” Courtney says. 23 “It’s pretty simple - just be there
for that friend.”

1 mistake in subject-verb agreement
2 sentence fragments 1 comma splice
1 run-on sentence
1 missing comma
1 homonym mistake
1 missing question mark
marks as needed.
Better with Age

When I returned to school at the age of 38. 2 I thought it was going
to be a serious nightmare. 3 I knew I needed a College degree in
order to get a better job and earn a better salary, but I was really
worried. 4 In my mind, college was all about young people who
were right out of high school with their futures wide open. 5 Here I
was, almost old enough to be their mother and with 20 years of my
working life already behind me. 6 I was going to really stick out. 7
There wouldn’t be anyone older then I was. 8 However, I was
wrong, in my very first class, I met a student who was 53! 9 Nobody
looked twice at him or me. 10 “Nobody cared. 11 There was a lot of
older students. 12 Nonetheless, I was still nervous. 13 What if I had
forgotten how to study after so many years out of school. 14
“Because I hadn’t done any homework in nearly 20 years. 15 I was
sure I wouldn’t have a clue how to study. 16 “Again, I was wrong.
17 All my years of working had kept my brain sharp and my
organizational and focusing skills even sharper. 18 If anything, I was
better at studying than my younger classmates. 19 That brings me to
my final worry. 20 I had thought that the younger students would
ignore me or even laugh at me because of my age. 21 Instead, it was
just the opposite. 22 Many of my classmate’s respected me for
returning to school. 23They had a lot of questions about the “real
world” and about working in an office. 24 I actually made a lot of
new friends. 25 Despite all my worry returning to school was far
from a serious nightmare it was a dream come true!
2 comma splices
1 missing comma in a series
1 missing comma after an introductory word
2 capital letter mistakes
marks as needed.
Why Sugar Is Not So Sweet

1 Everyone craves something sweet from time to time, there’s a
good reason for that. 2 Our bodies need sugar for energy. 3 We store
sugar in the form of glucose so that we have a quick and powerful
source of energy when we need it. 4 So, when our body signals that
it wants something sugary, it’s not necessarily a bad thing. 5 Except
when we start responding to that signal too often. 6 That’s when
sugar becomes an addiction, and then it can become a very bad
thing. 7 How much is too much sugar? 8 Most americans take in
about 22 teaspoons of sugar a day. 9 Which is more than twice as
much as we should consume! 10 And all this sugar is ruining the
health of millions of us. 11 Excess sugar has been blamed for tooth
decay, skin problems, premature wrinkles, moodiness, ulcers
gallstones, and even arthritis. 12 However the most severe and
dangerous problems caused by consumption of too much sugar is
obesity and diabetes. 13 It is estimated that more than a third of the
people in our country are now obese, many of them have gotten that
way through one common poison: sugar. 14 Obesity has many
dangers of its own, and one of the worst and deadliest is diabetes. 15
People with diabetes can’t convert sugar into energy. 16 So the sugar
stays in the bloodstream. 17 This can cause shock and, if untreated,
death. 18 The good news, though, is that avoiding all these health
problems is as simple as cutting back on sugar intake. 19 Many
Doctors recommend no more than six to nine teaspoons of sugar a
day. 20 Since many foods already have added sugars, we need to
avoid eating most desserts, sodas, and the eating of candy.21 An
occasional treat is fine, but be careful. 22 You don’t want to find
yourself on the bitter side of sugar.
1 sentence fragment
2 run-on sentences
1 comma splice
2 missing commas around interrupting words
1 missing apostrophe
1 shift in verb tense
marks as needed.
The Night I Woke Up

1 I always used to blame everyone else for anything that went wrong
in my life. 2 When I didn’t make good grades in high school. 3 I
blamed my teachers for being too boring. 4 When all I could get was
an uninspiring, low-paying job after high school, it was my parents’
fault. 5 If they’d only lended me a little money I said to myself I
could have had more time to look for a good job. 6 Then, later on,
when I got fired from that job for slacking off, I blamed my Boss. 7
In my mind, it was her fault for being so demanding and picky. 8 I
continued on this path of taking no responsibility for my life for
several years, then something woke me up: my baby son. 9
Somehow, a wonderful woman had fallen in love with me in spite of
my lack of ambition and self-responsibility. 10 The night our son
was born, I took my first look at him, and a light switches on in my
head for the first time in my life, I was responsible for someone else.
11 I might have been able to fool myself with my excuses in the
past, but that wouldn’t cut it now. 12 Suddenly, all my years of
blaming others for my mistakes came back to me in a shameful rush.
13 The very next morning I went to our local community college and
signed up for classes today, I’m working during the day and studying
accounting at night. 14 By this time next year, I hope to have a good
job that will provide a good life for my son. 15 Sometimes, I’m
exhausted, but it’s okay. 16 It feels pretty good to know that, one
day, when Ive achieved my goals, I’ll have only myself to blame!

1 sentence fragment
2 comma splices
1 missing comma after introductory material
1 homonym error
1 missing question mark
1 missing word
marks as needed.
Helping Others
1 Do you think that you would be less likely to help others when its
cloudy outside? 2 What if you were in a big city. 3 Studies show that
environment has a big affect on whether we help others in need. 4 In
one study that was conducted outdoors people were approached and
asked to help a local charity by filling out a quick questionnaire. 5
The researchers discovered that people were much more likely to
help when the day is sunny and mild than in cloudy and cool
weather. 6 In a second study, it was found that customers left bigger
tips when the sun was shining, it was also discovered that the size of
a city has an effect on people’s willingness to help. 7 The common
stereotype is that big cities are less friendly than small towns,
research has supported this theory. 8 Strangers are more likely to be
assisted in small towns than in large cities. 9 Furthermore, studies
show that even if a person grew up in a small town, he or she is no
more likely give help in a big city than someone who grew up there.
10 Finally, population density is one more factor. 11 That determines
helping. 12 The more crowded a city is, the less likely that people in
need of help is likely to get it. 13Apparently, a little extra elbow
room brings out the best in us.
3 comma splices
2 missing commas
2 missing capital letters
marks as needed.
Justice Not Served

1 “Justice is blind” is a well-known saying. 2 Lady Justice is
pictured holding a scale, she is also wearing a blindfold. 3 What
does this pose mean? 4 It means that the jurors or judge in a trial
should be blind to matters of race wealth education, status, age, or
anything that is not involved with the case. 5 Decisions should be
made solely on the facts presented in the case and nothing else. 6
Lady Justice, then, is shown weighing her decision without “seeing”
anything that might prejudice her judgment.
7 Keeping this rule in mind, consider the following case. 8 Several
years ago in Fort Lauderdale, florida, a 36-year-old white millionaire
lost control of his $120,000 Porsche after a night of drinking and
partying with his friends. 9 His car jumped the curb and plowed into
two british tourists on the sidewalk. 10 Killing them instantly. 11
Instead of stopping, the millionaire drived off at top speed.
12 Later, when the driver was apprehended by the police, he lied to
them. 13 And tried to claim that the accident was someone else’s
fault. 14 He insisted he was no criminal, this was not the driver’s
first run-in with the law. 15 Previously, he had been charged with
possession of cocaine, he had also received a string of traffic
violations. 16 Sentencing guidelines for a hit-and- run manslaughter
conviction call for 20 to 45 years in prison. 17 However, the drunk
driver was sentenced to a mere two years of house arrest in a fancy
beachfront condo. 18 Although he will remain on probation for ten
years he avoided prison time altogether.

1 run-on sentence
2 comma splices
1 missing comma after introductory words
2 homonym mistakes
marks as needed.
Some Truths about Poverty in the United States

1 There are many untrue beliefs about poor people in the United
States. 2 To begin with many people believe that poverty isn’t really
much of a problem in our country. 3 After all, America is a rich
country, right? 4 In reality, the United States has more poverty. 5
Than the majority of developed countries in our world. 6 We rank
third poorest, just above Mexico and turkey. 7 It is estimated that
more than 16 percent of Americans live in poverty. 8 Nearly 50
million people! 9 Furthermore, one in three children will spend part
or all of their childhood’s in homes where there isn’t enough to eat.
10 Some people argue that if people are poor, its because there lazy
and won’t work. 11 Nothing could be farther from the truth. 12 Most
poor people work fulltime, many even work two or more jobs. 13
Because the minimum wage is so terribly low, it is often impossible
for millions of hard workers to move above the poverty line. 14
Finally, many Americans falsely believe that most poor people are
members of minorities living in ghettos in our big cities. 15 Again,
this is wrong. 16 Nearly 50 percent of people living in poverty in the
United States are white, the vast majority of poor American people
(close to 75 percent) live in rural areas and small towns. 17 Still, in
spite of the facts, many Americans refuse to believe poverty is a real
problem it is simply easier to cling to comforting myths.
PART FOUR: For Reference

37 Parts of Speech
Words - the building blocks of sentences - can be divided into eight
parts of speech. Parts of speech are classifications of words
according to their meaning and use in a sentence.
This chapter will explain the eight parts of speech:
nouns prepositions conjunctions
pronouns adjectives interjections
verbs adverbs
Nouns
A noun is a word that is used to name something: a person, a place,
an object, or an idea. Here are some examples of nouns:
woman city pizza success
Oprah Winfrey street diamond possibility
Stephen Colbert Miami Toyota mystery
Most nouns begin with a lowercase letter and are known as common
nouns. These nouns name general things. Some nouns, however,
begin with a capital letter. They are called proper nouns. "While a
common noun refers to a person or thing in general, a proper noun
names someone or something specific. For example, woman is a
common noun - it doesn’t name a particular woman. On the other
hand, Oprah Winfrey is a proper noun because it names a specific
woman.
Practice 1
Insert any appropriate noun into each of the following blanks.
Insert any appropriate noun into each of the following blanks.
1. The shoplifter stole a (n) … from the department score.
2. …has been texting me all day.
3. Tiny messages were scrawled on the ….
4. A (n) … crashed through die window.
5. Give the … to Elena.
SINGULAR AND PLURAL NOUNS
Singular nouns name one person, place, object, or idea. Plural nouns
refer to two or more persons, places, objects, or ideas. Most singular
nouns can be made plural with the addition of an s.
Some nouns, like box, have irregular plurals. You can check the
plural of nouns you think may be irregular by looking up the
singular form in a dictionary.
Singular Plural
vampire vampires
turkey turkeys
exam exams
truth truths
box boxes
For more information on nouns, see “Subjects and Verbs,” page 3.
Practice 2
Underline the three nouns in each sentence. Some are singular, and
some are plural.
1. Two bats swooped over the heads of the frightened children.
2. The artist has purple paint on her sleeve.
3. The lost dog has fleas and a broken leg.
4. Gwen does her homework in green ink.
5. Some farmers plant seeds by moonlight.
Pronouns
A pronoun is a word that stands for a noun. Pronouns eliminate the
need for constant repetition. Look at the following sentences:
• The phone rang, and Bill answered the phone.
• Lisa met Lisa’s friends at the mall. Lisa meets Lisa’s friends there
every Saturday.
• The waiter rushed over to the new customers. The new customers
asked the waiter for menus and coffee.
Now look at how much clearer and smoother the sentences sound
with pronouns.
• The phone rang, and Bill answered it.
The pronoun it is used to replace the word phone.
• Lisa met her friends at the mall. She meets them there every
Saturday.
The pronoun her is used to replace the word Lisa. The pronoun she
replaces Lisa. 1 he pronoun them replaces the words Lisa’s friends.
• The waiter rushed over to the new customers. They asked him for
menus and coffee.
The pronoun they is used to replace the words the new customers.
The pronoun him replaces the words the waiter.
Following is a list of commonly used pronouns known as personal
pronouns:
I you he she it we t hey
me your him her its us them
my yours his hers our their
Practice 3
Fill in each blank with the appropriate personal pronoun.
1. Andrew feeds his pet lizard every day before school. … also gives
… flies in the afternoon.
2. The female reporter interviewed the striking workers. … told …
about their demand for higher wages and longer breaks.
3. Students should save all returned tests. … should also keep …
review sheets.
4. The recorded message told us that … would have to wait to speak
to a representative. However, … call was very important, so we
should stay on the line.
5. Randy returned the calculator to Sheila last Friday. But Sheila
insists … never got … back.
There are a number of types of pronouns. For convenient reference,
they are described briefly in the box below.
Types of Pronouns
Personal pronouns can act in a sentence as subjects, objects, or
possessives.
Singular I, me, my, mine, you, your, yours, he, him, his, she, her,
hers, it, its
Plural we, us, our, ours, you, your, yours, they, them, their, theirs
Relative pronouns refer to someone or something already
mentioned in the sentence, who, whose, whom, which, that
Interrogative pronouns are used to ask questions, who, whose,
whom, which, what
Demonstrative pronouns are used to point out particular persons or
things, this, that, these, those
NOTE Do not use them (as in them shoes), this here, that there,
these here or those there to point out.
Reflexive pronouns are those that end in -self or -selves. A reflexive
pronoun is used as the object of a verb (as in Cary cut herself) or the
object of a preposition (as in Jack sent a birthday card to himself)
when the subject of the verb is the same as the object.
Singular myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself
Plural ourselves, yourselves, themselves
Intensive pronouns have exactly the same forms as reflexive
pronouns. The difference is in how they are used. Intensive pronouns
are used to add emphasis. (I myself will need to read the contract
before 1 sign it.)
Indefinite pronouns do not refer to a particular person or thing.
each, either, everyone, nothing, both, several, all, any, most, none
Reciprocal pronouns express shared actions or feelings, each other,
one another
For more information on pronouns, see “Pronoun Forms,” pages
96-104, and “Pronoun Problems,” pages 105 - 114.
Verbs
Every complete sentence must contain at least one verb. There are
two types of verbs: action verbs and linking verbs.
ACTION VERBS
An action verb tells what is being done in a sentence. For example,
look at the following sentences:
• Mr. Jensen swatted at the bee with his hand.
• Rainwater poured into the storm sewer.
• The children chanted the words to the song.
In these sentences, the verbs are swatted, poured, and chanted. These
words are all action verbs; they tell what is happening in each
sentence.
For more about action verbs, see “Subjects and Verbs,” pages 3
and 146 -147.
Practice 4
Insert an appropriate word into each blank. That word will be an
action verb; it will tell what is happening in the sentence.
1. The surgeon … through the first layer of skin.
2. The children … through the supermarket aisles.
3. An elderly woman on the street … me for directions.
4. A man in the restaurant … to the waitress.
5. Our instructor … our papers over the weekend.
LINKING VERBS
Some verbs are linking verbs. These verbs link (or join) a noun to
something that is said about it. For example, look at the following
sentence:
• The clouds are steel gray.
In this sentence, are is a linking verb. It joins the noun clouds to
words that describe it: steel gray.
Other common linking verbs include am, appear, become, feel, is,
look, seem, sound, was, and were.
For more about linking verbs, see “Subjects and Verbs,” page 3,
and “More about Subjects and Verbs,” pages 147 -148.
Practice 5
Into each slot, insert one of the following linking verbs: am, feel, is,
look, and were. Use each linking verb once.
1. The Christmas presents … in a locked cabinet.
2. I … anxious to get my test back.
3. The bananas … ripe.
4. The grocery store … open until 11 p.m.
5. Whenever I … angry, I go off by myself to calm down.
HELPING VERBS
Sometimes the verb of a sentence consists of more than one word. In
these cases, the main verb will be joined by one or more helping
verbs. Look at the following sentence.
• The basketball team will be leaving for their game at six o’clock.
In this sentence, the main verb is leaving. The helping verbs are will
and be.
Other helping verbs include can, could, do, has, have, may, must,
should, and would.
For more information about helping verbs, see “Subjects and
Verbs,” pages 3 - 4; “Irregular Verbs,” pages 9 - 10; “More
about Subjects and Verbs,” pages 148-149; “More about Verbs,”
pages 160 - 171; and “Even More About Verbs,” pages 172-174.
Practice 6
Into each slot, insert one of the following helping verbs: does, must,
should, could, and has been. Use each helping verb once.
1. You … see a doctor about the mole on your forehead.
2. The victim … describe her attacker in great detail.
3. You … rinse the dishes before putting them into the dishwasher.
4. My neighbor … arrested for drunk driving.
5. The bus driver … not make any extra stops.
Prepositions
A preposition is a word that connects a noun or a pronoun to another
word in the sentence. For example, look at the following sentence:
• A man in the bus was snoring loudly.
In is a preposition. It connects the noun bus to man.
Here is a list of common prepositions:
about before down like to
abovebehind during of toward
across below except off under
after beneath for on up
among beside from over with
around between in since without
at by into through
The noun or pronoun that a preposition connects to another word in
the sentence is called the object of the preposition. A group of words
that begins with a preposition and ends with its object is called a
prepositional phrase. The group of words in the bus, for example,
is a prepositional phrase.
Now read the following sentences and explanations.
• An ant was crawling up the teacher’s leg.
The noun leg is the object of the preposition up. Up connects leg
with the word crawling. The prepositional phrase up the teacher’s
leg describes crawling. It tells just where the ant was crawling.
• The man with the black mustache left the restaurant quickly.
The noun mustache is the object of the preposition with. The
prepositional phrase with the black mustache describes the word
man. It tells us exactly which man left the restaurant quickly.
• The plant on the windowsill was a present from my mother.
The noun windowsill is the object of the preposition on. The
prepositional phrase on the windowsill describes the word plant. It
tells exactly which plant was a present.
There is a second prepositional phrase in this sentence. The
preposition is from, and its object is mother. The prepositional
phrase from my mother explains present. It tells who gave the
present.
For more about prepositions, see “Subjects and Verbs,” page 4;
“Subject-Verb Agreement,” pages 15-20; and “More about
Subjects and Verbs,” pages 144 - 145.
Practice 7
Into each slot, insert one of the following prepositions: of, by, with,
on, and without. Use each preposition once.
1. The letter from his girlfriend had been sprayed … perfume.
2. Crabgrass and dandelions are growing … our lawn.
3. … giving any notice, the tenant moved out of the expensive
apartment.
4. Donald hungrily ate three scoops … ice cream and an order of
French fries.
5. The crates … the back door contain glass bottles and old
newspapers.
Adjectives
An adjective is a word that describes a noun (the name of a person,
place, or thing). Look at the following sentence.
• The dog lay down on a mat in front of the fireplace.
Now look at this sentence when adjectives have been inserted.
• The shaggy dog lay down on a worn mat in front of the fireplace.
The adjective shaggy describes the noun dog, the adjective worn
describes the noun mat.
Adjectives add spice to our writing. They also help us to identify
particular people, places, or things. Adjectives can be found in two
places:
1. An adjective may come before the word it describes (a damp
night, the moldy bread, a striped umbrella).
2. An adjective that describes the subject of a sentence may come
after a linking verb. The linking verb may be a form of the verb be
(he is furious, I am exhausted, they are hungry). Other linking
verbs include feel, look, sound, smell, taste, appear, seem, and
become (the soup tastes salty, your hands feel dry, the dog seems
lost).
NOTE: The words a, an, and the (called articles) are generally
classified as adjectives.
For more information on adjectives, see “Adjectives and
Adverbs,” pages 115-124.
Practice 8
Write any appropriate adjective in each slot.
1. The … pizza was eaten greedily by the … teenagers.
2. Melissa gave away the sofa because it was … and ….
3. Although the alley is … and …, Karen often takes it as a shortcut
home.
4. The restaurant throws away lettuce that is … and tomatoes that are
….
5. When I woke up in the morning, I had a (n) … throat.
Adverbs
An adverb is a word that describes a verb, an adjective, or another
adverb. Many adverbs end in the letters ly. Look at the following
sentence:
• The canary sang in the pet-store window as the shoppers greeted
each other.
Now look at this sentence after adverbs have been inserted.
• The canary sang softly in the pet-store window as the shoppers
loudly greeted each other.
The adverbs add details to the sentence. They also allow the reader
to contrast the singing of the canary to the noise the shoppers are
making.
Look at the following sentences and the explanations of how adverbs
are used in each case.
• The chef yelled angrily at the young waiter.
The adverb angrily describes the verb yelled.
• My mother has an extremely busy schedule on Tuesdays.
The adverb extremely describes the adjective busy.
• The sick man spoke very faintly to his loyal nurse.
The adverb very describes the adverb faintly.
Some adverbs do not end in -ly. Examples include very, often, never,
always, and well.
For more information on adverbs, see “Adjectives and Adverbs,”
pages 115-124, and “More about Subjects and Verbs,” page
150.
Practice 9
Write any appropriate adverb in each slot.
1. The water in the pot boiled … .
2. Carla … drove the car through … moving traffic.
3. The telephone operator spoke … to the young child.
4. The game show contestant waved … to his family in the audience.
5. Wes … studies, so it’s no surprise that he did … poorly on his
finals.
Conjunctions
Conjunctions are words that connect. There are two types of
conjunctions, coordinating and subordinating.
COORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS (JOINING WORDS)
Coordinating conjunctions join two equal ideas. Look at the
following sentence:
• Kevin and Steve interviewed for the job, but their friend Anne got
it.
In this sentence, the coordinating conjunction and connects the
proper nouns Kevin and Steve. The coordinating conjunction but
connects the first part of the sentence, Kevin and Steve interviewed
for the job, to the second part, their friend Anne got it.
Following is a list of all the coordinating conjunctions. In this book,
they are simply called joining words.
and for or yet
but nor so
For more on coordinating conjunctions, see information on
joining words in “Sentence Types,” pages 21-26, and “Run-Ons
and Comma Splices,” pages 39 - 50.
Practice 10
Write a coordinating conjunction in each slot. Choose from the
following: and, but, so, or, and nor. Use each conjunction once.
1. Either my father … my brother will be malting the dessert.
2. I expected roses for my birthday, … I received a vase of plastic
tulips from the discount store.
3. The cafeteria was serving liver and onions for lunch, … I bought a
sandwich at the corner deli.
4. Marian brought a pack of playing cards … a pan of brownies to
the company picnic.
5. Neither my sofa … my armchair matches the rug in my living
room.
SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS (DEPENDENT
WORDS)
When a subordinating conjunction is added to a word group, the
words can no longer stand alone as an independent sentence. They
are no longer a complete thought. For example, look at the following
sentence:
• Karen fainted in class.
The word group Karen fainted in class is a complete thought. It can
stand alone as a sentence.
See what happens when a subordinating conjunction is added to a
complete thought:
• When Karen fainted in class
Now the words cannot stand alone as a sentence. They are dependent
on other words to complete the thought:
• When Karen fainted in class, we put her feet up on some books.
In this book, a word that begins a dependent word group is called a
dependent word. Subordinating conjunctions are common
dependent words.
Below are some subordinating conjunctions.
after even if unless where
although even though until wherever
as if when whether
because since whenever while
before though
Following are some more sentences with subordinating

conjunctions:
• After she finished her last exam, Joanne said, “Now I can relax.”
After she finished her last exam is not a complete thought. It is
dependent on the rest of the words to make up a complete sentence.
• Lamont listens to books on tape while he drives to work.
While he drives to work cannot stand by itself as a sentence. It
depends on the rest of the sentence to make up a complete thought.
• Since apples were on sale, we decided to make an apple pie for
dessert.
Since apples were on sale is not a complete sentence. It depends on
we decided to make an apple pie for dessert to complete the thought.
For more information on subordinating conjunctions, see
information on dependent words in “Sentence Types,” pages 21 -
26; “Fragments I,” pages 27 - 32; and “Run-Ons and Comma
Splices II,” pages 45-50.
Practice 11
Write a logical subordinating conjunction in each slot. Choose from
the following: even though, because, until, when, and before. Use
each conjunction once.
1. Sara didn’t go to the party … she didn’t want to risk seeing her
former boyfriend.
2. …Paula wants to look mysterious, she wears dark sunglasses and
a scarf.
3. … the restaurant was closing in fifteen minutes, customers sipped
their coffee slowly and continued to talk.
4. … anyone else could answer it, Carl rushed to the phone and
whispered, “it’s me”.
5. The waiter was instructed not to serve any food … the guests of
honor arrived.
Interjections
Interjections are words that can stand independently and are used to
express emotion. Examples are oh, wow, ouch, and oops. These
words are usually not found in formal writing:
• “Hey!” yelled Maggie. “That’s my bike.” • Oh, we’re late for
class.
A Final Note
A word may function as more than one part of speech. For example,
the word dust can be a verb or a noun, depending on its role in the
sentence.
• I dust my bedroom once a month, whether it needs it or not. (verb)
• The top of my refrigerator is covered with an inch of dust, (noun)
38 Dictionary Use
Owning a Good Dictionary
It is a good idea to own two dictionaries. The first dictionary should
be a paperback that you can carry with you. Any of the following
would be an excellent choice:
The American Heritage Dictionary, Paperback Edition
The Random House Dictionary, Paperback Edition
Webster’s New World Dictionary, Paperback Edition
Your second dictionary should be a full-sized, hardcover edition
which should be kept in the room where you study. All the above
dictionaries come in hardbound versions, which contain a good deal
more information than the paperback editions.
Understanding Dictionary Entries

Each word listed alphabetically in a dictionary is called an entry
word. Here is a typical dictionary entry word:
thun• der (thun der) n. 1. The sound that follows lightning and is
caused by rapidly expanding air in die path of the electrical
discharge. 2. A loud sound like thunder. - v. 1. To produce a sound
resembling thunder. 2. To express in a loud or threatening way.- thun
der ous adj.
SPELLING AND SYLLABLES

The dictionary first gives the correct spelling and syllable
breakdown of a word. Dots separate the words into syllables. Each
syllable is a separate sound, and each sound includes a vowel. In the
entry shown above, thunder is divided into two syllables.
Practice 1
Use your dictionary to separate the following words into syllables.
Put a slash (/) between each syllable and the next. Then write the
number of syllables in each word. The first one is done for you as an
example.
1. g u a r/a n/t e e 3 syllables
2. n e w s p a p e r … syllables
3. v o c a b u l a r y … syllables
4. c a u l i f l o w e r … syllables
PRONUNCIATION SYMBOLS AND ACCENT MARKS
Most dictionary entry words are followed first by a pronunciation
guide in parentheses, as in the entry for thunder.
thun-der (thun dər)
The information in parentheses includes two kinds of symbols:
pronunciation symbols and accent marks. Following is an
explanation of each.
Pronunciation Symbols
The pronunciation symbols tell the sounds of consonants and vowels
in a word. The sounds of the consonants are probably familiar to
you, but you may find it helpful to review the vowel sounds. Vowels
are the letters a, e, i, o, u, and sometimes y. To know how to
pronounce the vowel sounds, use the pronunciation key in your
dictionary. Such a key typically appears at the front of a dictionary
or at the bottom of every other page of the dictionary. Here is a
pronunciation key for the vowels and a few other sounds that often
confuse dictionary users.
Pronunciation Guide
a hat a say a dare e ten e she i sit i tie, my
o lot o go o all o oil oo look oo cool
th thin th this u up ur fur yoo use ə ago, easily
The key tells you, for instance, that the sound of a (called “short a”)
is pronounced like the a in hat, the sound of a (called “long a”) is
pronounced like the ay in say, and so on. All the vowels with a cup-
shaped symbol above them are called short vowels. All the vowels
with a horizontal line above them are called long vowels. Note that
long vowels have the sound of their own name. For example, long a
sounds like the name of the letter a.
To use the above key, first find the symbol of the sound you wish to
pronounce. For example, suppose you want to pronounce the short i
sound. Locate the short i in the key and note how the sound is
pronounced in the word (sit) that appears next to the short i. This
tells you that the short i has the sound of the i in the word sit. The
key also tells you, for instance, that the short e has the sound of the e
in the word ten, that the short o has the sound of the o in the word
lot, and so on.
Finally, note that the last pronunciation symbol in the key looks like
an upside-down e: 9. This symbol is known as the schwa. As you
can see by the words that follow it, the schwa has a very short sound
that sounds much like “uh” (as in ago) or “ih” (as in easily).
Practice 2
Refer to the pronunciation key to answer the questions about the
following words. Circle the letter of each of your answers.
1. hie-cup (hik'up)
The i in hiccup sounds like the i in
a. sit. b. tie.
2. si-lent (si'lent)
The i in silent sounds like the i in
a. sit. b. tie.
3. na-tive (na tiv)
The a in native sounds like the a in
a. hat. b.say.
4. lot-ter-y (lot e-re)
The o in lottery sounds like the o in
a. lot. b. go
Practice 3
Use your dictionary to find and write in the pronunciation symbols
for the following words. Make sure you can pronounce each word.
The first word has been done for you as an example.
1. reluctant ri-luk'tənt
2. homicide …
3. extravagant …
4. unanimous …
ACCENT MARKS
Notice the mark in the pronunciation guide for thunder that is similar
to an apostrophe: thun-der (thun'dər)
The dark mark (') is a bold accent mark, and it shows which syllable
has the stronger stress. That means the syllable it follows is
pronounced a little louder than the others. Syllables without an
accent mark are unstressed. Some syllables are in between, and they
are marked with a lighter accent mark (').
The word recognize, for example, is accented like this:
rec-og-nize (rek' əg-niz')
Say recognize to yourself. Can you hear that the strongest accent is
on rec, the first syllable? Can you hear that the last syllable, nize, is
also accented but not as strongly? If not, say the word to yourself
again until you hear the differences in accent sounds.
Practice 4
Answer the questions following each of the words below.
1. mole-cule (mol'i-kyool')
a. How many syllables are in molecule? …
b. Which syllable is most strongly accented? …
2. in-ter-me-di-ate (ln'tər-me'de-it)
a. How many syllables are in intermediate? …
3. in-her-it (in-her'it)
a. How many syllables are in inherit'd? …
b. Which syllable is accented? …
4. con-tra-dic-tion (kon'trə-dik'shən)
a. How many syllables are in contradiction? …
PARTS OF SPEECH
Every word in the dictionary is either a noun, a verb, an adjective, or
another part of speech. In dictionary entries, the parts of speech are
shown by abbreviations in italics. In the entry for thunder, for
example, the abbreviations n. and v. tell us that thunder can be both a
noun and a verb.
When a word is more than one part of speech, the dictionary gives
the definitions for each part of speech separately. In the entry for
thunder, the abbreviation telling us that thunder is a noun comes
right after the pronunciation symbols; the two noun definitions
follow. When the noun meanings end, the abbreviation v. tells us that
the verb definitions will follow.
Parts of speech are abbreviated in order to save space. Following are
common abbreviations for parts of speech.
n. - noun v.-verb
pron.- pronoun conj. - conjunction
adj.- adjective prep.- preposition
adv. - adverb interj. - interjection
IRREGULAR VERB FORMS AND IRREGULAR SPELLINGS

After the part of speech, special information is given in entries for
irregular verbs, for adjectives with irregularly spelled forms, and for
irregularly spelled plurals.
For irregular verbs, the dictionary gives the past tense, the past
participle, and the present participle. For example, the entry for blow
shows that blew is the past tense, blown is the past participle, and
blowing is the present participle.
blow (blo) v. blew (bloo), blown (blon), blowing.
For adjectives with irregularly spelled forms, the comparative
(used when comparing two things) and the superlative (used when
comparing three or more things) are shown after the part of speech.
The entry for skinny, for instance, shows that the comparative form
of that adjective is skinnier and the superlative form is skinniest.
skin-ny (skin'e) adj. -nier, -ni-est.
Irregular plural spellings are also included in this spot in an entry.
For example, after the part of speech, the entry for party tells us that
this word’s plural ends in -ies.
party (par'te) n., pl -ties.
DEFINITIONS
Words often have more than one meaning. When they do, their
definitions may be numbered in the dictionary. You can tell which
definition of a word fits a given sentence by the meaning of the
sentence. For example, the following are dictionary definitions for
the verb form of surprise:
1 To take unawares.
2 To attack suddenly and unexpectedly.
3 To astonish or amaze with the unexpected.
Which of these definitions best fits the sentence below?
The soldiers surprised the enemy troops, who had bedded down for
the night.
The answer is definition 2: The soldiers suddenly attacked the
enemy troops.
Practice 5
A. Use your dictionary to answer the questions below about
obstinate.
1. Which syllable in obstinate is most strongly accented? …
2. How many syllables are in the word obstinate? …
3. How many schwa sounds are in the word obstinate?...
4. Does the first syllable in obstinate have a long or short a sound?...
5. Which definition of obstinate applies in the following sentence?
(Write out the full definition from your dictionary.)
Felicia stayed home all week with an obstinate case of the flu.
Definition…
B. Use your dictionary to answer the questions below about solitary.
6. How many syllables are in the word solitary?...
7. Which syllable in solitary is most strongly accented?...
8. Does the first syllable in solitary have a long or short a sound?...
9. Which definition of solitary applies in the following sentence?
The box of cookies was bought yesterday, and today there’s only a
solitary cookie remaining.
Definition:…
10. Which definition of solitary applies in the following sentence?
Some people like to study in groups, but Sarita prefers solitary study.
Definition:…
39 Spelling Tips
This chapter explains the following ways to improve your spelling:
• Use the dictionary and other spelling aids
• Keep a personal spelling list
• Learn commonly confused words
• Learn some helpful spelling rules
1 I before E rule
2 Silent E rule
3 Y rule
4 Doubling rule
5 Rules for adding -es to nouns and verbs that end in s, sh, ch, or x
6 Rules for adding -es to nouns and verbs ending in a consonant
plus y
Use the Dictionary and Other Spelling Aids

The single most important way to improve your spelling is to get
into the habit of checking words in a dictionary. (As alternatives to
using a print dictionary, you might try an online dictionary or simply
a Google search for “how to spell -”) But you may at times have
trouble locating a given word. “If 1 can’t spell a word," you might
ask, “how can I find it in the dictionary?” The answer is that you
have to guess what the letters might be.
Here are some hints to help you make informed guesses.
HINT 1
If you’re not sure about the vowels in a word, you will have to
experiment. Vowels often sound the same. So try an i in place of an
a, an e in place of an i, and so on.
HINT 2
Consonants are sometimes doubled in a word. If you can’t find your
word with single consonants, try doubling them.
HINT 3
In the box below are groups of letters or letter combinations that
often sound alike. If your word isn’t spelled with one of die letters in
a pair or group shown in the box, it might be spelled with another in
the same pair or group. For example, if it isn’t spelled with a k, it
may be spelled with a c.
Vowels
ai / ay au / aw ee / ea ou / ow oo / u
Consonants
c/k c/s f/ph g/j sch / sc / sk s/z
Combinations
re/ri able/ible eat /ant er/or tion/sion
Practice1
Use your dictionary and the hints on the previous page to find the
correct spelling of the following words.
1. release… 11. aukward…
2. diferent… 12. Photography…
3. sertain… 13. assemble…
4. cheerful… 14. season…
5. surgery… 15. dependant…
6. schedule… 16. terrible…
7. konrrol… 17. dezign…
8. comfortibie… 18. cownty…
9. mayer … 19. funcsion…
10. paimcnt… 20. awthor..
In addition to a dictionary, take advantage of a spelling checker on
your computer. Also, pocket- size electronic spelling checkers are
widely available.
Keep a Personal Spelling List
In a special place, write down every word you misspell. Include its
correct spelling, underline the difficult part of the word, and add any
hints you can use to remember how to spell it. If spelling is a
particular problem for you, you might even want to start a spelling
notebook that has a separate page for each letter of the alphabet.
Here’s one format you might use:
How 1 spelled it Correct spelling Hints
redeve receive I before E except after C
separate separate There’s A RAT in sepARATe
alot a lot Two words (like “a little")
alright all right Two words (like “all wrong”)
Study your list regularly, and refer to it whenever you write and
proofread a paper.
Learn Commonly Confused Words

Many spelling errors result from words that sound alike or almost
alike but that are spelled differently, such as break and brake, wear
and where, or right and write. To avoid such errors, study carefully
the list of words on pages 69-74 and 200-204.

Learn Some Helpful Spelling Rules
Even poor spellers can improve by following a few spelling rules.
Following are six rules that apply to many words.
RULE #1
I before E rule
I before E except after C
Or when pronounced like A, as in neighbor and weigh.
I before E Except after C Or when pronounced like A
Examples belief, chief, field receive, ceiling vein, eight
Exceptions to the above rule include: either, leisure, foreign, science,
society
Practice 2
A. Complete each word with either ie or ei.
1.br…f 6. w…gh
2. bel…ve 7. pr…st
3. dec…ve 8.cash…r
4. fr…ght 9. P…ce
5. c…ling 10.r…ndeer
B. In each sentence, fill in the blank with either ie or ei.
11. I rec…ved some interesting junk mail today.
12. Many of the people in my n …ghborhood are retired.
13. Norma never gave up her bel…f in her husband’s innocence.
14. What do you like to do in your I…sure time?
15. There’s a lot of traffic now, so don’t ignore this y…Id sign.
16. The r…gn of Queen Victoria of Great Britain lasted over sixty
years.
17. My parents are working hard to ach…ve their retirement goals.
18. 1 have never traveled to any for…gn countries.
19. My…ghty-year-old grandfather still does a daily twenty
pushups.
20. A th…f broke into Parker’s Bakery last night and stole all the
dough.

RULE #2
Silent E rule
If a word ends in a silent (unpronounced) e, drop the e before adding
an ending that starts with a vowel. Keep the e when adding an
ending that begins with a consonant.
Drop the e with endings Keep the e with endings
that start with a vowel that start with a consonant
Examples like + ed = liked love + ly = lovely
confuse + ing = confusing shame + ful = shameful
fame + ous = famous hope+ less = hopless
guide + ance = guidance mange + ment = mangment
Exceptions include: noticeable, argument, judgment, truly
Practice 3
A. Write out each word shown.
1. love + ing = …
2. hope + ed =…
3. have + ing = …
4. desire + able = …
5. ridicule + ous = …
6. sincere + ity = …
B.Write out each word shown.
7. like + ly = …
8. peace + ful = …
9. advance + ment = …
10. noise + less = …
11. large + ness = …
12. grace + ful = …
13. sincere + ly = …
C. Write out each word shown.
14. write + ing = …
15. care + ful = ….
16. safe + ly = …
17. hire + ed = …
18. active + ist = …
19. notice + able = …
20. excite + ment = …
RULE #3
Y rule
When adding an ending, change the final y of a word to i when both
of the following are present:
a The last two letters of the word are a consonant plus y. (Keep a y
that follows a vowel.)
b The ending being added begins with a vowel or is -fid, -ly, or
-ness.
Exception Keep the y if the ending being added is -ing.
Change the y to i Keep the y

Examples happy + ness = happiness destroy + s = destroys
lucky + ly = luckily display + ed = displayed
beauty + ful = beautiful gray + ed = grayed
try + ed = tried try + ing = trying
carry + er = carrier carry + ing = carrying
Practice 4
1. pity + ed = …
2. holy + ness = …
3. play + ful = …
4. cry + ing = …
5. cry + ed = …
6. plenty + ful = …
7. lazy + ness = …
8. enjoy + ing = …
9. angry + ly = …
10. betray + ed = …
B. Write out each word shown.
11. pray + ing = …
12. busy + est = …
13. silly + er = …
14. employ + ed = …
15. bury + ing = …
16. dry + ing = …
17. happy + ly = …
18. funny + er = …
19. satisfy + ing = …
20. annoy + ed = …
RULE #4
Doubling rule
Double the final consonant of a word before adding an ending when
all three of the following are present:
a The last three letters of the word are a consonant, a vowel, and a
consonant (CVC). Note that if the last three letters of the word are
two vowels and a consonant (VVC), or a vowel and two consonants
(VCC), the final consonant is not doubled.
b The word is only one syllable (for example, stop) or is accented on
the last syllable (for example, begin).
c The ending being added begins with a vowel.
One-syllable words that end in CVC Words accented on the last
syllable that end in CVC
Examples stop + ed = stopped begin + ing = beginning
flat + er = flatter control + er = controller
red + est = reddest occur + ence = occu: ence
Practice 5
A. First note whether each one-syllable word ends in the CVC
pattern or with another pattern (VVC, VCC, etc.), and write the
pattern in the first column. Then add to each word the endings
shown.
Word Pattern of Last Three Letters Add –ed Add -ing
Examples trip CVC tripped tripping
growl VCC growled growling
1. plan …
2. learn …
3. slam …
4. wrap …
5. fail …
6. dot …
7. flood …
8. beg …
9. clip …
10. burn …
B. First note whether each two-syllable word ends in the CVC
pattern or with another pattern (VVC, VCC, etc.), and write the
pattern in the first column. Then add to each word the endings
shown. If a word ends in CVC, remember to check to see if the final
syllable is stressed or not.
11. expel …
12. perform …
13. enter …
14. omit …
15. murder …
16. prefer …
17. occur …
18. explain …
19. submit …
20. reason …
RULE #5
Rules for adding -es to nouns and verbs that end in s, sh, ch, or x
Most plurals are formed by adding -s to the singular noun, but in
some cases -es is added. For norms that end in s, sh, ch, or x, form
the plural by adding -es.
Examples kiss + es = kisses coach + es = coaches
wish + es = wishes tax + es = taxes
Most third-person singular verbs end in -s (he runs, she sings, it
grows). But for verbs that end in s, sh, ch, or x, form the third-person
singular with -es.
Examples miss + es = misses catch + es = catches
wash + es = washes mix + es = mixes
Practice 6
Add -s or -es as needed to each of the following words.
1. rush …
2. fix …
3. pitch …
4. glass …
5. carpet …
6. crash …
7. box …
8. watch …
9. shine …
10. business …
RULE #6
Rules for adding -es to nouns and verbs that end in a consonant
plus y
For nouns that end in a consonant plushy, form the plural by
changing the y to i and adding -es.
Examples fly + es = flies lady + es = ladies
canary + es = canaries
For verbs that end in a consonant plus y, form the third-person
singular by changing the y to i and adding -es.
Examples pity + es = pities marry + es = marries
bully + es = bullies
Practice 7
Add -s or -es as needed to each of the following words. Where
appropriate, change a final y to i before adding -es.
1. party …
2. try …
3. stay …
4. hurry …
5. attorney …
6. variety …
7. chimney …
8. baby …
9. journey …
10. sympathy …
Practice 8
Use the spelling rules in the chapter to write out the words indicated.
1. gr…f 3. n…ghbor 5. Retr..ve
2. dec…ve 4. fr…nd
B. Use the silent e rule to write out each word shown.
6. time + ed = … 9. fame + ous = …
7. time + ly =… 10. abuse + er = …
8. hope + ful = …
C. Use the Y rule to write out each word shown.
11. fry + ed = … 14. duty + ful = …
12. easy + ly = … 15. lonely + ness = …
13. stay + ed = …
D. Use the doubling rule to write out each word shown.
16. join + ing = … 19. jump + er = …
17. pad + ing = … 20. sad + est = …
18. prefer + ed = …
E. Add -s or -es as needed to each of the following words. Where
21. pass … 24. valley …
22. enemy … 25. porch…
23. country …
Practice 9
Use the spelling rules in the chapter to write out the words indicated.
1. n…ce 3. sobr..ry 5. con…ve
2. f…id 4. v…n
B. Use the silent e rule to write out each word shown.
6. come + ing = … 9. accurate + ly = …
7- care + less = … 10. serve + er = …
8. desire + able = …
C. Use the Y rule to write out each word shown.
11. reply + ed = … 14. glory + ous = …
12. pray + ing = … 15. study + ing = …
13. carry + ed = …
D. Use the doubling rule to write out each word shown.
16. bark + ing = … 19. mop + ed = …
17. rob + er = … 20. refer + ing = …
18. commit + ed =
E. Add -s or -es as needed to each of the following words. Where
21. city … 24. dress …
22. branch … 25. puppy …
23. subway …

English Essentials

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

English Essentials

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

English Essentials

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SECOND EDITION

A QUICK GUIDE To THE BOOK

PART THREE Writing and Proofreading

PART ONE: Fourteen Basic Skills.

PART TWO: Extending the skills.

PART THREE: Writing and Proofreading.

PART FOUR: For Reference.

A Note on Helping Verbs

Subjects and Verbs: PRACTICE:

Subjects and Verbs: TEST 2

Subjects and Verbs: TEST 3

Subjects and Verbs: TEST 4

Basic Form Past Tense Past Participle

A word about helping verbs Sometimes the verb of a sentence

Irregular Verbs: PRACTICE

A Note on Three Problem Verbs

Irregular Verbs: TEST 2

Irregular Verbs: TEST 3

Irregular Verbs: TEST 4

3 subject- Verb Agreement

Subject-verb Agreement: PRACTICE

Subject-Verb Agreement: TEST 1

Subject-Verb Agreement: TEST 2

Subject-Verb Agreement: TEST 3

Subject-Verb Agreement: TEST 4

Sentence Types: PRACTICE

B. Use a suitable dependent word to combine the following pairs of

Sentence Types: TEST 1

Sentence Types: TEST 2

Sentence Types: TEST 3

Sentence Types: TEST 4

FRAGMENTS WITHOUT A SUBJECT

-ING AND TO FRAGMENTS

Fragments II: Test 1

Fragments II: TEST 2

Run-on The garden is overgrown the fence is falling down.

Run-on The little boy appeared to be lost several women stopped to

Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Practice

Run-ons and Comma splices I: Test 1

Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Test 2

Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Test 3

Run-ons and Comma Splices I: Test 4

Comma splice The water began to boil, I added ears of corn.

Run-ons and Comma Splices II: Practice

Run-ons and Comma Splices II: Test 1

Run-ons and Comma Splices II: Test 2

Run-ons and Comma Splices II: TEST 3

11. Quotation Marks "

Quotation Marks: Practice

Quotation Marks: Test 1

Quotation Marks: Test 2

Quotation Marks: Test 3

Capital Letters: TEST 2

Capital Letters: TEST 3

Capital Letters: TEST 4

Part TWO: Extending the Skills

INDENTING THE FIRST LINE

2 Use a hyphen in a compound adjective: to join two or more

Punctuation Marks: TEST 1